[geos-commits] [SCM] GEOS branch master updated. 4e0bb742cd823cba60d299cc44f97c89593bcc76
git at osgeo.org
git at osgeo.org
Mon Feb 4 09:22:18 PST 2019
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "GEOS".
The branch, master has been updated
via 4e0bb742cd823cba60d299cc44f97c89593bcc76 (commit)
from b88d4614aaf3c5e73fd275a88253f62f34c25bb9 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
commit 4e0bb742cd823cba60d299cc44f97c89593bcc76
Author: Paul Ramsey <pramsey at cleverelephant.ca>
Date: Mon Feb 4 09:21:45 2019 -0800
Astyle 3.1 added to source tree for future
spacing compatibility purposes (per strk)
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 56c26ac..3852b64 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -502,6 +502,7 @@ AC_OUTPUT([
tests/thread/Makefile
tools/Makefile
tools/geos-config
+ tools/astyle/Makefile
])
dnl -- echo "---------------------------------------"
diff --git a/tools/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/CMakeLists.txt
index 32fea3d..c5356e3 100644
--- a/tools/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/tools/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
#
# This is free software; you can redistribute and/or modify it under
# the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation.
+# by the Free Software Foundation.
# See the COPYING file for more information.
#
#################################################################################
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ if(UNIX OR MINGW)
set(exec_prefix ${prefix}/bin)
set(libdir ${prefix}/lib)
-
+
if(installdest)
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/geos-config.in
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/geos-config @ONLY)
-
+
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/geos-config
DESTINATION ${installdest}
PERMISSIONS
@@ -38,3 +38,4 @@ if(UNIX OR MINGW)
endif()
endif()
+add_subdirectory(astyle)
diff --git a/tools/Makefile.am b/tools/Makefile.am
index 1de5cf4..2b63b78 100644
--- a/tools/Makefile.am
+++ b/tools/Makefile.am
@@ -3,3 +3,5 @@
bin_SCRIPTS = geos-config
EXTRA_DIST = CMakeLists.txt repo_revision.sh
+
+SUBDIRS = astyle
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASBeautifier.cpp b/tools/astyle/ASBeautifier.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..10317dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASBeautifier.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3744 @@
+// ASBeautifier.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+// this must be global
+static int g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASBeautifier class
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * ASBeautifier's constructor
+ * This constructor is called only once for each source file.
+ * The cloned ASBeautifier objects are created with the copy constructor.
+ */
+ASBeautifier::ASBeautifier()
+{
+ waitingBeautifierStack = nullptr;
+ activeBeautifierStack = nullptr;
+ waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack = nullptr;
+ activeBeautifierStackLengthStack = nullptr;
+
+ headerStack = nullptr;
+ tempStacks = nullptr;
+ parenDepthStack = nullptr;
+ blockStatementStack = nullptr;
+ parenStatementStack = nullptr;
+ braceBlockStateStack = nullptr;
+ continuationIndentStack = nullptr;
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack = nullptr;
+ parenIndentStack = nullptr;
+ preprocIndentStack = nullptr;
+ sourceIterator = nullptr;
+ isModeManuallySet = false;
+ shouldForceTabIndentation = false;
+ setSpaceIndentation(4);
+ setContinuationIndentation(1);
+ setMinConditionalIndentOption(MINCOND_TWO);
+ setMaxContinuationIndentLength(40);
+ classInitializerIndents = 1;
+ tabLength = 0;
+ setClassIndent(false);
+ setModifierIndent(false);
+ setSwitchIndent(false);
+ setCaseIndent(false);
+ setBlockIndent(false);
+ setBraceIndent(false);
+ setBraceIndentVtk(false);
+ setNamespaceIndent(false);
+ setAfterParenIndent(false);
+ setLabelIndent(false);
+ setEmptyLineFill(false);
+ setCStyle();
+ setPreprocDefineIndent(false);
+ setPreprocConditionalIndent(false);
+ setAlignMethodColon(false);
+
+ // initialize ASBeautifier member vectors
+ beautifierFileType = 9; // reset to an invalid type
+ headers = new vector<const string*>;
+ nonParenHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+ assignmentOperators = new vector<const string*>;
+ nonAssignmentOperators = new vector<const string*>;
+ preBlockStatements = new vector<const string*>;
+ preCommandHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+ indentableHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ASBeautifier's copy constructor
+ * Copy the vector objects to vectors in the new ASBeautifier
+ * object so the new object can be destroyed without deleting
+ * the vector objects in the copied vector.
+ * This is the reason a copy constructor is needed.
+ *
+ * Must explicitly call the base class copy constructor.
+ */
+ASBeautifier::ASBeautifier(const ASBeautifier& other) : ASBase(other)
+{
+ // these don't need to copy the stack
+ waitingBeautifierStack = nullptr;
+ activeBeautifierStack = nullptr;
+ waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack = nullptr;
+ activeBeautifierStackLengthStack = nullptr;
+
+ // vector '=' operator performs a DEEP copy of all elements in the vector
+
+ headerStack = new vector<const string*>;
+ *headerStack = *other.headerStack;
+
+ tempStacks = copyTempStacks(other);
+
+ parenDepthStack = new vector<int>;
+ *parenDepthStack = *other.parenDepthStack;
+
+ blockStatementStack = new vector<bool>;
+ *blockStatementStack = *other.blockStatementStack;
+
+ parenStatementStack = new vector<bool>;
+ *parenStatementStack = *other.parenStatementStack;
+
+ braceBlockStateStack = new vector<bool>;
+ *braceBlockStateStack = *other.braceBlockStateStack;
+
+ continuationIndentStack = new vector<int>;
+ *continuationIndentStack = *other.continuationIndentStack;
+
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack = new vector<int>;
+ *continuationIndentStackSizeStack = *other.continuationIndentStackSizeStack;
+
+ parenIndentStack = new vector<int>;
+ *parenIndentStack = *other.parenIndentStack;
+
+ preprocIndentStack = new vector<pair<int, int> >;
+ *preprocIndentStack = *other.preprocIndentStack;
+
+ // Copy the pointers to vectors.
+ // This is ok because the original ASBeautifier object
+ // is not deleted until end of job.
+ beautifierFileType = other.beautifierFileType;
+ headers = other.headers;
+ nonParenHeaders = other.nonParenHeaders;
+ assignmentOperators = other.assignmentOperators;
+ nonAssignmentOperators = other.nonAssignmentOperators;
+ preBlockStatements = other.preBlockStatements;
+ preCommandHeaders = other.preCommandHeaders;
+ indentableHeaders = other.indentableHeaders;
+
+ // protected variables
+ // variables set by ASFormatter
+ // must also be updated in activeBeautifierStack
+ inLineNumber = other.inLineNumber;
+ runInIndentContinuation = other.runInIndentContinuation;
+ nonInStatementBrace = other.nonInStatementBrace;
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = other.objCColonAlignSubsequent;
+ lineCommentNoBeautify = other.lineCommentNoBeautify;
+ isElseHeaderIndent = other.isElseHeaderIndent;
+ isCaseHeaderCommentIndent = other.isCaseHeaderCommentIndent;
+ isNonInStatementArray = other.isNonInStatementArray;
+ isSharpAccessor = other.isSharpAccessor;
+ isSharpDelegate = other.isSharpDelegate;
+ isInExternC = other.isInExternC;
+ isInBeautifySQL = other.isInBeautifySQL;
+ isInIndentableStruct = other.isInIndentableStruct;
+ isInIndentablePreproc = other.isInIndentablePreproc;
+
+ // private variables
+ sourceIterator = other.sourceIterator;
+ currentHeader = other.currentHeader;
+ previousLastLineHeader = other.previousLastLineHeader;
+ probationHeader = other.probationHeader;
+ lastLineHeader = other.lastLineHeader;
+ indentString = other.indentString;
+ verbatimDelimiter = other.verbatimDelimiter;
+ isInQuote = other.isInQuote;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = other.isInVerbatimQuote;
+ haveLineContinuationChar = other.haveLineContinuationChar;
+ isInAsm = other.isInAsm;
+ isInAsmOneLine = other.isInAsmOneLine;
+ isInAsmBlock = other.isInAsmBlock;
+ isInComment = other.isInComment;
+ isInPreprocessorComment = other.isInPreprocessorComment;
+ isInRunInComment = other.isInRunInComment;
+ isInCase = other.isInCase;
+ isInQuestion = other.isInQuestion;
+ isContinuation = other.isContinuation;
+ isInHeader = other.isInHeader;
+ isInTemplate = other.isInTemplate;
+ isInDefine = other.isInDefine;
+ isInDefineDefinition = other.isInDefineDefinition;
+ classIndent = other.classIndent;
+ isIndentModeOff = other.isIndentModeOff;
+ isInClassHeader = other.isInClassHeader;
+ isInClassHeaderTab = other.isInClassHeaderTab;
+ isInClassInitializer = other.isInClassInitializer;
+ isInClass = other.isInClass;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = other.isInObjCMethodDefinition;
+ isInObjCMethodCall = other.isInObjCMethodCall;
+ isInObjCMethodCallFirst = other.isInObjCMethodCallFirst;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition = other.isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall = other.isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall;
+ isInIndentablePreprocBlock = other.isInIndentablePreprocBlock;
+ isInObjCInterface = other.isInObjCInterface;
+ isInEnum = other.isInEnum;
+ isInEnumTypeID = other.isInEnumTypeID;
+ isInLet = other.isInLet;
+ isInTrailingReturnType = other.isInTrailingReturnType;
+ modifierIndent = other.modifierIndent;
+ switchIndent = other.switchIndent;
+ caseIndent = other.caseIndent;
+ namespaceIndent = other.namespaceIndent;
+ braceIndent = other.braceIndent;
+ braceIndentVtk = other.braceIndentVtk;
+ blockIndent = other.blockIndent;
+ shouldIndentAfterParen = other.shouldIndentAfterParen;
+ labelIndent = other.labelIndent;
+ isInConditional = other.isInConditional;
+ isModeManuallySet = other.isModeManuallySet;
+ shouldForceTabIndentation = other.shouldForceTabIndentation;
+ emptyLineFill = other.emptyLineFill;
+ lineOpensWithLineComment = other.lineOpensWithLineComment;
+ lineOpensWithComment = other.lineOpensWithComment;
+ lineStartsInComment = other.lineStartsInComment;
+ backslashEndsPrevLine = other.backslashEndsPrevLine;
+ blockCommentNoIndent = other.blockCommentNoIndent;
+ blockCommentNoBeautify = other.blockCommentNoBeautify;
+ previousLineProbationTab = other.previousLineProbationTab;
+ lineBeginsWithOpenBrace = other.lineBeginsWithOpenBrace;
+ lineBeginsWithCloseBrace = other.lineBeginsWithCloseBrace;
+ lineBeginsWithComma = other.lineBeginsWithComma;
+ lineIsCommentOnly = other.lineIsCommentOnly;
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = other.lineIsLineCommentOnly;
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = other.shouldIndentBracedLine;
+ isInSwitch = other.isInSwitch;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = other.foundPreCommandHeader;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = other.foundPreCommandMacro;
+ shouldAlignMethodColon = other.shouldAlignMethodColon;
+ shouldIndentPreprocDefine = other.shouldIndentPreprocDefine;
+ shouldIndentPreprocConditional = other.shouldIndentPreprocConditional;
+ indentCount = other.indentCount;
+ spaceIndentCount = other.spaceIndentCount;
+ spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment = other.spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ bracePosObjCMethodAlignment = other.bracePosObjCMethodAlignment;
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = other.colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ lineOpeningBlocksNum = other.lineOpeningBlocksNum;
+ lineClosingBlocksNum = other.lineClosingBlocksNum;
+ fileType = other.fileType;
+ minConditionalOption = other.minConditionalOption;
+ minConditionalIndent = other.minConditionalIndent;
+ parenDepth = other.parenDepth;
+ indentLength = other.indentLength;
+ tabLength = other.tabLength;
+ continuationIndent = other.continuationIndent;
+ blockTabCount = other.blockTabCount;
+ maxContinuationIndent = other.maxContinuationIndent;
+ classInitializerIndents = other.classInitializerIndents;
+ templateDepth = other.templateDepth;
+ squareBracketCount = other.squareBracketCount;
+ prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount = other.prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount;
+ prevFinalLineIndentCount = other.prevFinalLineIndentCount;
+ defineIndentCount = other.defineIndentCount;
+ preprocBlockIndent = other.preprocBlockIndent;
+ quoteChar = other.quoteChar;
+ prevNonSpaceCh = other.prevNonSpaceCh;
+ currentNonSpaceCh = other.currentNonSpaceCh;
+ currentNonLegalCh = other.currentNonLegalCh;
+ prevNonLegalCh = other.prevNonLegalCh;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ASBeautifier's destructor
+ */
+ASBeautifier::~ASBeautifier()
+{
+ deleteBeautifierContainer(waitingBeautifierStack);
+ deleteBeautifierContainer(activeBeautifierStack);
+ deleteContainer(waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack);
+ deleteContainer(activeBeautifierStackLengthStack);
+ deleteContainer(headerStack);
+ deleteTempStacksContainer(tempStacks);
+ deleteContainer(parenDepthStack);
+ deleteContainer(blockStatementStack);
+ deleteContainer(parenStatementStack);
+ deleteContainer(braceBlockStateStack);
+ deleteContainer(continuationIndentStack);
+ deleteContainer(continuationIndentStackSizeStack);
+ deleteContainer(parenIndentStack);
+ deleteContainer(preprocIndentStack);
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize the ASBeautifier.
+ *
+ * This init() should be called every time a ABeautifier object is to start
+ * beautifying a NEW source file.
+ * It is called only when a new ASFormatter object is created.
+ * init() receives a pointer to a ASSourceIterator object that will be
+ * used to iterate through the source code.
+ *
+ * @param iter a pointer to the ASSourceIterator or ASStreamIterator object.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::init(ASSourceIterator* iter)
+{
+ sourceIterator = iter;
+ initVectors();
+ ASBase::init(getFileType());
+ g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace = 0;
+
+ initContainer(waitingBeautifierStack, new vector<ASBeautifier*>);
+ initContainer(activeBeautifierStack, new vector<ASBeautifier*>);
+
+ initContainer(waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack, new vector<int>);
+ initContainer(activeBeautifierStackLengthStack, new vector<int>);
+
+ initContainer(headerStack, new vector<const string*>);
+
+ initTempStacksContainer(tempStacks, new vector<vector<const string*>*>);
+ tempStacks->emplace_back(new vector<const string*>);
+
+ initContainer(parenDepthStack, new vector<int>);
+ initContainer(blockStatementStack, new vector<bool>);
+ initContainer(parenStatementStack, new vector<bool>);
+ initContainer(braceBlockStateStack, new vector<bool>);
+ braceBlockStateStack->push_back(true);
+ initContainer(continuationIndentStack, new vector<int>);
+ initContainer(continuationIndentStackSizeStack, new vector<int>);
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack->emplace_back(0);
+ initContainer(parenIndentStack, new vector<int>);
+ initContainer(preprocIndentStack, new vector<pair<int, int> >);
+
+ previousLastLineHeader = nullptr;
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ haveLineContinuationChar = false;
+ isInAsm = false;
+ isInAsmOneLine = false;
+ isInAsmBlock = false;
+ isInComment = false;
+ isInPreprocessorComment = false;
+ isInRunInComment = false;
+ isContinuation = false;
+ isInCase = false;
+ isInQuestion = false;
+ isIndentModeOff = false;
+ isInClassHeader = false;
+ isInClassHeaderTab = false;
+ isInClassInitializer = false;
+ isInClass = false;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isInObjCMethodCall = false;
+ isInObjCMethodCallFirst = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall = false;
+ isInIndentablePreprocBlock = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ isInEnum = false;
+ isInEnumTypeID = false;
+ isInLet = false;
+ isInHeader = false;
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ isInConditional = false;
+ isInTrailingReturnType = false;
+
+ indentCount = 0;
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ bracePosObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ lineOpeningBlocksNum = 0;
+ lineClosingBlocksNum = 0;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+ parenDepth = 0;
+ blockTabCount = 0;
+ prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount = 0;
+ prevFinalLineIndentCount = 0;
+ defineIndentCount = 0;
+ preprocBlockIndent = 0;
+ prevNonSpaceCh = '{';
+ currentNonSpaceCh = '{';
+ prevNonLegalCh = '{';
+ currentNonLegalCh = '{';
+ quoteChar = ' ';
+ probationHeader = nullptr;
+ lastLineHeader = nullptr;
+ backslashEndsPrevLine = false;
+ lineOpensWithLineComment = false;
+ lineOpensWithComment = false;
+ lineStartsInComment = false;
+ isInDefine = false;
+ isInDefineDefinition = false;
+ lineCommentNoBeautify = false;
+ isElseHeaderIndent = false;
+ isCaseHeaderCommentIndent = false;
+ blockCommentNoIndent = false;
+ blockCommentNoBeautify = false;
+ previousLineProbationTab = false;
+ lineBeginsWithOpenBrace = false;
+ lineBeginsWithCloseBrace = false;
+ lineBeginsWithComma = false;
+ lineIsCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = false;
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = true;
+ isInSwitch = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+
+ isNonInStatementArray = false;
+ isSharpAccessor = false;
+ isSharpDelegate = false;
+ isInExternC = false;
+ isInBeautifySQL = false;
+ isInIndentableStruct = false;
+ isInIndentablePreproc = false;
+ inLineNumber = 0;
+ runInIndentContinuation = 0;
+ nonInStatementBrace = 0;
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * initialize the vectors
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::initVectors()
+{
+ if (fileType == beautifierFileType) // don't build unless necessary
+ return;
+
+ beautifierFileType = fileType;
+
+ headers->clear();
+ nonParenHeaders->clear();
+ assignmentOperators->clear();
+ nonAssignmentOperators->clear();
+ preBlockStatements->clear();
+ preCommandHeaders->clear();
+ indentableHeaders->clear();
+
+ ASResource::buildHeaders(headers, fileType, true);
+ ASResource::buildNonParenHeaders(nonParenHeaders, fileType, true);
+ ASResource::buildAssignmentOperators(assignmentOperators);
+ ASResource::buildNonAssignmentOperators(nonAssignmentOperators);
+ ASResource::buildPreBlockStatements(preBlockStatements, fileType);
+ ASResource::buildPreCommandHeaders(preCommandHeaders, fileType);
+ ASResource::buildIndentableHeaders(indentableHeaders);
+}
+
+/**
+ * set indentation style to C/C++.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setCStyle()
+{
+ fileType = C_TYPE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set indentation style to Java.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setJavaStyle()
+{
+ fileType = JAVA_TYPE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set indentation style to C#.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setSharpStyle()
+{
+ fileType = SHARP_TYPE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set mode manually set flag
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setModeManuallySet(bool state)
+{
+ isModeManuallySet = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set tabLength equal to indentLength.
+ * This is done when tabLength is not explicitly set by
+ * "indent=force-tab-x"
+ *
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setDefaultTabLength()
+{
+ tabLength = indentLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * indent using a different tab setting for indent=force-tab
+ *
+ * @param length number of spaces per tab.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setForceTabXIndentation(int length)
+{
+ // set tabLength instead of indentLength
+ indentString = "\t";
+ tabLength = length;
+ shouldForceTabIndentation = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * indent using one tab per indentation
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setTabIndentation(int length, bool forceTabs)
+{
+ indentString = "\t";
+ indentLength = length;
+ shouldForceTabIndentation = forceTabs;
+}
+
+/**
+ * indent using a number of spaces per indentation.
+ *
+ * @param length number of spaces per indent.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setSpaceIndentation(int length)
+{
+ indentString = string(length, ' ');
+ indentLength = length;
+}
+
+/**
+* indent continuation lines using a number of indents.
+*
+* @param indent number of indents per line.
+*/
+void ASBeautifier::setContinuationIndentation(int indent)
+{
+ continuationIndent = indent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the maximum indentation between two lines in a multi-line statement.
+ *
+ * @param max maximum indentation length.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setMaxContinuationIndentLength(int max)
+{
+ maxContinuationIndent = max;
+}
+
+// retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+// "MaxInStatementIndent" has been changed to "MaxContinuationIndent" in 3.0
+// it is referenced only by the old "MaxInStatementIndent" options
+void ASBeautifier::setMaxInStatementIndentLength(int max)
+{
+ setMaxContinuationIndentLength(max);
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the minimum conditional indentation option.
+ *
+ * @param min minimal indentation option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setMinConditionalIndentOption(int min)
+{
+ minConditionalOption = min;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set minConditionalIndent from the minConditionalOption.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setMinConditionalIndentLength()
+{
+ if (minConditionalOption == MINCOND_ZERO)
+ minConditionalIndent = 0;
+ else if (minConditionalOption == MINCOND_ONE)
+ minConditionalIndent = indentLength;
+ else if (minConditionalOption == MINCOND_ONEHALF)
+ minConditionalIndent = indentLength / 2;
+ // minConditionalOption = INDENT_TWO
+ else
+ minConditionalIndent = indentLength * 2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the brace indent option. If true, braces will
+ * be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setBraceIndent(bool state)
+{
+ braceIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set the state of the brace indent VTK option. If true, braces will
+* be indented one additional indent, except for the opening brace.
+*
+* @param state state of option.
+*/
+void ASBeautifier::setBraceIndentVtk(bool state)
+{
+ // need to set both of these
+ setBraceIndent(state);
+ braceIndentVtk = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the block indentation option. If true, entire blocks
+ * will be indented one additional indent, similar to the GNU indent style.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setBlockIndent(bool state)
+{
+ blockIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the class indentation option. If true, C++ class
+ * definitions will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setClassIndent(bool state)
+{
+ classIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the modifier indentation option. If true, C++ class
+ * access modifiers will be indented one-half an indent.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setModifierIndent(bool state)
+{
+ modifierIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the switch indentation option. If true, blocks of 'switch'
+ * statements will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setSwitchIndent(bool state)
+{
+ switchIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the case indentation option. If true, lines of 'case'
+ * statements will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setCaseIndent(bool state)
+{
+ caseIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the namespace indentation option.
+ * If true, blocks of 'namespace' statements will be indented one
+ * additional indent. Otherwise, NO indentation will be added.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setNamespaceIndent(bool state)
+{
+ namespaceIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set the state of the indent after parens option.
+*
+* @param state state of option.
+*/
+void ASBeautifier::setAfterParenIndent(bool state)
+{
+ shouldIndentAfterParen = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the label indentation option.
+ * If true, labels will be indented one indent LESS than the
+ * current indentation level.
+ * If false, labels will be flushed to the left with NO
+ * indent at all.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setLabelIndent(bool state)
+{
+ labelIndent = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the preprocessor indentation option.
+ * If true, multi-line #define statements will be indented.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setPreprocDefineIndent(bool state)
+{
+ shouldIndentPreprocDefine = state;
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::setPreprocConditionalIndent(bool state)
+{
+ shouldIndentPreprocConditional = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the state of the empty line fill option.
+ * If true, empty lines will be filled with the whitespace.
+ * of their previous lines.
+ * If false, these lines will remain empty.
+ *
+ * @param state state of option.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::setEmptyLineFill(bool state)
+{
+ emptyLineFill = state;
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::setAlignMethodColon(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAlignMethodColon = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the file type.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getFileType() const
+{
+ return fileType;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the number of spaces per indent
+ *
+ * @return value of indentLength option.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getIndentLength() const
+{
+ return indentLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the char used for indentation, space or tab
+ *
+ * @return the char used for indentation.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::getIndentString() const
+{
+ return indentString;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get mode manually set flag
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getModeManuallySet() const
+{
+ return isModeManuallySet;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the force tab indentation option.
+ *
+ * @return state of force tab indentation.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getForceTabIndentation() const
+{
+ return shouldForceTabIndentation;
+}
+
+/**
+* Get the state of the Objective-C align method colon option.
+*
+* @return state of shouldAlignMethodColon option.
+*/
+bool ASBeautifier::getAlignMethodColon() const
+{
+ return shouldAlignMethodColon;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the block indentation option.
+ *
+ * @return state of blockIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getBlockIndent() const
+{
+ return blockIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the brace indentation option.
+ *
+ * @return state of braceIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getBraceIndent() const
+{
+ return braceIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+* Get the state of the namespace indentation option. If true, blocks
+* of the 'namespace' statement will be indented one additional indent.
+*
+* @return state of namespaceIndent option.
+*/
+bool ASBeautifier::getNamespaceIndent() const
+{
+ return namespaceIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the state of the class indentation option. If true, blocks of
+ * the 'class' statement will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @return state of classIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getClassIndent() const
+{
+ return classIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the state of the class access modifier indentation option.
+ * If true, the class access modifiers will be indented one-half indent.
+ *
+ * @return state of modifierIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getModifierIndent() const
+{
+ return modifierIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the switch indentation option. If true, blocks of
+ * the 'switch' statement will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @return state of switchIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getSwitchIndent() const
+{
+ return switchIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the case indentation option. If true, lines of 'case'
+ * statements will be indented one additional indent.
+ *
+ * @return state of caseIndent option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getCaseIndent() const
+{
+ return caseIndent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the empty line fill option.
+ * If true, empty lines will be filled with the whitespace.
+ * of their previous lines.
+ * If false, these lines will remain empty.
+ *
+ * @return state of emptyLineFill option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getEmptyLineFill() const
+{
+ return emptyLineFill;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the state of the preprocessor indentation option.
+ * If true, preprocessor "define" lines will be indented.
+ * If false, preprocessor "define" lines will be unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return state of shouldIndentPreprocDefine option.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::getPreprocDefineIndent() const
+{
+ return shouldIndentPreprocDefine;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the length of the tab indentation option.
+ *
+ * @return length of tab indent option.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getTabLength() const
+{
+ return tabLength;
+}
+
+/**
+ * beautify a line of source code.
+ * every line of source code in a source code file should be sent
+ * one after the other to the beautify method.
+ *
+ * @return the indented line.
+ * @param originalLine the original unindented line.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::beautify(const string& originalLine)
+{
+ string line;
+ bool isInQuoteContinuation = isInVerbatimQuote || haveLineContinuationChar;
+
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+ lastLineHeader = nullptr;
+ blockCommentNoBeautify = blockCommentNoIndent;
+ isInClass = false;
+ isInSwitch = false;
+ lineBeginsWithOpenBrace = false;
+ lineBeginsWithCloseBrace = false;
+ lineBeginsWithComma = false;
+ lineIsCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = false;
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = true;
+ isInAsmOneLine = false;
+ lineOpensWithLineComment = false;
+ lineOpensWithComment = false;
+ lineStartsInComment = isInComment;
+ previousLineProbationTab = false;
+ lineOpeningBlocksNum = 0;
+ lineClosingBlocksNum = 0;
+ if (isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition)
+ clearObjCMethodDefinitionAlignment();
+ if (isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall = false;
+ isInObjCMethodCall = false;
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = 0;
+ }
+
+ // handle and remove white spaces around the line:
+ // If not in comment, first find out size of white space before line,
+ // so that possible comments starting in the line continue in
+ // relation to the preliminary white-space.
+ if (isInQuoteContinuation)
+ {
+ // trim a single space added by ASFormatter, otherwise leave it alone
+ if (!(originalLine.length() == 1 && originalLine[0] == ' '))
+ line = originalLine;
+ }
+ else if (isInComment || isInBeautifySQL)
+ {
+ // trim the end of comment and SQL lines
+ line = originalLine;
+ size_t trimEnd = line.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (trimEnd == string::npos)
+ trimEnd = 0;
+ else
+ trimEnd++;
+ if (trimEnd < line.length())
+ line.erase(trimEnd);
+ // does a brace open the line
+ size_t firstChar = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstChar != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (line[firstChar] == '{')
+ lineBeginsWithOpenBrace = true;
+ else if (line[firstChar] == '}')
+ lineBeginsWithCloseBrace = true;
+ else if (line[firstChar] == ',')
+ lineBeginsWithComma = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ line = trim(originalLine);
+ if (line.length() > 0)
+ {
+ if (line[0] == '{')
+ lineBeginsWithOpenBrace = true;
+ else if (line[0] == '}')
+ lineBeginsWithCloseBrace = true;
+ else if (line[0] == ',')
+ lineBeginsWithComma = true;
+ else if (line.compare(0, 2, "//") == 0)
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = true;
+ else if (line.compare(0, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ if (line.find("*/", 2) != string::npos)
+ lineIsCommentOnly = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ isInRunInComment = false;
+ size_t j = line.find_first_not_of(" \t{");
+ if (j != string::npos && line.compare(j, 2, "//") == 0)
+ lineOpensWithLineComment = true;
+ if (j != string::npos && line.compare(j, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ lineOpensWithComment = true;
+ size_t k = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (k != string::npos && line.compare(k, 1, "{") == 0)
+ isInRunInComment = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // When indent is OFF the lines must still be processed by ASBeautifier.
+ // Otherwise the lines immediately following may not be indented correctly.
+ if ((lineIsLineCommentOnly || lineIsCommentOnly)
+ && line.find("*INDENT-OFF*", 0) != string::npos)
+ isIndentModeOff = true;
+
+ if (line.length() == 0)
+ {
+ if (backslashEndsPrevLine)
+ {
+ backslashEndsPrevLine = false;
+ // check if this line ends a multi-line #define
+ // if so, remove the #define's cloned beautifier from the active
+ // beautifier stack and delete it.
+ if (isInDefineDefinition && !isInDefine)
+ {
+ isInDefineDefinition = false;
+ if (!activeBeautifierStack->empty())
+ {
+ ASBeautifier* defineBeautifier = activeBeautifierStack->back();
+ activeBeautifierStack->pop_back();
+ delete defineBeautifier;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (emptyLineFill && !isInQuoteContinuation)
+ {
+ if (isInIndentablePreprocBlock)
+ return preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent, 0);
+ if (!headerStack->empty() || isInEnum)
+ return preLineWS(prevFinalLineIndentCount, prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount);
+ // must fall thru here
+ }
+ else
+ return line;
+ }
+
+ // handle preprocessor commands
+ if (isInIndentablePreprocBlock
+ && line.length() > 0
+ && line[0] != '#')
+ {
+ string indentedLine;
+ if (isInClassHeaderTab || isInClassInitializer)
+ {
+ // parsing is turned off in ASFormatter by indent-off
+ // the originalLine will probably never be returned here
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(prevFinalLineIndentCount, prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount) + line;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent, 0) + line;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+
+ if (!isInComment
+ && !isInQuoteContinuation
+ && line.length() > 0
+ && ((line[0] == '#' && !isIndentedPreprocessor(line, 0))
+ || backslashEndsPrevLine))
+ {
+ if (line[0] == '#' && !isInDefine)
+ {
+ string preproc = extractPreprocessorStatement(line);
+ processPreprocessor(preproc, line);
+ if (isInIndentablePreprocBlock || isInIndentablePreproc)
+ {
+ string indentedLine;
+ if ((preproc.length() >= 2 && preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if")) // #if, #ifdef, #ifndef
+ {
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent, 0) + line;
+ preprocBlockIndent += 1;
+ isInIndentablePreprocBlock = true;
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "else" || preproc == "elif")
+ {
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent - 1, 0) + line;
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "endif")
+ {
+ preprocBlockIndent -= 1;
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent, 0) + line;
+ if (preprocBlockIndent == 0)
+ isInIndentablePreprocBlock = false;
+ }
+ else
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocBlockIndent, 0) + line;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+ if (shouldIndentPreprocConditional && preproc.length() > 0)
+ {
+ string indentedLine;
+ if (preproc.length() >= 2 && preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if") // #if, #ifdef, #ifndef
+ {
+ pair<int, int> entry; // indentCount, spaceIndentCount
+ if (!isInDefine && activeBeautifierStack != nullptr && !activeBeautifierStack->empty())
+ entry = activeBeautifierStack->back()->computePreprocessorIndent();
+ else
+ entry = computePreprocessorIndent();
+ preprocIndentStack->emplace_back(entry);
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocIndentStack->back().first,
+ preprocIndentStack->back().second) + line;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+ if (preproc == "else" || preproc == "elif")
+ {
+ if (!preprocIndentStack->empty()) // if no entry don't indent
+ {
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocIndentStack->back().first,
+ preprocIndentStack->back().second) + line;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "endif")
+ {
+ if (!preprocIndentStack->empty()) // if no entry don't indent
+ {
+ indentedLine = preLineWS(preprocIndentStack->back().first,
+ preprocIndentStack->back().second) + line;
+ preprocIndentStack->pop_back();
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check if the last char is a backslash
+ if (line.length() > 0)
+ backslashEndsPrevLine = (line[line.length() - 1] == '\\');
+ // comments within the definition line can be continued without the backslash
+ if (isInPreprocessorUnterminatedComment(line))
+ backslashEndsPrevLine = true;
+
+ // check if this line ends a multi-line #define
+ // if so, use the #define's cloned beautifier for the line's indentation
+ // and then remove it from the active beautifier stack and delete it.
+ if (!backslashEndsPrevLine && isInDefineDefinition && !isInDefine)
+ {
+ isInDefineDefinition = false;
+ // this could happen with invalid input
+ if (activeBeautifierStack->empty())
+ return originalLine;
+ ASBeautifier* defineBeautifier = activeBeautifierStack->back();
+ activeBeautifierStack->pop_back();
+
+ string indentedLine = defineBeautifier->beautify(line);
+ delete defineBeautifier;
+ return getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+ }
+
+ // unless this is a multi-line #define, return this precompiler line as is.
+ if (!isInDefine && !isInDefineDefinition)
+ return originalLine;
+ }
+
+ // if there exists any worker beautifier in the activeBeautifierStack,
+ // then use it instead of me to indent the current line.
+ // variables set by ASFormatter must be updated.
+ if (!isInDefine && activeBeautifierStack != nullptr && !activeBeautifierStack->empty())
+ {
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->inLineNumber = inLineNumber;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->runInIndentContinuation = runInIndentContinuation;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->nonInStatementBrace = nonInStatementBrace;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->objCColonAlignSubsequent = objCColonAlignSubsequent;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->lineCommentNoBeautify = lineCommentNoBeautify;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isElseHeaderIndent = isElseHeaderIndent;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isCaseHeaderCommentIndent = isCaseHeaderCommentIndent;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isNonInStatementArray = isNonInStatementArray;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isSharpAccessor = isSharpAccessor;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isSharpDelegate = isSharpDelegate;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isInExternC = isInExternC;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isInBeautifySQL = isInBeautifySQL;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isInIndentableStruct = isInIndentableStruct;
+ activeBeautifierStack->back()->isInIndentablePreproc = isInIndentablePreproc;
+ // must return originalLine not the trimmed line
+ return activeBeautifierStack->back()->beautify(originalLine);
+ }
+
+ // Flag an indented header in case this line is a one-line block.
+ // The header in the header stack will be deleted by a one-line block.
+ bool isInExtraHeaderIndent = false;
+ if (!headerStack->empty()
+ && lineBeginsWithOpenBrace
+ && (headerStack->back() != &AS_OPEN_BRACE
+ || probationHeader != nullptr))
+ isInExtraHeaderIndent = true;
+
+ size_t iPrelim = headerStack->size();
+
+ // calculate preliminary indentation based on headerStack and data from past lines
+ computePreliminaryIndentation();
+
+ // parse characters in the current line.
+ parseCurrentLine(line);
+
+ // handle special cases of indentation
+ adjustParsedLineIndentation(iPrelim, isInExtraHeaderIndent);
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodDefinition)
+ adjustObjCMethodDefinitionIndentation(line);
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodCall)
+ adjustObjCMethodCallIndentation(line);
+
+ if (isInDefine)
+ {
+ if (line.length() > 0 && line[0] == '#')
+ {
+ // the 'define' does not have to be attached to the '#'
+ string preproc = trim(line.substr(1));
+ if (preproc.compare(0, 6, "define") == 0)
+ {
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty()
+ && continuationIndentStack->back() > 0)
+ {
+ defineIndentCount = indentCount;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ defineIndentCount = indentCount - 1;
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ indentCount -= defineIndentCount;
+ }
+
+ if (indentCount < 0)
+ indentCount = 0;
+
+ if (lineCommentNoBeautify || blockCommentNoBeautify || isInQuoteContinuation)
+ indentCount = spaceIndentCount = 0;
+
+ // finally, insert indentations into beginning of line
+
+ string indentedLine = preLineWS(indentCount, spaceIndentCount) + line;
+ indentedLine = getIndentedLineReturn(indentedLine, originalLine);
+
+ prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount = spaceIndentCount;
+ prevFinalLineIndentCount = indentCount;
+
+ if (lastLineHeader != nullptr)
+ previousLastLineHeader = lastLineHeader;
+
+ if ((lineIsLineCommentOnly || lineIsCommentOnly)
+ && line.find("*INDENT-ON*", 0) != string::npos)
+ isIndentModeOff = false;
+
+ return indentedLine;
+}
+
+const string& ASBeautifier::getIndentedLineReturn(const string& newLine, const string& originalLine) const
+{
+ if (isIndentModeOff)
+ return originalLine;
+ return newLine;
+}
+
+string ASBeautifier::preLineWS(int lineIndentCount, int lineSpaceIndentCount) const
+{
+ if (shouldForceTabIndentation)
+ {
+ if (tabLength != indentLength)
+ {
+ // adjust for different tab length
+ int indentCountOrig = lineIndentCount;
+ int spaceIndentCountOrig = lineSpaceIndentCount;
+ lineIndentCount = ((indentCountOrig * indentLength) + spaceIndentCountOrig) / tabLength;
+ lineSpaceIndentCount = ((indentCountOrig * indentLength) + spaceIndentCountOrig) % tabLength;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lineIndentCount += lineSpaceIndentCount / indentLength;
+ lineSpaceIndentCount = lineSpaceIndentCount % indentLength;
+ }
+ }
+
+ string ws;
+ for (int i = 0; i < lineIndentCount; i++)
+ ws += indentString;
+ while ((lineSpaceIndentCount--) > 0)
+ ws += string(" ");
+ return ws;
+}
+
+/**
+ * register a continuation indent.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::registerContinuationIndent(const string& line, int i, int spaceIndentCount_,
+ int tabIncrementIn, int minIndent, bool updateParenStack)
+{
+ assert(i >= -1);
+ int remainingCharNum = line.length() - i;
+ int nextNonWSChar = getNextProgramCharDistance(line, i);
+
+ // if indent is around the last char in the line OR indent-after-paren is requested,
+ // indent with the continuation indent
+ if (nextNonWSChar == remainingCharNum || shouldIndentAfterParen)
+ {
+ int previousIndent = spaceIndentCount_;
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ previousIndent = continuationIndentStack->back();
+ int currIndent = continuationIndent * indentLength + previousIndent;
+ if (currIndent > maxContinuationIndent && line[i] != '{')
+ currIndent = indentLength * 2 + spaceIndentCount_;
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(currIndent);
+ if (updateParenStack)
+ parenIndentStack->emplace_back(previousIndent);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (updateParenStack)
+ {
+ parenIndentStack->emplace_back(i + spaceIndentCount_ - runInIndentContinuation);
+ if (parenIndentStack->back() < 0)
+ parenIndentStack->back() = 0;
+ }
+
+ int tabIncrement = tabIncrementIn;
+
+ // check for following tabs
+ for (int j = i + 1; j < (i + nextNonWSChar); j++)
+ {
+ if (line[j] == '\t')
+ tabIncrement += convertTabToSpaces(j, tabIncrement);
+ }
+
+ int continuationIndentCount = i + nextNonWSChar + spaceIndentCount_ + tabIncrement;
+
+ // check for run-in statement
+ if (i > 0 && line[0] == '{')
+ continuationIndentCount -= indentLength;
+
+ if (continuationIndentCount < minIndent)
+ continuationIndentCount = minIndent + spaceIndentCount_;
+
+ // this is not done for an in-statement array
+ if (continuationIndentCount > maxContinuationIndent
+ && !(prevNonLegalCh == '=' && currentNonLegalCh == '{'))
+ continuationIndentCount = indentLength * 2 + spaceIndentCount_;
+
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty()
+ && continuationIndentCount < continuationIndentStack->back())
+ continuationIndentCount = continuationIndentStack->back();
+
+ // the block opener is not indented for a NonInStatementArray
+ if ((isNonInStatementArray && i >= 0 && line[i] == '{')
+ && !isInEnum && !braceBlockStateStack->empty() && braceBlockStateStack->back())
+ continuationIndentCount = 0;
+
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(continuationIndentCount);
+}
+
+/**
+* Register a continuation indent for a class header or a class initializer colon.
+*/
+void ASBeautifier::registerContinuationIndentColon(const string& line, int i, int tabIncrementIn)
+{
+ assert(line[i] == ':');
+ assert(isInClassInitializer || isInClassHeaderTab);
+
+ // register indent at first word after the colon
+ size_t firstChar = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstChar == (size_t) i) // firstChar is ':'
+ {
+ size_t firstWord = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", firstChar + 1);
+ if (firstWord != string::npos)
+ {
+ int continuationIndentCount = firstWord + spaceIndentCount + tabIncrementIn;
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(continuationIndentCount);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute indentation for a preprocessor #if statement.
+ * This may be called for the activeBeautiferStack
+ * instead of the active ASBeautifier object.
+ */
+pair<int, int> ASBeautifier::computePreprocessorIndent()
+{
+ computePreliminaryIndentation();
+ pair<int, int> entry(indentCount, spaceIndentCount);
+ if (!headerStack->empty()
+ && entry.first > 0
+ && (headerStack->back() == &AS_IF
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_ELSE
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_FOR
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_WHILE))
+ --entry.first;
+ return entry;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get distance to the next non-white space, non-comment character in the line.
+ * if no such character exists, return the length remaining to the end of the line.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getNextProgramCharDistance(const string& line, int i) const
+{
+ bool inComment = false;
+ int remainingCharNum = line.length() - i;
+ int charDistance;
+ char ch;
+
+ for (charDistance = 1; charDistance < remainingCharNum; charDistance++)
+ {
+ ch = line[i + charDistance];
+ if (inComment)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i + charDistance, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ charDistance++;
+ inComment = false;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
+ continue;
+ else if (ch == '/')
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i + charDistance, 2, "//") == 0)
+ return remainingCharNum;
+ if (line.compare(i + charDistance, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ charDistance++;
+ inComment = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ return charDistance;
+ }
+
+ return charDistance;
+}
+
+/**
+ * find the index number of a string element in a container of strings
+ *
+ * @return the index number of element in the container. -1 if element not found.
+ * @param container a vector of strings.
+ * @param element the element to find .
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::indexOf(const vector<const string*>& container, const string* element) const
+{
+ vector<const string*>::const_iterator where;
+
+ where = find(container.begin(), container.end(), element);
+ if (where == container.end())
+ return -1;
+ return (int) (where - container.begin());
+}
+
+/**
+ * convert tabs to spaces.
+ * i is the position of the character to convert to spaces.
+ * tabIncrementIn is the increment that must be added for tab indent characters
+ * to get the correct column for the current tab.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::convertTabToSpaces(int i, int tabIncrementIn) const
+{
+ int tabToSpacesAdjustment = indentLength - 1 - ((tabIncrementIn + i) % indentLength);
+ return tabToSpacesAdjustment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * trim removes the white space surrounding a line.
+ *
+ * @return the trimmed line.
+ * @param str the line to trim.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::trim(const string& str) const
+{
+ int start = 0;
+ int end = str.length() - 1;
+
+ while (start < end && isWhiteSpace(str[start]))
+ start++;
+
+ while (start <= end && isWhiteSpace(str[end]))
+ end--;
+
+ // don't trim if it ends in a continuation
+ if (end > -1 && str[end] == '\\')
+ end = str.length() - 1;
+
+ string returnStr(str, start, end + 1 - start);
+ return returnStr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * rtrim removes the white space from the end of a line.
+ *
+ * @return the trimmed line.
+ * @param str the line to trim.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::rtrim(const string& str) const
+{
+ size_t len = str.length();
+ size_t end = str.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (end == string::npos
+ || end == len - 1)
+ return str;
+ string returnStr(str, 0, end + 1);
+ return returnStr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copy tempStacks for the copy constructor.
+ * The value of the vectors must also be copied.
+ */
+vector<vector<const string*>*>* ASBeautifier::copyTempStacks(const ASBeautifier& other) const
+{
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>* tempStacksNew = new vector<vector<const string*>*>;
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>::iterator iter;
+ for (iter = other.tempStacks->begin();
+ iter != other.tempStacks->end();
+ ++iter)
+ {
+ vector<const string*>* newVec = new vector<const string*>;
+ *newVec = **iter;
+ tempStacksNew->emplace_back(newVec);
+ }
+ return tempStacksNew;
+}
+
+/**
+ * delete a member vectors to eliminate memory leak reporting
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::deleteBeautifierVectors()
+{
+ beautifierFileType = 9; // reset to an invalid type
+ delete headers;
+ delete nonParenHeaders;
+ delete preBlockStatements;
+ delete preCommandHeaders;
+ delete assignmentOperators;
+ delete nonAssignmentOperators;
+ delete indentableHeaders;
+}
+
+/**
+ * delete a vector object
+ * T is the type of vector
+ * used for all vectors except tempStacks
+ */
+template<typename T>
+void ASBeautifier::deleteContainer(T& container)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ {
+ container->clear();
+ delete (container);
+ container = nullptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete the ASBeautifier vector object.
+ * This is a vector of pointers to ASBeautifier objects allocated with the 'new' operator.
+ * Therefore the ASBeautifier objects have to be deleted in addition to the
+ * ASBeautifier pointer entries.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::deleteBeautifierContainer(vector<ASBeautifier*>*& container)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ {
+ vector<ASBeautifier*>::iterator iter = container->begin();
+ while (iter < container->end())
+ {
+ delete *iter;
+ ++iter;
+ }
+ container->clear();
+ delete (container);
+ container = nullptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete the tempStacks vector object.
+ * The tempStacks is a vector of pointers to strings allocated with the 'new' operator.
+ * Therefore the strings have to be deleted in addition to the tempStacks entries.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::deleteTempStacksContainer(vector<vector<const string*>*>*& container)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ {
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>::iterator iter = container->begin();
+ while (iter < container->end())
+ {
+ delete *iter;
+ ++iter;
+ }
+ container->clear();
+ delete (container);
+ container = nullptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize a vector object
+ * T is the type of vector used for all vectors
+ */
+template<typename T>
+void ASBeautifier::initContainer(T& container, T value)
+{
+ // since the ASFormatter object is never deleted,
+ // the existing vectors must be deleted before creating new ones
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ deleteContainer(container);
+ container = value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the tempStacks vector object.
+ * The tempStacks is a vector of pointers to strings allocated with the 'new' operator.
+ * Any residual entries are deleted before the vector is initialized.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::initTempStacksContainer(vector<vector<const string*>*>*& container,
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>* value)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ deleteTempStacksContainer(container);
+ container = value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine if an assignment statement ends with a comma
+ * that is not in a function argument. It ends with a
+ * comma if a comma is the last char on the line.
+ *
+ * @return true if line ends with a comma, otherwise false.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::statementEndsWithComma(const string& line, int index) const
+{
+ assert(line[index] == '=');
+
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ int parenCount = 0;
+ size_t lineLength = line.length();
+ size_t i = 0;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+
+ for (i = index + 1; i < lineLength; ++i)
+ {
+ char ch = line[i];
+
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (ch == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '"'
+ || (ch == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = ch;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ if (isLineEndComment(line, i))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '(')
+ parenCount++;
+ if (ch == ')')
+ parenCount--;
+ }
+ if (isInComment_
+ || isInQuote_
+ || parenCount > 0)
+ return false;
+
+ size_t lastChar = line.find_last_not_of(" \t", i - 1);
+
+ if (lastChar == string::npos || line[lastChar] != ',')
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if current comment is a line-end comment
+ *
+ * @return is before a line-end comment.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::isLineEndComment(const string& line, int startPos) const
+{
+ assert(line.compare(startPos, 2, "/*") == 0);
+
+ // comment must be closed on this line with nothing after it
+ size_t endNum = line.find("*/", startPos + 2);
+ if (endNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ size_t nextChar = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", endNum + 2);
+ if (nextChar == string::npos)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the previous word index for an assignment operator
+ *
+ * @return is the index to the previous word (the in statement indent).
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getContinuationIndentAssign(const string& line, size_t currPos) const
+{
+ assert(line[currPos] == '=');
+
+ if (currPos == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ // get the last legal word (may be a number)
+ size_t end = line.find_last_not_of(" \t", currPos - 1);
+ if (end == string::npos || !isLegalNameChar(line[end]))
+ return 0;
+
+ int start; // start of the previous word
+ for (start = end; start > -1; start--)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[start]))
+ break;
+ }
+ start++;
+
+ return start;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the instatement indent for a comma
+ *
+ * @return is the indent to the second word on the line (the in statement indent).
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getContinuationIndentComma(const string& line, size_t currPos) const
+{
+ assert(line[currPos] == ',');
+
+ // get first word on a line
+ size_t indent = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (indent == string::npos || !isLegalNameChar(line[indent]))
+ return 0;
+
+ // bypass first word
+ for (; indent < currPos; indent++)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[indent]))
+ break;
+ }
+ indent++;
+ if (indent >= currPos || indent < 4)
+ return 0;
+
+ // point to second word or assignment operator
+ indent = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", indent);
+ if (indent == string::npos || indent >= currPos)
+ return 0;
+
+ return indent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next word on a line
+ * the argument 'currPos' must point to the current position.
+ *
+ * @return is the next word or an empty string if none found.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::getNextWord(const string& line, size_t currPos) const
+{
+ size_t lineLength = line.length();
+ // get the last legal word (may be a number)
+ if (currPos == lineLength - 1)
+ return string();
+
+ size_t start = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", currPos + 1);
+ if (start == string::npos || !isLegalNameChar(line[start]))
+ return string();
+
+ size_t end; // end of the current word
+ for (end = start + 1; end <= lineLength; end++)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[end]) || line[end] == '.')
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return line.substr(start, end - start);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a preprocessor directive is always indented.
+ * C# "region" and "endregion" are always indented.
+ * C/C++ "pragma omp" is always indented.
+ *
+ * @return is true or false.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::isIndentedPreprocessor(const string& line, size_t currPos) const
+{
+ assert(line[0] == '#');
+ string nextWord = getNextWord(line, currPos);
+ if (nextWord == "region" || nextWord == "endregion")
+ return true;
+ // is it #pragma omp
+ if (nextWord == "pragma")
+ {
+ // find pragma
+ size_t start = line.find("pragma");
+ if (start == string::npos || !isLegalNameChar(line[start]))
+ return false;
+ // bypass pragma
+ for (; start < line.length(); start++)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[start]))
+ break;
+ }
+ start++;
+ if (start >= line.length())
+ return false;
+ // point to start of second word
+ start = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", start);
+ if (start == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ // point to end of second word
+ size_t end;
+ for (end = start; end < line.length(); end++)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[end]))
+ break;
+ }
+ // check for "pragma omp"
+ string word = line.substr(start, end - start);
+ if (word == "omp" || word == "region" || word == "endregion")
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a preprocessor directive is checking for __cplusplus defined.
+ *
+ * @return is true or false.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::isPreprocessorConditionalCplusplus(const string& line) const
+{
+ string preproc = trim(line.substr(1));
+ if (preproc.compare(0, 5, "ifdef") == 0 && getNextWord(preproc, 4) == "__cplusplus")
+ return true;
+ if (preproc.compare(0, 2, "if") == 0)
+ {
+ // check for " #if defined(__cplusplus)"
+ size_t charNum = 2;
+ charNum = preproc.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum);
+ if (charNum != string::npos && preproc.compare(charNum, 7, "defined") == 0)
+ {
+ charNum += 7;
+ charNum = preproc.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum);
+ if (charNum != string::npos && preproc.compare(charNum, 1, "(") == 0)
+ {
+ ++charNum;
+ charNum = preproc.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum);
+ if (charNum != string::npos && preproc.compare(charNum, 11, "__cplusplus") == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a preprocessor definition contains an unterminated comment.
+ * Comments within a preprocessor definition can be continued without the backslash.
+ *
+ * @return is true or false.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::isInPreprocessorUnterminatedComment(const string& line)
+{
+ if (!isInPreprocessorComment)
+ {
+ size_t startPos = line.find("/*");
+ if (startPos == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ }
+ size_t endNum = line.find("*/");
+ if (endNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ isInPreprocessorComment = false;
+ return false;
+ }
+ isInPreprocessorComment = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::popLastContinuationIndent()
+{
+ assert(!continuationIndentStackSizeStack->empty());
+ int previousIndentStackSize = continuationIndentStackSizeStack->back();
+ if (continuationIndentStackSizeStack->size() > 1)
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack->pop_back();
+ while (previousIndentStackSize < (int) continuationIndentStack->size())
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+}
+
+// for unit testing
+int ASBeautifier::getBeautifierFileType() const
+{ return beautifierFileType; }
+
+/**
+ * Process preprocessor statements and update the beautifier stacks.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::processPreprocessor(const string& preproc, const string& line)
+{
+ // When finding a multi-lined #define statement, the original beautifier
+ // 1. sets its isInDefineDefinition flag
+ // 2. clones a new beautifier that will be used for the actual indentation
+ // of the #define. This clone is put into the activeBeautifierStack in order
+ // to be called for the actual indentation.
+ // The original beautifier will have isInDefineDefinition = true, isInDefine = false
+ // The cloned beautifier will have isInDefineDefinition = true, isInDefine = true
+ if (shouldIndentPreprocDefine && preproc == "define" && line[line.length() - 1] == '\\')
+ {
+ if (!isInDefineDefinition)
+ {
+ // this is the original beautifier
+ isInDefineDefinition = true;
+
+ // push a new beautifier into the active stack
+ // this beautifier will be used for the indentation of this define
+ ASBeautifier* defineBeautifier = new ASBeautifier(*this);
+ activeBeautifierStack->emplace_back(defineBeautifier);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // the is the cloned beautifier that is in charge of indenting the #define.
+ isInDefine = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (preproc.length() >= 2 && preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if")
+ {
+ if (isPreprocessorConditionalCplusplus(line) && !g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace)
+ g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace = 1;
+ // push a new beautifier into the stack
+ waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->push_back(waitingBeautifierStack->size());
+ activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->push_back(activeBeautifierStack->size());
+ if (activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->back() == 0)
+ waitingBeautifierStack->emplace_back(new ASBeautifier(*this));
+ else
+ waitingBeautifierStack->emplace_back(new ASBeautifier(*activeBeautifierStack->back()));
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "else")
+ {
+ if ((waitingBeautifierStack != nullptr) && !waitingBeautifierStack->empty())
+ {
+ // MOVE current waiting beautifier to active stack.
+ activeBeautifierStack->emplace_back(waitingBeautifierStack->back());
+ waitingBeautifierStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "elif")
+ {
+ if ((waitingBeautifierStack != nullptr) && !waitingBeautifierStack->empty())
+ {
+ // append a COPY current waiting beautifier to active stack, WITHOUT deleting the original.
+ activeBeautifierStack->emplace_back(new ASBeautifier(*(waitingBeautifierStack->back())));
+ }
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "endif")
+ {
+ int stackLength = 0;
+ ASBeautifier* beautifier = nullptr;
+
+ if (waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack != nullptr && !waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->empty())
+ {
+ stackLength = waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->back();
+ waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack->pop_back();
+ while ((int) waitingBeautifierStack->size() > stackLength)
+ {
+ beautifier = waitingBeautifierStack->back();
+ waitingBeautifierStack->pop_back();
+ delete beautifier;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->empty())
+ {
+ stackLength = activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->back();
+ activeBeautifierStackLengthStack->pop_back();
+ while ((int) activeBeautifierStack->size() > stackLength)
+ {
+ beautifier = activeBeautifierStack->back();
+ activeBeautifierStack->pop_back();
+ delete beautifier;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Compute the preliminary indentation based on data in the headerStack
+// and data from previous lines.
+// Update the class variable indentCount.
+void ASBeautifier::computePreliminaryIndentation()
+{
+ indentCount = 0;
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ isInClassHeaderTab = false;
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodDefinition && !continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment = continuationIndentStack->back();
+
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ spaceIndentCount = continuationIndentStack->back();
+
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < headerStack->size(); i++)
+ {
+ isInClass = false;
+
+ if (blockIndent)
+ {
+ // do NOT indent opening block for these headers
+ if (!((*headerStack)[i] == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_MODULE
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_CLASS
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_STRUCT
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_UNION
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_INTERFACE
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_THROWS
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_STATIC))
+ ++indentCount;
+ }
+ else if (!(i > 0 && (*headerStack)[i - 1] != &AS_OPEN_BRACE
+ && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE))
+ ++indentCount;
+
+ if (!isJavaStyle() && !namespaceIndent && i > 0
+ && ((*headerStack)[i - 1] == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack)[i - 1] == &AS_MODULE)
+ && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ if (isCStyle() && i >= 1
+ && (*headerStack)[i - 1] == &AS_CLASS
+ && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ {
+ if (classIndent)
+ ++indentCount;
+ isInClass = true;
+ }
+
+ // is the switchIndent option is on, indent switch statements an additional indent.
+ else if (switchIndent && i > 1
+ && (*headerStack)[i - 1] == &AS_SWITCH
+ && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ {
+ ++indentCount;
+ isInSwitch = true;
+ }
+
+ } // end of for loop
+
+ if (isInClassHeader)
+ {
+ if (!isJavaStyle())
+ isInClassHeaderTab = true;
+ if (lineOpensWithLineComment || lineStartsInComment || lineOpensWithComment)
+ {
+ if (!lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ --indentCount;
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ spaceIndentCount -= continuationIndentStack->back();
+ }
+ else if (blockIndent)
+ {
+ if (!lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ ++indentCount;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isInClassInitializer || isInEnumTypeID)
+ {
+ indentCount += classInitializerIndents;
+ }
+
+ if (isInEnum && lineBeginsWithComma && !continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ {
+ // unregister '=' indent from the previous line
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+ isContinuation = false;
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ // Objective-C interface continuation line
+ if (isInObjCInterface)
+ ++indentCount;
+
+ // unindent a class closing brace...
+ if (!lineStartsInComment
+ && isCStyle()
+ && isInClass
+ && classIndent
+ && headerStack->size() >= 2
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_CLASS
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE
+ && lineBeginsWithCloseBrace
+ && braceBlockStateStack->back())
+ --indentCount;
+
+ // unindent an indented switch closing brace...
+ else if (!lineStartsInComment
+ && isInSwitch
+ && switchIndent
+ && headerStack->size() >= 2
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_SWITCH
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE
+ && lineBeginsWithCloseBrace)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ // handle special case of run-in comment in an indented class statement
+ if (isInClass
+ && classIndent
+ && isInRunInComment
+ && !lineOpensWithComment
+ && headerStack->size() > 1
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_CLASS)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ if (isInConditional)
+ --indentCount;
+ if (g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace >= 4)
+ --indentCount;
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::adjustParsedLineIndentation(size_t iPrelim, bool isInExtraHeaderIndent)
+{
+ if (lineStartsInComment)
+ return;
+
+ // unindent a one-line statement in a header indent
+ if (!blockIndent
+ && lineBeginsWithOpenBrace
+ && headerStack->size() < iPrelim
+ && isInExtraHeaderIndent
+ && (lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0 && lineOpeningBlocksNum <= lineClosingBlocksNum)
+ && shouldIndentBracedLine)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ /*
+ * if '{' doesn't follow an immediately previous '{' in the headerStack
+ * (but rather another header such as "for" or "if", then unindent it
+ * by one indentation relative to its block.
+ */
+ else if (!blockIndent
+ && lineBeginsWithOpenBrace
+ && !(lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0 && lineOpeningBlocksNum <= lineClosingBlocksNum)
+ && (headerStack->size() > 1 && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] != &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ && shouldIndentBracedLine)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ // must check one less in headerStack if more than one header on a line (allow-addins)...
+ else if (headerStack->size() > iPrelim + 1
+ && !blockIndent
+ && lineBeginsWithOpenBrace
+ && !(lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0 && lineOpeningBlocksNum <= lineClosingBlocksNum)
+ && (headerStack->size() > 2 && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 3] != &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ && shouldIndentBracedLine)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ // unindent a closing brace...
+ else if (lineBeginsWithCloseBrace
+ && shouldIndentBracedLine)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ // correctly indent one-line-blocks...
+ else if (lineOpeningBlocksNum > 0
+ && lineOpeningBlocksNum == lineClosingBlocksNum
+ && previousLineProbationTab)
+ --indentCount;
+
+ if (indentCount < 0)
+ indentCount = 0;
+
+ // take care of extra brace indentation option...
+ if (!lineStartsInComment
+ && braceIndent
+ && shouldIndentBracedLine
+ && (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace || lineBeginsWithCloseBrace))
+ {
+ if (!braceIndentVtk)
+ ++indentCount;
+ else
+ {
+ // determine if a style VTK brace is indented
+ bool haveUnindentedBrace = false;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < headerStack->size(); i++)
+ {
+ if (((*headerStack)[i] == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_MODULE
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_CLASS
+ || (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_STRUCT)
+ && i + 1 < headerStack->size()
+ && (*headerStack)[i + 1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ i++;
+ else if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ {
+ // don't double count the current brace
+ if (i + 1 < headerStack->size()
+ && (*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ haveUnindentedBrace = true;
+ }
+ else if ((*headerStack)[i] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ haveUnindentedBrace = true;
+ } // end of for loop
+ if (haveUnindentedBrace)
+ ++indentCount;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute indentCount adjustment when in a series of else-if statements
+ * and shouldBreakElseIfs is requested.
+ * It increments by one for each 'else' in the tempStack.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments() const
+{
+ assert(isElseHeaderIndent && !tempStacks->empty());
+ int indentCountIncrement = 0;
+ vector<const string*>* lastTempStack = tempStacks->back();
+ if (lastTempStack != nullptr)
+ {
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < lastTempStack->size(); i++)
+ {
+ if (*lastTempStack->at(i) == AS_ELSE)
+ indentCountIncrement++;
+ }
+ }
+ return indentCountIncrement;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extract a preprocessor statement without the #.
+ * If a error occurs an empty string is returned.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::extractPreprocessorStatement(const string& line) const
+{
+ string preproc;
+ size_t start = line.find_first_not_of("#/ \t");
+ if (start == string::npos)
+ return preproc;
+ size_t end = line.find_first_of("/ \t", start);
+ if (end == string::npos)
+ end = line.length();
+ preproc = line.substr(start, end - start);
+ return preproc;
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::adjustObjCMethodDefinitionIndentation(const string& line_)
+{
+ // register indent for Objective-C continuation line
+ if (line_.length() > 0
+ && (line_[0] == '-' || line_[0] == '+'))
+ {
+ if (shouldAlignMethodColon && objCColonAlignSubsequent != -1)
+ {
+ string convertedLine = getIndentedSpaceEquivalent(line_);
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = findObjCColonAlignment(convertedLine);
+ int objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent = objCColonAlignSubsequent + indentLength;
+ if (objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent > colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment)
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent;
+ }
+ else if (continuationIndentStack->empty()
+ || continuationIndentStack->back() == 0)
+ {
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(indentLength);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ }
+ // set indent for last definition line
+ else if (!lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ {
+ if (shouldAlignMethodColon)
+ spaceIndentCount = computeObjCColonAlignment(line_, colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment);
+ else if (continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ spaceIndentCount = spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ }
+}
+
+void ASBeautifier::adjustObjCMethodCallIndentation(const string& line_)
+{
+ static int keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ if (shouldAlignMethodColon && objCColonAlignSubsequent != -1)
+ {
+ if (isInObjCMethodCallFirst)
+ {
+ isInObjCMethodCallFirst = false;
+ string convertedLine = getIndentedSpaceEquivalent(line_);
+ bracePosObjCMethodAlignment = convertedLine.find('[');
+ keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment =
+ getObjCFollowingKeyword(convertedLine, bracePosObjCMethodAlignment);
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = findObjCColonAlignment(convertedLine);
+ if (colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment >= 0)
+ {
+ int objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent = objCColonAlignSubsequent + indentLength;
+ if (objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent > colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment)
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = objCColonAlignSubsequentIndent;
+ if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment -= indentLength;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (findObjCColonAlignment(line_) != -1)
+ {
+ if (colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment < 0)
+ spaceIndentCount += computeObjCColonAlignment(line_, objCColonAlignSubsequent);
+ else if (objCColonAlignSubsequent > colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment)
+ spaceIndentCount = computeObjCColonAlignment(line_, objCColonAlignSubsequent);
+ else
+ spaceIndentCount = computeObjCColonAlignment(line_, colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (spaceIndentCount < colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment)
+ spaceIndentCount += keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else // align keywords instead of colons
+ {
+ if (isInObjCMethodCallFirst)
+ {
+ isInObjCMethodCallFirst = false;
+ string convertedLine = getIndentedSpaceEquivalent(line_);
+ bracePosObjCMethodAlignment = convertedLine.find('[');
+ keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment =
+ getObjCFollowingKeyword(convertedLine, bracePosObjCMethodAlignment);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (spaceIndentCount < keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment + bracePosObjCMethodAlignment)
+ spaceIndentCount += keywordIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear the variables used to align the Objective-C method definitions.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::clearObjCMethodDefinitionAlignment()
+{
+ assert(isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition);
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment = 0;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find the first alignment colon on a line.
+ * Ternary operators (?) are bypassed.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::findObjCColonAlignment(const string& line) const
+{
+ bool haveTernary = false;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ i = line.find_first_of(":?", i);
+ if (i == string::npos)
+ break;
+
+ if (line[i] == '?')
+ {
+ haveTernary = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (haveTernary)
+ {
+ haveTernary = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the spaceIndentCount necessary to align the current line colon
+ * with the colon position in the argument.
+ * If it cannot be aligned indentLength is returned and a new colon
+ * position is calculated.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::computeObjCColonAlignment(const string& line, int colonAlignPosition) const
+{
+ int colonPosition = findObjCColonAlignment(line);
+ if (colonPosition < 0 || colonPosition > colonAlignPosition)
+ return indentLength;
+ return (colonAlignPosition - colonPosition);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compute position of the keyword following the method call object.
+ * This is oversimplified to find unusual method calls.
+ * Use for now and see what happens.
+ * Most programmers will probably use align-method-colon anyway.
+ */
+int ASBeautifier::getObjCFollowingKeyword(const string& line, int bracePos) const
+{
+ assert(line[bracePos] == '[');
+ size_t firstText = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", bracePos + 1);
+ if (firstText == string::npos)
+ return -(indentCount * indentLength - 1);
+ size_t searchBeg = firstText;
+ size_t objectEnd = 0; // end of object text
+ if (line[searchBeg] == '[')
+ {
+ objectEnd = line.find(']', searchBeg + 1);
+ if (objectEnd == string::npos)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (line[searchBeg] == '(')
+ {
+ searchBeg = line.find(')', searchBeg + 1);
+ if (searchBeg == string::npos)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ // bypass the object name
+ objectEnd = line.find_first_of(" \t", searchBeg + 1);
+ if (objectEnd == string::npos)
+ return 0;
+ --objectEnd;
+ }
+ size_t keyPos = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", objectEnd + 1);
+ if (keyPos == string::npos)
+ return 0;
+ return keyPos - firstText;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a line using the current space indent with all tabs replaced by spaces.
+ * The indentCount is NOT included
+ * Needed to compute an accurate alignment.
+ */
+string ASBeautifier::getIndentedSpaceEquivalent(const string& line_) const
+{
+ string spaceIndent;
+ spaceIndent.append(spaceIndentCount, ' ');
+ string convertedLine = spaceIndent + line_;
+ for (size_t i = spaceIndent.length(); i < convertedLine.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (convertedLine[i] == '\t')
+ {
+ size_t numSpaces = indentLength - (i % indentLength);
+ convertedLine.replace(i, 1, numSpaces, ' ');
+ i += indentLength - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return convertedLine;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine if an item is at a top level.
+ */
+bool ASBeautifier::isTopLevel() const
+{
+ if (headerStack->empty())
+ return true;
+ else if (headerStack->back() == &AS_OPEN_BRACE
+ && headerStack->size() >= 2)
+ {
+ if ((*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_MODULE
+ || (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_CLASS
+ || (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_INTERFACE
+ || (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_STRUCT
+ || (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_UNION)
+ return true;
+ }
+ else if (headerStack->back() == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_MODULE
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_CLASS
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_INTERFACE
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_STRUCT
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_UNION)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parse the current line to update indentCount and spaceIndentCount.
+ */
+void ASBeautifier::parseCurrentLine(const string& line)
+{
+ bool isInLineComment = false;
+ bool isInOperator = false;
+ bool isSpecialChar = false;
+ bool haveCaseIndent = false;
+ bool haveAssignmentThisLine = false;
+ bool closingBraceReached = false;
+ bool previousLineProbation = (probationHeader != nullptr);
+ char ch = ' ';
+ int tabIncrementIn = 0;
+ if (isInQuote
+ && !haveLineContinuationChar
+ && !isInVerbatimQuote
+ && !isInAsm)
+ isInQuote = false; // missing closing quote
+ haveLineContinuationChar = false;
+
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ ch = line[i];
+
+ if (isInBeautifySQL)
+ continue;
+
+ // handle special characters (i.e. backslash+character such as \n, \t, ...)
+ if (isInQuote && !isInVerbatimQuote)
+ {
+ if (isSpecialChar)
+ {
+ isSpecialChar = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "\\\\") == 0)
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == '\\')
+ {
+ if (peekNextChar(line, i) == ' ') // is this '\' at end of line
+ haveLineContinuationChar = true;
+ else
+ isSpecialChar = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isInDefine && ch == '\\')
+ continue;
+
+ // bypass whitespace here
+ if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
+ {
+ if (ch == '\t')
+ tabIncrementIn += convertTabToSpaces(i, tabIncrementIn);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // handle quotes (such as 'x' and "Hello Dolly")
+ if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment)
+ && (ch == '"'
+ || (ch == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i))))
+ {
+ if (!isInQuote)
+ {
+ quoteChar = ch;
+ isInQuote = true;
+ char prevCh = i > 0 ? line[i - 1] : ' ';
+ if (isCStyle() && prevCh == 'R')
+ {
+ int parenPos = line.find('(', i);
+ if (parenPos != -1)
+ {
+ isInVerbatimQuote = true;
+ verbatimDelimiter = line.substr(i + 1, parenPos - i - 1);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isSharpStyle() && prevCh == '@')
+ isInVerbatimQuote = true;
+ // check for "C" following "extern"
+ else if (g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace == 2 && line.compare(i, 3, "\"C\"") == 0)
+ ++g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace;
+ }
+ else if (isInVerbatimQuote && ch == '"')
+ {
+ if (isCStyle())
+ {
+ string delim = ')' + verbatimDelimiter;
+ int delimStart = i - delim.length();
+ if (delimStart > 0 && line.substr(delimStart, delim.length()) == delim)
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isSharpStyle())
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "\"\"") == 0)
+ i++;
+ else
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (quoteChar == ch)
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isContinuation = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (isInQuote)
+ continue;
+
+ // handle comments
+
+ if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ // if there is a 'case' statement after these comments unindent by 1
+ if (isCaseHeaderCommentIndent)
+ --indentCount;
+ // isElseHeaderIndent is set by ASFormatter if shouldBreakElseIfs is requested
+ // if there is an 'else' after these comments a tempStacks indent is required
+ if (isElseHeaderIndent && lineOpensWithLineComment && !tempStacks->empty())
+ indentCount += adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments();
+ isInLineComment = true;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (!(isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ // if there is a 'case' statement after these comments unindent by 1
+ if (isCaseHeaderCommentIndent && lineOpensWithComment)
+ --indentCount;
+ // isElseHeaderIndent is set by ASFormatter if shouldBreakElseIfs is requested
+ // if there is an 'else' after these comments a tempStacks indent is required
+ if (isElseHeaderIndent && lineOpensWithComment && !tempStacks->empty())
+ indentCount += adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments();
+ isInComment = true;
+ i++;
+ if (!lineOpensWithComment) // does line start with comment?
+ blockCommentNoIndent = true; // if no, cannot indent continuation lines
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((isInComment || isInLineComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ size_t firstText = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ // if there is a 'case' statement after these comments unindent by 1
+ // only if the ending comment is the first entry on the line
+ if (isCaseHeaderCommentIndent && firstText == i)
+ --indentCount;
+ // if this comment close starts the line, must check for else-if indent
+ // isElseHeaderIndent is set by ASFormatter if shouldBreakElseIfs is requested
+ // if there is an 'else' after these comments a tempStacks indent is required
+ if (firstText == i)
+ {
+ if (isElseHeaderIndent && !lineOpensWithComment && !tempStacks->empty())
+ indentCount += adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments();
+ }
+ isInComment = false;
+ i++;
+ blockCommentNoIndent = false; // ok to indent next comment
+ continue;
+ }
+ // treat indented preprocessor lines as a line comment
+ else if (line[0] == '#' && isIndentedPreprocessor(line, i))
+ {
+ isInLineComment = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isInLineComment)
+ {
+ // bypass rest of the comment up to the comment end
+ while (i + 1 < line.length())
+ i++;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (isInComment)
+ {
+ // if there is a 'case' statement after these comments unindent by 1
+ if (!lineOpensWithComment && isCaseHeaderCommentIndent)
+ --indentCount;
+ // isElseHeaderIndent is set by ASFormatter if shouldBreakElseIfs is requested
+ // if there is an 'else' after these comments a tempStacks indent is required
+ if (!lineOpensWithComment && isElseHeaderIndent && !tempStacks->empty())
+ indentCount += adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments();
+ // bypass rest of the comment up to the comment end
+ while (i + 1 < line.length()
+ && line.compare(i + 1, 2, "*/") != 0)
+ i++;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // if we have reached this far then we are NOT in a comment or string of special character...
+
+ if (probationHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ if ((probationHeader == &AS_STATIC && ch == '{')
+ || (probationHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED && ch == '('))
+ {
+ // insert the probation header as a new header
+ isInHeader = true;
+ headerStack->emplace_back(probationHeader);
+
+ // handle the specific probation header
+ isInConditional = (probationHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED);
+
+ isContinuation = false;
+ // if the probation comes from the previous line, then indent by 1 tab count.
+ if (previousLineProbation
+ && ch == '{'
+ && !(blockIndent && probationHeader == &AS_STATIC))
+ {
+ ++indentCount;
+ previousLineProbationTab = true;
+ }
+ previousLineProbation = false;
+ }
+
+ // dismiss the probation header
+ probationHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ prevNonSpaceCh = currentNonSpaceCh;
+ currentNonSpaceCh = ch;
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(ch) && ch != ',' && ch != ';')
+ {
+ prevNonLegalCh = currentNonLegalCh;
+ currentNonLegalCh = ch;
+ }
+
+ if (isInHeader)
+ {
+ isInHeader = false;
+ currentHeader = headerStack->back();
+ }
+ else
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (isCStyle() && isInTemplate
+ && (ch == '<' || ch == '>')
+ && !(line.length() > i + 1 && line.compare(i, 2, ">=") == 0))
+ {
+ if (ch == '<')
+ {
+ ++templateDepth;
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(continuationIndentStack->size());
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, true);
+ }
+ else if (ch == '>')
+ {
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+ if (--templateDepth <= 0)
+ {
+ ch = ';';
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle parentheses
+ if (ch == '(' || ch == '[' || ch == ')' || ch == ']')
+ {
+ if (ch == '(' || ch == '[')
+ {
+ isInOperator = false;
+ // if have a struct header, this is a declaration not a definition
+ if (ch == '('
+ && !headerStack->empty()
+ && headerStack->back() == &AS_STRUCT)
+ {
+ headerStack->pop_back();
+ isInClassHeader = false;
+ if (line.find(AS_STRUCT, 0) > i) // if not on this line
+ indentCount -= classInitializerIndents;
+ if (indentCount < 0)
+ indentCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (parenDepth == 0)
+ {
+ parenStatementStack->push_back(isContinuation);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ parenDepth++;
+ if (ch == '[')
+ {
+ ++squareBracketCount;
+ if (squareBracketCount == 1 && isCStyle())
+ {
+ isInObjCMethodCall = true;
+ isInObjCMethodCallFirst = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(continuationIndentStack->size());
+
+ if (currentHeader != nullptr)
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, minConditionalIndent, true);
+ else if (!isInObjCMethodDefinition)
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, true);
+ }
+ else if (ch == ')' || ch == ']')
+ {
+ if (ch == ']')
+ --squareBracketCount;
+ if (squareBracketCount <= 0)
+ {
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+ if (isInObjCMethodCall)
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall = true;
+ }
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ parenDepth--;
+ if (parenDepth == 0)
+ {
+ if (!parenStatementStack->empty()) // in case of unmatched closing parens
+ {
+ isContinuation = parenStatementStack->back();
+ parenStatementStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ isInAsm = false;
+ isInConditional = false;
+ }
+
+ if (!continuationIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
+ {
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+
+ if (!parenIndentStack->empty())
+ {
+ int poppedIndent = parenIndentStack->back();
+ parenIndentStack->pop_back();
+
+ if (i == 0)
+ spaceIndentCount = poppedIndent;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '{')
+ {
+ // first, check if '{' is a block-opener or a static-array opener
+ bool isBlockOpener = ((prevNonSpaceCh == '{' && braceBlockStateStack->back())
+ || prevNonSpaceCh == '}'
+ || prevNonSpaceCh == ')'
+ || prevNonSpaceCh == ';'
+ || peekNextChar(line, i) == '{'
+ || isInTrailingReturnType
+ || foundPreCommandHeader
+ || foundPreCommandMacro
+ || isInClassHeader
+ || (isInClassInitializer && !isLegalNameChar(prevNonSpaceCh))
+ || isNonInStatementArray
+ || isInObjCMethodDefinition
+ || isInObjCInterface
+ || isSharpAccessor
+ || isSharpDelegate
+ || isInExternC
+ || isInAsmBlock
+ || getNextWord(line, i) == AS_NEW
+ || (isInDefine
+ && (prevNonSpaceCh == '('
+ || isLegalNameChar(prevNonSpaceCh))));
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodDefinition)
+ {
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = 0;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition = true;
+ if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace) // for run-in braces
+ clearObjCMethodDefinitionAlignment();
+ }
+
+ if (!isBlockOpener && !isContinuation && !isInClassInitializer && !isInEnum)
+ {
+ if (isTopLevel())
+ isBlockOpener = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!isBlockOpener && currentHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ for (size_t n = 0; n < nonParenHeaders->size(); n++)
+ if (currentHeader == (*nonParenHeaders)[n])
+ {
+ isBlockOpener = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ braceBlockStateStack->push_back(isBlockOpener);
+
+ if (!isBlockOpener)
+ {
+ continuationIndentStackSizeStack->push_back(continuationIndentStack->size());
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, true);
+ parenDepth++;
+ if (i == 0)
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = false;
+ isInEnumTypeID = false;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // this brace is a block opener...
+
+ ++lineOpeningBlocksNum;
+
+ if (isInClassInitializer || isInEnumTypeID)
+ {
+ // decrease tab count if brace is broken
+ if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ {
+ indentCount -= classInitializerIndents;
+ // decrease one more if an empty class
+ if (!headerStack->empty()
+ && (*headerStack).back() == &AS_CLASS)
+ {
+ int nextChar = getNextProgramCharDistance(line, i);
+ if ((int) line.length() > nextChar && line[nextChar] == '}')
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isInObjCInterface)
+ {
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+
+ if (braceIndent && !namespaceIndent && !headerStack->empty()
+ && ((*headerStack).back() == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack).back() == &AS_MODULE))
+ {
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = false;
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+
+ // an indentable struct is treated like a class in the header stack
+ if (!headerStack->empty()
+ && (*headerStack).back() == &AS_STRUCT
+ && isInIndentableStruct)
+ (*headerStack).back() = &AS_CLASS;
+
+ // is a brace inside a paren?
+ parenDepthStack->emplace_back(parenDepth);
+ blockStatementStack->push_back(isContinuation);
+
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ {
+ // completely purge the continuationIndentStack
+ while (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+ if (isInClassInitializer || isInClassHeaderTab)
+ {
+ if (lineBeginsWithOpenBrace || lineBeginsWithComma)
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ blockTabCount += (isContinuation ? 1 : 0);
+ if (g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace == 3)
+ ++g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace;
+ parenDepth = 0;
+ isInTrailingReturnType = false;
+ isInClassHeader = false;
+ isInClassHeaderTab = false;
+ isInClassInitializer = false;
+ isInEnumTypeID = false;
+ isContinuation = false;
+ isInQuestion = false;
+ isInLet = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+ isInExternC = false;
+
+ tempStacks->emplace_back(new vector<const string*>);
+ headerStack->emplace_back(&AS_OPEN_BRACE);
+ lastLineHeader = &AS_OPEN_BRACE;
+
+ continue;
+ } // end '{'
+
+ //check if a header has been reached
+ bool isPotentialHeader = isCharPotentialHeader(line, i);
+
+ if (isPotentialHeader && squareBracketCount == 0)
+ {
+ const string* newHeader = findHeader(line, i, headers);
+
+ // java can have a 'default' not in a switch
+ if (newHeader == &AS_DEFAULT
+ && peekNextChar(line, (i + (*newHeader).length() - 1)) != ':')
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ // Qt headers may be variables in C++
+ if (isCStyle()
+ && (newHeader == &AS_FOREVER || newHeader == &AS_FOREACH))
+ {
+ if (line.find_first_of("=;", i) != string::npos)
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+ else if (isSharpStyle()
+ && (newHeader == &AS_GET || newHeader == &AS_SET))
+ {
+ if (getNextWord(line, i + (*newHeader).length()) == "is")
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_USING
+ && peekNextChar(line, i + (*newHeader).length() - 1) != '(')
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (newHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ // if we reached here, then this is a header...
+ bool isIndentableHeader = true;
+
+ isInHeader = true;
+
+ vector<const string*>* lastTempStack = nullptr;;
+ if (!tempStacks->empty())
+ lastTempStack = tempStacks->back();
+
+ // if a new block is opened, push a new stack into tempStacks to hold the
+ // future list of headers in the new block.
+
+ // take care of the special case: 'else if (...)'
+ if (newHeader == &AS_IF && lastLineHeader == &AS_ELSE)
+ {
+ if (!headerStack->empty())
+ headerStack->pop_back();
+ }
+
+ // take care of 'else'
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_ELSE)
+ {
+ if (lastTempStack != nullptr)
+ {
+ int indexOfIf = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_IF);
+ if (indexOfIf != -1)
+ {
+ // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'if'
+ // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
+ int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfIf - 1;
+ for (int r = 0; r < restackSize; r++)
+ {
+ headerStack->emplace_back(lastTempStack->back());
+ lastTempStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ if (!closingBraceReached)
+ indentCount += restackSize;
+ }
+ /*
+ * If the above if is not true, i.e. no 'if' before the 'else',
+ * then nothing beautiful will come out of this...
+ * I should think about inserting an Exception here to notify the caller of this...
+ */
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check if 'while' closes a previous 'do'
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_WHILE)
+ {
+ if (lastTempStack != nullptr)
+ {
+ int indexOfDo = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_DO);
+ if (indexOfDo != -1)
+ {
+ // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'do'
+ // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
+ int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfDo - 1;
+ for (int r = 0; r < restackSize; r++)
+ {
+ headerStack->emplace_back(lastTempStack->back());
+ lastTempStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ if (!closingBraceReached)
+ indentCount += restackSize;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // check if 'catch' closes a previous 'try' or 'catch'
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_CATCH || newHeader == &AS_FINALLY)
+ {
+ if (lastTempStack != nullptr)
+ {
+ int indexOfTry = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_TRY);
+ if (indexOfTry == -1)
+ indexOfTry = indexOf(*lastTempStack, &AS_CATCH);
+ if (indexOfTry != -1)
+ {
+ // recreate the header list in headerStack up to the previous 'try'
+ // from the temporary snapshot stored in lastTempStack.
+ int restackSize = lastTempStack->size() - indexOfTry - 1;
+ for (int r = 0; r < restackSize; r++)
+ {
+ headerStack->emplace_back(lastTempStack->back());
+ lastTempStack->pop_back();
+ }
+
+ if (!closingBraceReached)
+ indentCount += restackSize;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_CASE)
+ {
+ isInCase = true;
+ if (!haveCaseIndent)
+ {
+ haveCaseIndent = true;
+ if (!lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ isInCase = true;
+ --indentCount;
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_STATIC
+ || newHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED)
+ {
+ if (!headerStack->empty()
+ && (headerStack->back() == &AS_STATIC
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED))
+ {
+ isIndentableHeader = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ isIndentableHeader = false;
+ probationHeader = newHeader;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ isInTemplate = true;
+ isIndentableHeader = false;
+ }
+
+ if (isIndentableHeader)
+ {
+ headerStack->emplace_back(newHeader);
+ isContinuation = false;
+ if (indexOf(*nonParenHeaders, newHeader) == -1)
+ {
+ isInConditional = true;
+ }
+ lastLineHeader = newHeader;
+ }
+ else
+ isInHeader = false;
+
+ i += newHeader->length() - 1;
+
+ continue;
+ } // newHeader != nullptr
+
+ if (findHeader(line, i, preCommandHeaders) != nullptr)
+ // must be after function arguments
+ if (prevNonSpaceCh == ')')
+ foundPreCommandHeader = true;
+
+ // Objective-C NSException macros are preCommandHeaders
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(line, i, AS_NS_DURING))
+ foundPreCommandMacro = true;
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(line, i, AS_NS_HANDLER))
+ foundPreCommandMacro = true;
+
+ if (parenDepth == 0 && findKeyword(line, i, AS_ENUM))
+ isInEnum = true;
+
+ if (isSharpStyle() && findKeyword(line, i, AS_LET))
+ isInLet = true;
+
+ } // isPotentialHeader
+
+ if (ch == '?')
+ isInQuestion = true;
+
+ // special handling of colons
+ if (ch == ':')
+ {
+ if (line.length() > i + 1 && line[i + 1] == ':') // look for ::
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (isInQuestion)
+ {
+ // do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (parenDepth > 0)
+ {
+ // found a 'for' loop or an objective-C statement
+ // so do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (isInEnum)
+ {
+ // found an enum with a base-type
+ isInEnumTypeID = true;
+ if (i == 0)
+ indentCount += classInitializerIndents;
+ }
+ else if ((isCStyle() || isSharpStyle())
+ && !isInCase
+ && (prevNonSpaceCh == ')' || foundPreCommandHeader))
+ {
+ // found a 'class' c'tor initializer
+ isInClassInitializer = true;
+ registerContinuationIndentColon(line, i, tabIncrementIn);
+ if (i == 0)
+ indentCount += classInitializerIndents;
+ }
+ else if (isInClassHeader || isInObjCInterface)
+ {
+ // is in a 'class A : public B' definition
+ isInClassHeaderTab = true;
+ registerContinuationIndentColon(line, i, tabIncrementIn);
+ }
+ else if (isInAsm || isInAsmOneLine || isInAsmBlock)
+ {
+ // do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (isDigit(peekNextChar(line, i)))
+ {
+ // found a bit field - do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (isCStyle() && isInClass && prevNonSpaceCh != ')')
+ {
+ // found a 'private:' or 'public:' inside a class definition
+ --indentCount;
+ if (modifierIndent)
+ spaceIndentCount += (indentLength / 2);
+ }
+ else if (isCStyle() && !isInClass
+ && headerStack->size() >= 2
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 2] == &AS_CLASS
+ && (*headerStack)[headerStack->size() - 1] == &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ {
+ // found a 'private:' or 'public:' inside a class definition
+ // and on the same line as the class opening brace
+ // do nothing
+ }
+ else if (isJavaStyle() && lastLineHeader == &AS_FOR)
+ {
+ // found a java for-each statement
+ // so do nothing special
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ currentNonSpaceCh = ';'; // so that braces after the ':' will appear as block-openers
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar(line, i);
+ if (isInCase)
+ {
+ isInCase = false;
+ ch = ';'; // from here on, treat char as ';'
+ }
+ else if (isCStyle() || (isSharpStyle() && peekedChar == ';'))
+ {
+ // is in a label (e.g. 'label1:')
+ if (labelIndent)
+ --indentCount; // unindent label by one indent
+ else if (!lineBeginsWithOpenBrace)
+ indentCount = 0; // completely flush indent to left
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((ch == ';' || (parenDepth > 0 && ch == ',')) && !continuationIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
+ while ((int) continuationIndentStackSizeStack->back() + (parenDepth > 0 ? 1 : 0)
+ < (int) continuationIndentStack->size())
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+
+ else if (ch == ',' && isInEnum && isNonInStatementArray && !continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+
+ // handle commas
+ // previous "isInStatement" will be from an assignment operator or class initializer
+ if (ch == ',' && parenDepth == 0 && !isContinuation && !isNonInStatementArray)
+ {
+ // is comma at end of line
+ size_t nextChar = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + 1);
+ if (nextChar != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(nextChar, 2, "//") == 0
+ || line.compare(nextChar, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ nextChar = string::npos;
+ }
+ // register indent
+ if (nextChar == string::npos)
+ {
+ // register indent at previous word
+ if (isJavaStyle() && isInClassHeader)
+ {
+ // do nothing for now
+ }
+ // register indent at second word on the line
+ else if (!isInTemplate && !isInClassHeaderTab && !isInClassInitializer)
+ {
+ int prevWord = getContinuationIndentComma(line, i);
+ int continuationIndentCount = prevWord + spaceIndentCount + tabIncrementIn;
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(continuationIndentCount);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // handle comma first initializers
+ if (ch == ',' && parenDepth == 0 && lineBeginsWithComma
+ && (isInClassInitializer || isInClassHeaderTab))
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+
+ // handle ends of statements
+ if ((ch == ';' && parenDepth == 0) || ch == '}')
+ {
+ if (ch == '}')
+ {
+ // first check if this '}' closes a previous block, or a static array...
+ if (braceBlockStateStack->size() > 1)
+ {
+ bool braceBlockState = braceBlockStateStack->back();
+ braceBlockStateStack->pop_back();
+ if (!braceBlockState)
+ {
+ if (!continuationIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
+ {
+ // this brace is a static array
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+ parenDepth--;
+ if (i == 0)
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = false;
+
+ if (!parenIndentStack->empty())
+ {
+ int poppedIndent = parenIndentStack->back();
+ parenIndentStack->pop_back();
+ if (i == 0)
+ spaceIndentCount = poppedIndent;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // this brace is block closer...
+
+ ++lineClosingBlocksNum;
+
+ if (!continuationIndentStackSizeStack->empty())
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+
+ if (!parenDepthStack->empty())
+ {
+ parenDepth = parenDepthStack->back();
+ parenDepthStack->pop_back();
+ isContinuation = blockStatementStack->back();
+ blockStatementStack->pop_back();
+
+ if (isContinuation)
+ blockTabCount--;
+ }
+
+ closingBraceReached = true;
+ if (i == 0)
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ isInAsmBlock = false;
+ isInAsm = isInAsmOneLine = isInQuote = false; // close these just in case
+
+ int headerPlace = indexOf(*headerStack, &AS_OPEN_BRACE);
+ if (headerPlace != -1)
+ {
+ const string* popped = headerStack->back();
+ while (popped != &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ {
+ headerStack->pop_back();
+ popped = headerStack->back();
+ }
+ headerStack->pop_back();
+
+ if (headerStack->empty())
+ g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace = 0;
+
+ // do not indent namespace brace unless namespaces are indented
+ if (!namespaceIndent && !headerStack->empty()
+ && ((*headerStack).back() == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack).back() == &AS_MODULE)
+ && i == 0) // must be the first brace on the line
+ shouldIndentBracedLine = false;
+
+ if (!tempStacks->empty())
+ {
+ vector<const string*>* temp = tempStacks->back();
+ tempStacks->pop_back();
+ delete temp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ch = ' '; // needed due to cases such as '}else{', so that headers ('else' in this case) will be identified...
+ } // ch == '}'
+
+ /*
+ * Create a temporary snapshot of the current block's header-list in the
+ * uppermost inner stack in tempStacks, and clear the headerStack up to
+ * the beginning of the block.
+ * Thus, the next future statement will think it comes one indent past
+ * the block's '{' unless it specifically checks for a companion-header
+ * (such as a previous 'if' for an 'else' header) within the tempStacks,
+ * and recreates the temporary snapshot by manipulating the tempStacks.
+ */
+ if (!tempStacks->back()->empty())
+ while (!tempStacks->back()->empty())
+ tempStacks->back()->pop_back();
+ while (!headerStack->empty() && headerStack->back() != &AS_OPEN_BRACE)
+ {
+ tempStacks->back()->emplace_back(headerStack->back());
+ headerStack->pop_back();
+ }
+
+ if (parenDepth == 0 && ch == ';')
+ {
+ isContinuation = false;
+ isInClassInitializer = false;
+ }
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodDefinition)
+ {
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = 0;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition = true;
+ }
+
+ previousLastLineHeader = nullptr;
+ isInClassHeader = false; // for 'friend' class
+ isInEnum = false;
+ isInEnumTypeID = false;
+ isInQuestion = false;
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isPotentialHeader)
+ {
+ // check for preBlockStatements in C/C++ ONLY if not within parentheses
+ // (otherwise 'struct XXX' statements would be wrongly interpreted...)
+ if (!isInTemplate && !(isCStyle() && parenDepth > 0))
+ {
+ const string* newHeader = findHeader(line, i, preBlockStatements);
+ // CORBA IDL module
+ if (newHeader == &AS_MODULE)
+ {
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar(line, i + newHeader->length() - 1);
+ if (prevNonSpaceCh == ')' || !isalpha(nextChar))
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+ if (newHeader != nullptr
+ && !(isCStyle() && newHeader == &AS_CLASS && isInEnum) // is not 'enum class'
+ && !(isCStyle() && newHeader == &AS_INTERFACE // CORBA IDL interface
+ && (headerStack->empty()
+ || headerStack->back() != &AS_OPEN_BRACE)))
+ {
+ if (!isSharpStyle())
+ headerStack->emplace_back(newHeader);
+ // do not need 'where' in the headerStack
+ // do not need second 'class' statement in a row
+ else if (!(newHeader == &AS_WHERE
+ || ((newHeader == &AS_CLASS || newHeader == &AS_STRUCT)
+ && !headerStack->empty()
+ && (headerStack->back() == &AS_CLASS
+ || headerStack->back() == &AS_STRUCT))))
+ headerStack->emplace_back(newHeader);
+
+ if (!headerStack->empty())
+ {
+ if ((*headerStack).back() == &AS_CLASS
+ || (*headerStack).back() == &AS_STRUCT
+ || (*headerStack).back() == &AS_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ isInClassHeader = true;
+ }
+ else if ((*headerStack).back() == &AS_NAMESPACE
+ || (*headerStack).back() == &AS_MODULE)
+ {
+ // remove continuationIndent from namespace
+ if (!continuationIndentStack->empty())
+ continuationIndentStack->pop_back();
+ isContinuation = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ i += newHeader->length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ const string* foundIndentableHeader = findHeader(line, i, indentableHeaders);
+
+ if (foundIndentableHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ // must bypass the header before registering the in statement
+ i += foundIndentableHeader->length() - 1;
+ if (!isInOperator && !isInTemplate && !isNonInStatementArray)
+ {
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, false);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(line, i, AS_OPERATOR))
+ isInOperator = true;
+
+ if (g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace == 1 && findKeyword(line, i, AS_EXTERN))
+ ++g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace;
+
+ if (g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace == 3) // extern "C" is not followed by a '{'
+ g_preprocessorCppExternCBrace = 0;
+
+ // "new" operator is a pointer, not a calculation
+ if (findKeyword(line, i, AS_NEW))
+ {
+ if (isContinuation && !continuationIndentStack->empty() && prevNonSpaceCh == '=')
+ continuationIndentStack->back() = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(line, i, AS_AUTO) && isTopLevel())
+ {
+ isInTrailingReturnType = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isCStyle())
+ {
+ if (findKeyword(line, i, AS_ASM)
+ || findKeyword(line, i, AS__ASM__))
+ {
+ isInAsm = true;
+ }
+ else if (findKeyword(line, i, AS_MS_ASM) // microsoft specific
+ || findKeyword(line, i, AS_MS__ASM))
+ {
+ int index = 4;
+ if (peekNextChar(line, i) == '_') // check for __asm
+ index = 5;
+
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar(line, i + index);
+ if (peekedChar == '{' || peekedChar == ' ')
+ isInAsmBlock = true;
+ else
+ isInAsmOneLine = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // bypass the entire name for all others
+ string name = getCurrentWord(line, i);
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Handle Objective-C statements
+
+ if (ch == '@'
+ && line.length() > i + 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(line[i + 1])
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(line, i + 1))
+ {
+ string curWord = getCurrentWord(line, i + 1);
+ if (curWord == AS_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ isInObjCInterface = true;
+ string name = '@' + curWord;
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (isInObjCInterface)
+ {
+ --indentCount;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ }
+
+ if (curWord == AS_PUBLIC
+ || curWord == AS_PRIVATE
+ || curWord == AS_PROTECTED)
+ {
+ --indentCount;
+ if (modifierIndent)
+ spaceIndentCount += (indentLength / 2);
+ string name = '@' + curWord;
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (curWord == AS_END)
+ {
+ popLastContinuationIndent();
+ spaceIndentCount = 0;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ string name = '@' + curWord;
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((ch == '-' || ch == '+')
+ && (prevNonSpaceCh == ';' || prevNonSpaceCh == '{'
+ || headerStack->empty() || isInObjCInterface)
+ && ASBase::peekNextChar(line, i) != '-'
+ && ASBase::peekNextChar(line, i) != '+'
+ && line.find_first_not_of(" \t") == i)
+ {
+ if (isInObjCInterface)
+ --indentCount;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Handle operators
+
+ bool isPotentialOperator = isCharPotentialOperator(ch);
+
+ if (isPotentialOperator)
+ {
+ // Check if an operator has been reached.
+ const string* foundAssignmentOp = findOperator(line, i, assignmentOperators);
+ const string* foundNonAssignmentOp = findOperator(line, i, nonAssignmentOperators);
+
+ if (foundNonAssignmentOp != nullptr)
+ {
+ if (foundNonAssignmentOp == &AS_LAMBDA)
+ foundPreCommandHeader = true;
+ if (isInTemplate && foundNonAssignmentOp == &AS_GR_GR)
+ foundNonAssignmentOp = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ // Since findHeader's boundary checking was not used above, it is possible
+ // that both an assignment op and a non-assignment op where found,
+ // e.g. '>>' and '>>='. If this is the case, treat the LONGER one as the
+ // found operator.
+ if (foundAssignmentOp != nullptr && foundNonAssignmentOp != nullptr)
+ {
+ if (foundAssignmentOp->length() < foundNonAssignmentOp->length())
+ foundAssignmentOp = nullptr;
+ else
+ foundNonAssignmentOp = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (foundNonAssignmentOp != nullptr)
+ {
+ if (foundNonAssignmentOp->length() > 1)
+ i += foundNonAssignmentOp->length() - 1;
+
+ // For C++ input/output, operator<< and >> should be
+ // aligned, if we are not in a statement already and
+ // also not in the "operator<<(...)" header line
+ if (!isInOperator
+ && continuationIndentStack->empty()
+ && isCStyle()
+ && (foundNonAssignmentOp == &AS_GR_GR
+ || foundNonAssignmentOp == &AS_LS_LS))
+ {
+ // this will be true if the line begins with the operator
+ if (i < foundNonAssignmentOp->length() && spaceIndentCount == 0)
+ spaceIndentCount += 2 * indentLength;
+ // align to the beginning column of the operator
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i - foundNonAssignmentOp->length(), spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, false);
+ }
+ }
+
+ else if (foundAssignmentOp != nullptr)
+ {
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false; // clears this for array assignments
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+
+ if (foundAssignmentOp->length() > 1)
+ i += foundAssignmentOp->length() - 1;
+
+ if (!isInOperator && !isInTemplate && (!isNonInStatementArray || isInEnum))
+ {
+ // if multiple assignments, align on the previous word
+ if (foundAssignmentOp == &AS_ASSIGN
+ && prevNonSpaceCh != ']' // an array
+ && statementEndsWithComma(line, i))
+ {
+ if (!haveAssignmentThisLine) // only one assignment indent per line
+ {
+ // register indent at previous word
+ haveAssignmentThisLine = true;
+ int prevWordIndex = getContinuationIndentAssign(line, i);
+ int continuationIndentCount = prevWordIndex + spaceIndentCount + tabIncrementIn;
+ continuationIndentStack->emplace_back(continuationIndentCount);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ }
+ // don't indent an assignment if 'let'
+ else if (isInLet)
+ {
+ isInLet = false;
+ }
+ else if (!lineBeginsWithComma)
+ {
+ if (i == 0 && spaceIndentCount == 0)
+ spaceIndentCount += indentLength;
+ registerContinuationIndent(line, i, spaceIndentCount, tabIncrementIn, 0, false);
+ isContinuation = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } // end of for loop * end of for loop * end of for loop * end of for loop * end of for loop *
+}
+
+} // end namespace astyle
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASEnhancer.cpp b/tools/astyle/ASEnhancer.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..cb197a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASEnhancer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,796 @@
+// ASEnhancer.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle.h"
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASEnhancer class
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * ASEnhancer constructor
+ */
+ASEnhancer::ASEnhancer()
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * Destructor of ASEnhancer
+ */
+ASEnhancer::~ASEnhancer()
+{
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize the ASEnhancer.
+ *
+ * init() is called each time an ASFormatter object is initialized.
+ */
+void ASEnhancer::init(int _fileType,
+ int _indentLength,
+ int _tabLength,
+ bool _useTabs,
+ bool _forceTab,
+ bool _namespaceIndent,
+ bool _caseIndent,
+ bool _preprocBlockIndent,
+ bool _preprocDefineIndent,
+ bool _emptyLineFill,
+ vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >* _indentableMacros)
+{
+ // formatting variables from ASFormatter and ASBeautifier
+ ASBase::init(_fileType);
+ indentLength = _indentLength;
+ tabLength = _tabLength;
+ useTabs = _useTabs;
+ forceTab = _forceTab;
+ namespaceIndent = _namespaceIndent;
+ caseIndent = _caseIndent;
+ preprocBlockIndent = _preprocBlockIndent;
+ preprocDefineIndent = _preprocDefineIndent;
+ emptyLineFill = _emptyLineFill;
+ indentableMacros = _indentableMacros;
+ quoteChar = '\'';
+
+ // unindent variables
+ lineNumber = 0;
+ braceCount = 0;
+ isInComment = false;
+ isInQuote = false;
+ switchDepth = 0;
+ eventPreprocDepth = 0;
+ lookingForCaseBrace = false;
+ unindentNextLine = false;
+ shouldUnindentLine = false;
+ shouldUnindentComment = false;
+
+ // switch struct and vector
+ sw.switchBraceCount = 0;
+ sw.unindentDepth = 0;
+ sw.unindentCase = false;
+ switchStack.clear();
+
+ // other variables
+ nextLineIsEventIndent = false;
+ isInEventTable = false;
+ nextLineIsDeclareIndent = false;
+ isInDeclareSection = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * additional formatting for line of source code.
+ * every line of source code in a source code file should be sent
+ * one after the other to this function.
+ * indents event tables
+ * unindents the case blocks
+ *
+ * @param line the original formatted line will be updated if necessary.
+ */
+void ASEnhancer::enhance(string& line, bool isInNamespace, bool isInPreprocessor, bool isInSQL)
+{
+ shouldUnindentLine = true;
+ shouldUnindentComment = false;
+ lineNumber++;
+
+ // check for beginning of event table
+ if (nextLineIsEventIndent)
+ {
+ isInEventTable = true;
+ nextLineIsEventIndent = false;
+ }
+
+ // check for beginning of SQL declare section
+ if (nextLineIsDeclareIndent)
+ {
+ isInDeclareSection = true;
+ nextLineIsDeclareIndent = false;
+ }
+
+ if (line.length() == 0
+ && !isInEventTable
+ && !isInDeclareSection
+ && !emptyLineFill)
+ return;
+
+ // test for unindent on attached braces
+ if (unindentNextLine)
+ {
+ sw.unindentDepth++;
+ sw.unindentCase = true;
+ unindentNextLine = false;
+ }
+
+ // parse characters in the current line
+ parseCurrentLine(line, isInPreprocessor, isInSQL);
+
+ // check for SQL indentable lines
+ if (isInDeclareSection)
+ {
+ size_t firstText = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstText == string::npos || line[firstText] != '#')
+ indentLine(line, 1);
+ }
+
+ // check for event table indentable lines
+ if (isInEventTable
+ && (eventPreprocDepth == 0
+ || (namespaceIndent && isInNamespace)))
+ {
+ size_t firstText = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstText == string::npos || line[firstText] != '#')
+ indentLine(line, 1);
+ }
+
+ if (shouldUnindentComment && sw.unindentDepth > 0)
+ unindentLine(line, sw.unindentDepth - 1);
+ else if (shouldUnindentLine && sw.unindentDepth > 0)
+ unindentLine(line, sw.unindentDepth);
+}
+
+/**
+ * convert a force-tab indent to spaces
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line that will be converted.
+ */
+void ASEnhancer::convertForceTabIndentToSpaces(string& line) const
+{
+ // replace tab indents with spaces
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(line[i]))
+ break;
+ if (line[i] == '\t')
+ {
+ line.erase(i, 1);
+ line.insert(i, tabLength, ' ');
+ i += tabLength - 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * convert a space indent to force-tab
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line that will be converted.
+ */
+void ASEnhancer::convertSpaceIndentToForceTab(string& line) const
+{
+ assert(tabLength > 0);
+
+ // replace leading spaces with tab indents
+ size_t newSpaceIndentLength = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ size_t tabCount = newSpaceIndentLength / tabLength; // truncate extra spaces
+ line.replace(0U, tabCount * tabLength, tabCount, '\t');
+}
+
+/**
+ * find the colon following a 'case' statement
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line.
+ * @param caseIndex the line index of the case statement.
+ * @return the line index of the colon.
+ */
+size_t ASEnhancer::findCaseColon(const string& line, size_t caseIndex) const
+{
+ size_t i = caseIndex;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ for (; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (line[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (line[i] == quoteChar_) // check ending quote
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ continue; // must close quote before continuing
+ }
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '"' // check opening quote
+ || (line[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = line[i];
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == ':')
+ {
+ if ((i + 1 < line.length()) && (line[i + 1] == ':'))
+ i++; // bypass scope resolution operator
+ else
+ break; // found it
+ }
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+* indent a line by a given number of tabsets
+ * by inserting leading whitespace to the line argument.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param indent the number of tabsets to insert.
+ * @return the number of characters inserted.
+ */
+int ASEnhancer::indentLine(string& line, int indent) const
+{
+ if (line.length() == 0
+ && !emptyLineFill)
+ return 0;
+
+ size_t charsToInsert = 0;
+
+ if (forceTab && indentLength != tabLength)
+ {
+ // replace tab indents with spaces
+ convertForceTabIndentToSpaces(line);
+ // insert the space indents
+ charsToInsert = indent * indentLength;
+ line.insert(line.begin(), charsToInsert, ' ');
+ // replace leading spaces with tab indents
+ convertSpaceIndentToForceTab(line);
+ }
+ else if (useTabs)
+ {
+ charsToInsert = indent;
+ line.insert(line.begin(), charsToInsert, '\t');
+ }
+ else // spaces
+ {
+ charsToInsert = indent * indentLength;
+ line.insert(line.begin(), charsToInsert, ' ');
+ }
+
+ return charsToInsert;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check for SQL "BEGIN DECLARE SECTION".
+ * must compare case insensitive and allow any spacing between words.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param index the current line index.
+ * @return true if a hit.
+ */
+bool ASEnhancer::isBeginDeclareSectionSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const
+{
+ string word;
+ size_t hits = 0;
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = index; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ i = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i);
+ if (i == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ if (line[i] == ';')
+ break;
+ if (!isCharPotentialHeader(line, i))
+ continue;
+ word = getCurrentWord(line, i);
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < word.length(); j++)
+ word[j] = (char) toupper(word[j]);
+ if (word == "EXEC" || word == "SQL")
+ {
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (word == "DECLARE" || word == "SECTION")
+ {
+ hits++;
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (word == "BEGIN")
+ {
+ hits++;
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (hits == 3)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check for SQL "END DECLARE SECTION".
+ * must compare case insensitive and allow any spacing between words.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param index the current line index.
+ * @return true if a hit.
+ */
+bool ASEnhancer::isEndDeclareSectionSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const
+{
+ string word;
+ size_t hits = 0;
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = index; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ i = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i);
+ if (i == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ if (line[i] == ';')
+ break;
+ if (!isCharPotentialHeader(line, i))
+ continue;
+ word = getCurrentWord(line, i);
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < word.length(); j++)
+ word[j] = (char) toupper(word[j]);
+ if (word == "EXEC" || word == "SQL")
+ {
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (word == "DECLARE" || word == "SECTION")
+ {
+ hits++;
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (word == "END")
+ {
+ hits++;
+ i += word.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (hits == 3)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if a one-line brace has been reached,
+ * i.e. if the currently reached '{' character is closed
+ * with a complimentary '}' elsewhere on the current line,
+ *.
+ * @return false = one-line brace has not been reached.
+ * true = one-line brace has been reached.
+ */
+bool ASEnhancer::isOneLineBlockReached(const string& line, int startChar) const
+{
+ assert(line[startChar] == '{');
+
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ int _braceCount = 1;
+ int lineLength = line.length();
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ char ch = ' ';
+
+ for (int i = startChar + 1; i < lineLength; ++i)
+ {
+ ch = line[i];
+
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (ch == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '"'
+ || (ch == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = ch;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '{')
+ ++_braceCount;
+ else if (ch == '}')
+ --_braceCount;
+
+ if (_braceCount == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * parse characters in the current line to determine if an indent
+ * or unindent is needed.
+ */
+void ASEnhancer::parseCurrentLine(string& line, bool isInPreprocessor, bool isInSQL)
+{
+ bool isSpecialChar = false; // is a backslash escape character
+
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ char ch = line[i];
+
+ // bypass whitespace
+ if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
+ continue;
+
+ // handle special characters (i.e. backslash+character such as \n, \t, ...)
+ if (isSpecialChar)
+ {
+ isSpecialChar = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (!(isInComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "\\\\") == 0)
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (!(isInComment) && ch == '\\')
+ {
+ isSpecialChar = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // handle quotes (such as 'x' and "Hello Dolly")
+ if (!isInComment
+ && (ch == '"'
+ || (ch == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i))))
+ {
+ if (!isInQuote)
+ {
+ quoteChar = ch;
+ isInQuote = true;
+ }
+ else if (quoteChar == ch)
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote)
+ continue;
+
+ // handle comments
+
+ if (!(isInComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ // check for windows line markers
+ if (line.compare(i + 2, 1, "\xf0") > 0)
+ lineNumber--;
+ // unindent if not in case braces
+ if (line.find_first_not_of(" \t") == i
+ && sw.switchBraceCount == 1
+ && sw.unindentCase)
+ shouldUnindentComment = true;
+ break; // finished with the line
+ }
+ else if (!(isInComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ // unindent if not in case braces
+ if (sw.switchBraceCount == 1 && sw.unindentCase)
+ shouldUnindentComment = true;
+ isInComment = true;
+ size_t commentEnd = line.find("*/", i);
+ if (commentEnd == string::npos)
+ i = line.length() - 1;
+ else
+ i = commentEnd - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((isInComment) && line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ // unindent if not in case braces
+ if (sw.switchBraceCount == 1 && sw.unindentCase)
+ shouldUnindentComment = true;
+ isInComment = false;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInComment)
+ {
+ // unindent if not in case braces
+ if (sw.switchBraceCount == 1 && sw.unindentCase)
+ shouldUnindentComment = true;
+ size_t commentEnd = line.find("*/", i);
+ if (commentEnd == string::npos)
+ i = line.length() - 1;
+ else
+ i = commentEnd - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // if we have reached this far then we are NOT in a comment or string of special characters
+
+ if (line[i] == '{')
+ braceCount++;
+
+ if (line[i] == '}')
+ braceCount--;
+
+ // check for preprocessor within an event table
+ if (isInEventTable && line[i] == '#' && preprocBlockIndent)
+ {
+ string preproc;
+ preproc = line.substr(i + 1);
+ if (preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if") // #if, #ifdef, #ifndef)
+ eventPreprocDepth += 1;
+ if (preproc.substr(0, 5) == "endif" && eventPreprocDepth > 0)
+ eventPreprocDepth -= 1;
+ }
+
+ bool isPotentialKeyword = isCharPotentialHeader(line, i);
+
+ // ---------------- wxWidgets and MFC macros ----------------------------------
+
+ if (isPotentialKeyword)
+ {
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < indentableMacros->size(); j++)
+ {
+ // 'first' is the beginning macro
+ if (findKeyword(line, i, indentableMacros->at(j)->first))
+ {
+ nextLineIsEventIndent = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < indentableMacros->size(); j++)
+ {
+ // 'second' is the ending macro
+ if (findKeyword(line, i, indentableMacros->at(j)->second))
+ {
+ isInEventTable = false;
+ eventPreprocDepth = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ---------------- process SQL -----------------------------------------------
+
+ if (isInSQL)
+ {
+ if (isBeginDeclareSectionSQL(line, i))
+ nextLineIsDeclareIndent = true;
+ if (isEndDeclareSectionSQL(line, i))
+ isInDeclareSection = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // ---------------- process switch statements ---------------------------------
+
+ if (isPotentialKeyword && findKeyword(line, i, ASResource::AS_SWITCH))
+ {
+ switchDepth++;
+ switchStack.emplace_back(sw); // save current variables
+ sw.switchBraceCount = 0;
+ sw.unindentCase = false; // don't clear case until end of switch
+ i += 5; // bypass switch statement
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // just want unindented case statements from this point
+
+ if (caseIndent
+ || switchDepth == 0
+ || (isInPreprocessor && !preprocDefineIndent))
+ {
+ // bypass the entire word
+ if (isPotentialKeyword)
+ {
+ string name = getCurrentWord(line, i);
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ i = processSwitchBlock(line, i);
+
+ } // end of for loop * end of for loop * end of for loop * end of for loop
+}
+
+/**
+ * process the character at the current index in a switch block.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param index the current line index.
+ * @return the new line index.
+ */
+size_t ASEnhancer::processSwitchBlock(string& line, size_t index)
+{
+ size_t i = index;
+ bool isPotentialKeyword = isCharPotentialHeader(line, i);
+
+ if (line[i] == '{')
+ {
+ sw.switchBraceCount++;
+ if (lookingForCaseBrace) // if 1st after case statement
+ {
+ sw.unindentCase = true; // unindenting this case
+ sw.unindentDepth++;
+ lookingForCaseBrace = false; // not looking now
+ }
+ return i;
+ }
+ lookingForCaseBrace = false; // no opening brace, don't indent
+
+ if (line[i] == '}')
+ {
+ sw.switchBraceCount--;
+ if (sw.switchBraceCount == 0) // if end of switch statement
+ {
+ int lineUnindent = sw.unindentDepth;
+ if (line.find_first_not_of(" \t") == i
+ && !switchStack.empty())
+ lineUnindent = switchStack[switchStack.size() - 1].unindentDepth;
+ if (shouldUnindentLine)
+ {
+ if (lineUnindent > 0)
+ i -= unindentLine(line, lineUnindent);
+ shouldUnindentLine = false;
+ }
+ switchDepth--;
+ sw = switchStack.back();
+ switchStack.pop_back();
+ }
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ if (isPotentialKeyword
+ && (findKeyword(line, i, ASResource::AS_CASE)
+ || findKeyword(line, i, ASResource::AS_DEFAULT)))
+ {
+ if (sw.unindentCase) // if unindented last case
+ {
+ sw.unindentCase = false; // stop unindenting previous case
+ sw.unindentDepth--;
+ }
+
+ i = findCaseColon(line, i);
+
+ i++;
+ for (; i < line.length(); i++) // bypass whitespace
+ {
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(line[i]))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (i < line.length())
+ {
+ if (line[i] == '{')
+ {
+ braceCount++;
+ sw.switchBraceCount++;
+ if (!isOneLineBlockReached(line, i))
+ unindentNextLine = true;
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ lookingForCaseBrace = true;
+ i--; // need to process this char
+ return i;
+ }
+ if (isPotentialKeyword)
+ {
+ string name = getCurrentWord(line, i); // bypass the entire name
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * unindent a line by a given number of tabsets
+ * by erasing the leading whitespace from the line argument.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to unindent.
+ * @param unindent the number of tabsets to erase.
+ * @return the number of characters erased.
+ */
+int ASEnhancer::unindentLine(string& line, int unindent) const
+{
+ size_t whitespace = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+
+ if (whitespace == string::npos) // if line is blank
+ whitespace = line.length(); // must remove padding, if any
+
+ if (whitespace == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ size_t charsToErase = 0;
+
+ if (forceTab && indentLength != tabLength)
+ {
+ // replace tab indents with spaces
+ convertForceTabIndentToSpaces(line);
+ // remove the space indents
+ size_t spaceIndentLength = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ charsToErase = unindent * indentLength;
+ if (charsToErase <= spaceIndentLength)
+ line.erase(0, charsToErase);
+ else
+ charsToErase = 0;
+ // replace leading spaces with tab indents
+ convertSpaceIndentToForceTab(line);
+ }
+ else if (useTabs)
+ {
+ charsToErase = unindent;
+ if (charsToErase <= whitespace)
+ line.erase(0, charsToErase);
+ else
+ charsToErase = 0;
+ }
+ else // spaces
+ {
+ charsToErase = unindent * indentLength;
+ if (charsToErase <= whitespace)
+ line.erase(0, charsToErase);
+ else
+ charsToErase = 0;
+ }
+
+ return charsToErase;
+}
+
+} // end namespace astyle
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASFormatter.cpp b/tools/astyle/ASFormatter.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..bd1a004
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASFormatter.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,8245 @@
+// ASFormatter.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <fstream>
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASFormatter class
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * Constructor of ASFormatter
+ */
+ASFormatter::ASFormatter()
+{
+ sourceIterator = nullptr;
+ enhancer = new ASEnhancer;
+ preBraceHeaderStack = nullptr;
+ braceTypeStack = nullptr;
+ parenStack = nullptr;
+ structStack = nullptr;
+ questionMarkStack = nullptr;
+ lineCommentNoIndent = false;
+ formattingStyle = STYLE_NONE;
+ braceFormatMode = NONE_MODE;
+ pointerAlignment = PTR_ALIGN_NONE;
+ referenceAlignment = REF_SAME_AS_PTR;
+ objCColonPadMode = COLON_PAD_NO_CHANGE;
+ lineEnd = LINEEND_DEFAULT;
+ maxCodeLength = string::npos;
+ shouldPadCommas = false;
+ shouldPadOperators = false;
+ shouldPadParensOutside = false;
+ shouldPadFirstParen = false;
+ shouldPadParensInside = false;
+ shouldPadHeader = false;
+ shouldStripCommentPrefix = false;
+ shouldUnPadParens = false;
+ attachClosingBraceMode = false;
+ shouldBreakOneLineBlocks = true;
+ shouldBreakOneLineHeaders = false;
+ shouldBreakOneLineStatements = true;
+ shouldConvertTabs = false;
+ shouldIndentCol1Comments = false;
+ shouldIndentPreprocBlock = false;
+ shouldCloseTemplates = false;
+ shouldAttachExternC = false;
+ shouldAttachNamespace = false;
+ shouldAttachClass = false;
+ shouldAttachClosingWhile = false;
+ shouldAttachInline = false;
+ shouldBreakBlocks = false;
+ shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks = false;
+ shouldBreakClosingHeaderBraces = false;
+ shouldDeleteEmptyLines = false;
+ shouldBreakReturnType = false;
+ shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl = false;
+ shouldAttachReturnType = false;
+ shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl = false;
+ shouldBreakElseIfs = false;
+ shouldBreakLineAfterLogical = false;
+ shouldAddBraces = false;
+ shouldAddOneLineBraces = false;
+ shouldRemoveBraces = false;
+ shouldPadMethodColon = false;
+ shouldPadMethodPrefix = false;
+ shouldUnPadMethodPrefix = false;
+ shouldPadReturnType = false;
+ shouldUnPadReturnType = false;
+ shouldPadParamType = false;
+ shouldUnPadParamType = false;
+
+ // initialize ASFormatter member vectors
+ formatterFileType = 9; // reset to an invalid type
+ headers = new vector<const string*>;
+ nonParenHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+ preDefinitionHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+ preCommandHeaders = new vector<const string*>;
+ operators = new vector<const string*>;
+ assignmentOperators = new vector<const string*>;
+ castOperators = new vector<const string*>;
+
+ // initialize ASEnhancer member vectors
+ indentableMacros = new vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Destructor of ASFormatter
+ */
+ASFormatter::~ASFormatter()
+{
+ // delete ASFormatter stack vectors
+ deleteContainer(preBraceHeaderStack);
+ deleteContainer(braceTypeStack);
+ deleteContainer(parenStack);
+ deleteContainer(structStack);
+ deleteContainer(questionMarkStack);
+
+ // delete ASFormatter member vectors
+ formatterFileType = 9; // reset to an invalid type
+ delete headers;
+ delete nonParenHeaders;
+ delete preDefinitionHeaders;
+ delete preCommandHeaders;
+ delete operators;
+ delete assignmentOperators;
+ delete castOperators;
+
+ // delete ASEnhancer member vectors
+ delete indentableMacros;
+
+ // must be done when the ASFormatter object is deleted (not ASBeautifier)
+ // delete ASBeautifier member vectors
+ ASBeautifier::deleteBeautifierVectors();
+
+ delete enhancer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize the ASFormatter.
+ *
+ * init() should be called every time a ASFormatter object is to start
+ * formatting a NEW source file.
+ * init() receives a pointer to a ASSourceIterator object that will be
+ * used to iterate through the source code.
+ *
+ * @param si a pointer to the ASSourceIterator or ASStreamIterator object.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::init(ASSourceIterator* si)
+{
+ buildLanguageVectors();
+ fixOptionVariableConflicts();
+ ASBeautifier::init(si);
+ sourceIterator = si;
+
+ enhancer->init(getFileType(),
+ getIndentLength(),
+ getTabLength(),
+ getIndentString() == "\t",
+ getForceTabIndentation(),
+ getNamespaceIndent(),
+ getCaseIndent(),
+ shouldIndentPreprocBlock,
+ getPreprocDefineIndent(),
+ getEmptyLineFill(),
+ indentableMacros);
+
+ initContainer(preBraceHeaderStack, new vector<const string*>);
+ initContainer(parenStack, new vector<int>);
+ initContainer(structStack, new vector<bool>);
+ initContainer(questionMarkStack, new vector<bool>);
+ parenStack->emplace_back(0); // parenStack must contain this default entry
+ initContainer(braceTypeStack, new vector<BraceType>);
+ braceTypeStack->emplace_back(NULL_TYPE); // braceTypeStack must contain this default entry
+ clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+ currentLine = "";
+ readyFormattedLine = "";
+ formattedLine = "";
+ verbatimDelimiter = "";
+ currentChar = ' ';
+ previousChar = ' ';
+ previousCommandChar = ' ';
+ previousNonWSChar = ','; // not a potential name or operator
+ quoteChar = '"';
+ preprocBlockEnd = 0;
+ charNum = 0;
+ checksumIn = 0;
+ checksumOut = 0;
+ currentLineFirstBraceNum = string::npos;
+ formattedLineCommentNum = 0;
+ leadingSpaces = 0;
+ previousReadyFormattedLineLength = string::npos;
+ preprocBraceTypeStackSize = 0;
+ spacePadNum = 0;
+ methodAttachCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodAttachLineNum = 0;
+ methodBreakCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodBreakLineNum = 0;
+ nextLineSpacePadNum = 0;
+ objCColonAlign = 0;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+ runInIndentChars = 0;
+ tabIncrementIn = 0;
+ previousBraceType = NULL_TYPE;
+
+ isVirgin = true;
+ isInVirginLine = true;
+ isInLineComment = false;
+ isInComment = false;
+ isInCommentStartLine = false;
+ noTrimCommentContinuation = false;
+ isInPreprocessor = false;
+ isInPreprocessorBeautify = false;
+ doesLineStartComment = false;
+ lineEndsInCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsEmpty = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine = false;
+ isInClassInitializer = false;
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ haveLineContinuationChar = false;
+ isInQuoteContinuation = false;
+ isHeaderInMultiStatementLine = false;
+ isSpecialChar = false;
+ isNonParenHeader = false;
+ foundNamespaceHeader = false;
+ foundClassHeader = false;
+ foundStructHeader = false;
+ foundInterfaceHeader = false;
+ foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+ foundTrailingReturnType = false;
+ foundCastOperator = false;
+ foundQuestionMark = false;
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ endOfAsmReached = false;
+ endOfCodeReached = false;
+ isFormattingModeOff = false;
+ isInEnum = false;
+ isInExecSQL = false;
+ isInAsm = false;
+ isInAsmOneLine = false;
+ isInAsmBlock = false;
+ isLineReady = false;
+ elseHeaderFollowsComments = false;
+ caseHeaderFollowsComments = false;
+ isPreviousBraceBlockRelated = false;
+ isInPotentialCalculation = false;
+ needHeaderOpeningBrace = false;
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = false;
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = false;
+ shouldReparseCurrentChar = false;
+ passedSemicolon = false;
+ passedColon = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false;
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostReturn = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostThrow = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostNewDelete = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostOperator = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostReturn = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostThrow = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNewDelete = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOperator = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ isPreviousCharPostComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isInObjCReturnType = false;
+ isInObjCParam = false;
+ isInObjCSelector = false;
+ breakCurrentOneLineBlock = false;
+ shouldRemoveNextClosingBrace = false;
+ isInBraceRunIn = false;
+ returnTypeChecked = false;
+ currentLineBeginsWithBrace = false;
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ isIndentableProprocessor = false;
+ isIndentableProprocessorBlock = false;
+ prependEmptyLine = false;
+ appendOpeningBrace = false;
+ foundClosingHeader = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
+ isInHeader = false;
+ isInCase = false;
+ isFirstPreprocConditional = false;
+ processedFirstConditional = false;
+ isJavaStaticConstructor = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * build vectors for each programing language
+ * depending on the file extension.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::buildLanguageVectors()
+{
+ if (getFileType() == formatterFileType) // don't build unless necessary
+ return;
+
+ formatterFileType = getFileType();
+
+ headers->clear();
+ nonParenHeaders->clear();
+ preDefinitionHeaders->clear();
+ preCommandHeaders->clear();
+ operators->clear();
+ assignmentOperators->clear();
+ castOperators->clear();
+ indentableMacros->clear(); // ASEnhancer
+
+ ASResource::buildHeaders(headers, getFileType());
+ ASResource::buildNonParenHeaders(nonParenHeaders, getFileType());
+ ASResource::buildPreDefinitionHeaders(preDefinitionHeaders, getFileType());
+ ASResource::buildPreCommandHeaders(preCommandHeaders, getFileType());
+ ASResource::buildOperators(operators, getFileType());
+ ASResource::buildAssignmentOperators(assignmentOperators);
+ ASResource::buildCastOperators(castOperators);
+ ASResource::buildIndentableMacros(indentableMacros); //ASEnhancer
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the variables for each predefined style.
+ * this will override any previous settings.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::fixOptionVariableConflicts()
+{
+ if (formattingStyle == STYLE_ALLMAN)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(BREAK_MODE);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_JAVA)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(ATTACH_MODE);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_KR)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(LINUX_MODE);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_STROUSTRUP)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(LINUX_MODE);
+ setBreakClosingHeaderBracesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_WHITESMITH)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(BREAK_MODE);
+ setBraceIndent(true);
+ setClassIndent(true); // avoid hanging indent with access modifiers
+ setSwitchIndent(true); // avoid hanging indent with case statements
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_VTK)
+ {
+ // the unindented class brace does NOT cause a hanging indent like Whitesmith
+ setBraceFormatMode(BREAK_MODE);
+ setBraceIndentVtk(true); // sets both braceIndent and braceIndentVtk
+ setSwitchIndent(true); // avoid hanging indent with case statements
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_RATLIFF)
+ {
+ // attached braces can have hanging indents with the closing brace
+ setBraceFormatMode(ATTACH_MODE);
+ setBraceIndent(true);
+ setClassIndent(true); // avoid hanging indent with access modifiers
+ setSwitchIndent(true); // avoid hanging indent with case statements
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_GNU)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(BREAK_MODE);
+ setBlockIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_LINUX)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(LINUX_MODE);
+ // always for Linux style
+ setMinConditionalIndentOption(MINCOND_ONEHALF);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_HORSTMANN)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(RUN_IN_MODE);
+ setSwitchIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_1TBS)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(LINUX_MODE);
+ setAddBracesMode(true);
+ setRemoveBracesMode(false);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_GOOGLE)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(ATTACH_MODE);
+ setModifierIndent(true);
+ setClassIndent(false);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_MOZILLA)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(LINUX_MODE);
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_PICO)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(RUN_IN_MODE);
+ setAttachClosingBraceMode(true);
+ setSwitchIndent(true);
+ setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(false);
+ setBreakOneLineStatementsMode(false);
+ // add-braces won't work for pico, but it could be fixed if necessary
+ // both options should be set to true
+ if (shouldAddBraces)
+ shouldAddOneLineBraces = true;
+ }
+ else if (formattingStyle == STYLE_LISP)
+ {
+ setBraceFormatMode(ATTACH_MODE);
+ setAttachClosingBraceMode(true);
+ setBreakOneLineStatementsMode(false);
+ // add-one-line-braces won't work for lisp
+ // only shouldAddBraces should be set to true
+ if (shouldAddOneLineBraces)
+ {
+ shouldAddBraces = true;
+ shouldAddOneLineBraces = false;
+ }
+ }
+ setMinConditionalIndentLength();
+ // if not set by indent=force-tab-x set equal to indentLength
+ if (getTabLength() == 0)
+ setDefaultTabLength();
+ // add-one-line-braces implies keep-one-line-blocks
+ if (shouldAddOneLineBraces)
+ setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(false);
+ // don't allow add-braces and remove-braces
+ if (shouldAddBraces || shouldAddOneLineBraces)
+ setRemoveBracesMode(false);
+ // don't allow break-return-type and attach-return-type
+ if (shouldBreakReturnType)
+ shouldAttachReturnType = false;
+ if (shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl)
+ shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl = false;
+ // don't allow indent-classes and indent-modifiers
+ if (getClassIndent())
+ setModifierIndent(false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next formatted line.
+ *
+ * @return formatted line.
+ */
+string ASFormatter::nextLine()
+{
+ const string* newHeader = nullptr;
+ isInVirginLine = isVirgin;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ isPreviousCharPostComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
+
+ while (!isLineReady)
+ {
+ if (shouldReparseCurrentChar)
+ shouldReparseCurrentChar = false;
+ else if (!getNextChar())
+ {
+ breakLine();
+ continue;
+ }
+ else // stuff to do when reading a new character...
+ {
+ // make sure that a virgin '{' at the beginning of the file will be treated as a block...
+ if (isInVirginLine && currentChar == '{'
+ && currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && previousCommandChar == ' ')
+ previousCommandChar = '{';
+ if (isInClassInitializer
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE))
+ isInClassInitializer = false;
+ if (isInBraceRunIn)
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentChar))
+ isInBraceRunIn = false;
+ isPreviousCharPostComment = isCharImmediatelyPostComment;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostReturn = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostThrow = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNewDelete = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOperator = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = false;
+ }
+
+ if ((lineIsLineCommentOnly || lineIsCommentOnly)
+ && currentLine.find("*INDENT-ON*", charNum) != string::npos
+ && isFormattingModeOff)
+ {
+ isFormattingModeOff = false;
+ breakLine();
+ formattedLine = currentLine;
+ charNum = (int) currentLine.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (isFormattingModeOff)
+ {
+ breakLine();
+ formattedLine = currentLine;
+ charNum = (int) currentLine.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((lineIsLineCommentOnly || lineIsCommentOnly)
+ && currentLine.find("*INDENT-OFF*", charNum) != string::npos)
+ {
+ isFormattingModeOff = true;
+ if (isInLineBreak) // is true if not the first line
+ breakLine();
+ formattedLine = currentLine;
+ charNum = (int) currentLine.length() - 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldBreakLineAtNextChar)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(currentChar) && !lineIsEmpty)
+ continue;
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = false;
+ }
+
+ if (isInExecSQL && !passedSemicolon)
+ {
+ if (currentChar == ';')
+ passedSemicolon = true;
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInLineComment)
+ {
+ formatLineCommentBody();
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (isInComment)
+ {
+ formatCommentBody();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ else if (isInQuote)
+ {
+ formatQuoteBody();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // not in quote or comment or line comment
+
+ if (isSequenceReached("//"))
+ {
+ formatLineCommentOpener();
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (isSequenceReached("/*"))
+ {
+ formatCommentOpener();
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == '"'
+ || (currentChar == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(currentLine, charNum)))
+ {
+ formatQuoteOpener();
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // treat these preprocessor statements as a line comment
+ else if (currentChar == '#'
+ && currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") == (size_t) charNum)
+ {
+ string preproc = trim(currentLine.c_str() + charNum + 1);
+ if (preproc.length() > 0
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(preproc, 0)
+ && (findKeyword(preproc, 0, "region")
+ || findKeyword(preproc, 0, "endregion")
+ || findKeyword(preproc, 0, "error")
+ || findKeyword(preproc, 0, "warning")
+ || findKeyword(preproc, 0, "line")))
+ {
+ currentLine = rtrim(currentLine); // trim the end only
+ // check for run-in
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{')
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ isInBraceRunIn = false;
+ }
+ if (previousCommandChar == '}')
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+ isInLineComment = true;
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isInPreprocessor)
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInTemplate && shouldCloseTemplates)
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '>' && isWhiteSpace(currentChar) && peekNextChar() == '>')
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldRemoveNextClosingBrace && currentChar == '}')
+ {
+ currentLine[charNum] = currentChar = ' ';
+ shouldRemoveNextClosingBrace = false;
+ assert(adjustChecksumIn(-'}'));
+ if (isEmptyLine(currentLine))
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // handle white space - needed to simplify the rest.
+ if (isWhiteSpace(currentChar))
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* not in MIDDLE of quote or comment or SQL or white-space of any type ... */
+
+ // check if in preprocessor
+ // ** isInPreprocessor will be automatically reset at the beginning
+ // of a new line in getnextChar()
+ if (currentChar == '#'
+ && currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") == (size_t) charNum
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ {
+ isInPreprocessor = true;
+ // check for run-in
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{')
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ isInBraceRunIn = false;
+ }
+ processPreprocessor();
+ // if top level it is potentially indentable
+ if (shouldIndentPreprocBlock
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NAMESPACE_TYPE))
+ && !foundClassHeader
+ && !isInClassInitializer
+ && sourceIterator->tellg() > preprocBlockEnd)
+ {
+ // indent the #if preprocessor blocks
+ string preproc = ASBeautifier::extractPreprocessorStatement(currentLine);
+ if (preproc.length() >= 2 && preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if") // #if, #ifdef, #ifndef
+ {
+ if (isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor)
+ breakLine();
+ isIndentableProprocessorBlock = isIndentablePreprocessorBlock(currentLine, charNum);
+ isIndentableProprocessor = isIndentableProprocessorBlock;
+ }
+ }
+ if (isIndentableProprocessorBlock
+ && charNum < (int) currentLine.length() - 1
+ && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1]))
+ {
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextText != string::npos)
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, nextText - charNum - 1);
+ }
+ if (isIndentableProprocessorBlock
+ && sourceIterator->tellg() >= preprocBlockEnd)
+ isIndentableProprocessorBlock = false;
+ // need to fall thru here to reset the variables
+ }
+
+ /* not in preprocessor ... */
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostComment)
+ {
+ caseHeaderFollowsComments = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostComment = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ {
+ caseHeaderFollowsComments = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostReturn)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostReturn = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostReturn = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostThrow)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostThrow = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostThrow = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostNewDelete)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostNewDelete = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNewDelete = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostOperator)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostOperator = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOperator = true;
+ }
+ if (isImmediatelyPostTemplate)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostTemplate = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate = true;
+ }
+ if (isImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference)
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = true;
+ }
+
+ // reset isImmediatelyPostHeader information
+ if (isImmediatelyPostHeader)
+ {
+ // should braces be added
+ if (currentChar != '{'
+ && shouldAddBraces
+ && currentChar != '#' // don't add to preprocessor
+ && (shouldBreakOneLineStatements || !isHeaderInMultiStatementLine)
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ {
+ bool bracesAdded = addBracesToStatement();
+ if (bracesAdded && !shouldAddOneLineBraces)
+ {
+ size_t firstText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ assert(firstText != string::npos);
+ if ((int) firstText == charNum || shouldBreakOneLineHeaders)
+ breakCurrentOneLineBlock = true;
+ }
+ }
+ // should braces be removed
+ else if (currentChar == '{' && shouldRemoveBraces)
+ {
+ bool bracesRemoved = removeBracesFromStatement();
+ if (bracesRemoved)
+ {
+ shouldRemoveNextClosingBrace = true;
+ if (isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum))
+ spacePadNum--;
+ else if (shouldBreakOneLineBlocks
+ || (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") != string::npos))
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // break 'else-if' if shouldBreakElseIfs is requested
+ if (shouldBreakElseIfs
+ && currentHeader == &AS_ELSE
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back())
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment()
+ && (shouldBreakOneLineStatements || !isHeaderInMultiStatementLine))
+ {
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum));
+ if (nextText.length() > 0
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(nextText, 0)
+ && ASBase::findHeader(nextText, 0, headers) == &AS_IF)
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // break a header (e.g. if, while, else) from the following statement
+ if (shouldBreakOneLineHeaders
+ && peekNextChar() != ' '
+ && (shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ || (!isHeaderInMultiStatementLine
+ && !isMultiStatementLine()))
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back())
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment())
+ {
+ if (currentChar == '{')
+ {
+ if (!currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ {
+ if (isOneLineBlockReached(currentLine, charNum) == 3)
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ else
+ breakCurrentOneLineBlock = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (currentHeader == &AS_ELSE)
+ {
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum), true);
+ if (nextText.length() > 0
+ && ((isCharPotentialHeader(nextText, 0)
+ && ASBase::findHeader(nextText, 0, headers) != &AS_IF)
+ || nextText[0] == '{'))
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ isImmediatelyPostHeader = false;
+ }
+
+ if (passedSemicolon) // need to break the formattedLine
+ {
+ passedSemicolon = false;
+ if (parenStack->back() == 0 && !isCharImmediatelyPostComment && currentChar != ';') // allow ;;
+ {
+ // does a one-line block have ending comments?
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ {
+ size_t blockEnd = currentLine.rfind(AS_CLOSE_BRACE);
+ assert(blockEnd != string::npos);
+ // move ending comments to this formattedLine
+ if (isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(blockEnd))
+ {
+ size_t commentStart = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", blockEnd + 1);
+ assert(commentStart != string::npos);
+ assert((currentLine.compare(commentStart, 2, "//") == 0)
+ || (currentLine.compare(commentStart, 2, "/*") == 0));
+ formattedLine.append(getIndentLength() - 1, ' ');
+ // append comment
+ int charNumSave = charNum;
+ charNum = commentStart;
+ while (charNum < (int) currentLine.length())
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+ if (currentChar == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ convertTabToSpaces();
+ formattedLine.append(1, currentChar);
+ ++charNum;
+ }
+ size_t commentLength = currentLine.length() - commentStart;
+ currentLine.erase(commentStart, commentLength);
+ charNum = charNumSave;
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+ isInExecSQL = false;
+ shouldReparseCurrentChar = true;
+ if (formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") != string::npos)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ if (needHeaderOpeningBrace)
+ {
+ isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = true;
+ needHeaderOpeningBrace = false;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (passedColon)
+ {
+ passedColon = false;
+ if (parenStack->back() == 0
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment()
+ && (formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") != string::npos))
+ {
+ shouldReparseCurrentChar = true;
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Check if in template declaration, e.g. foo<bar> or foo<bar,fig>
+ if (!isInTemplate && currentChar == '<')
+ {
+ checkIfTemplateOpener();
+ }
+
+ // Check for break return type
+ if ((size_t) charNum >= methodBreakCharNum && methodBreakLineNum == 0)
+ {
+ if ((size_t) charNum == methodBreakCharNum)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ methodBreakCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodBreakLineNum = 0;
+ }
+ // Check for attach return type
+ if ((size_t) charNum >= methodAttachCharNum && methodAttachLineNum == 0)
+ {
+ if ((size_t) charNum == methodAttachCharNum)
+ {
+ int pa = pointerAlignment;
+ int ra = referenceAlignment;
+ int itemAlignment = (previousNonWSChar == '*' || previousNonWSChar == '^')
+ ? pa : ((ra == REF_SAME_AS_PTR) ? pa : ra);
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '*' || previousNonWSChar == '&' || previousNonWSChar == '^')
+ {
+ if (itemAlignment == REF_ALIGN_TYPE)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1]))
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ }
+ else if (itemAlignment == REF_ALIGN_MIDDLE)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1]))
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ }
+ else if (itemAlignment == REF_ALIGN_NAME)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1]))
+ formattedLine.erase(formattedLine.length() - 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 2]))
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ }
+ methodAttachCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodAttachLineNum = 0;
+ }
+
+ // handle parens
+ if (currentChar == '(' || currentChar == '[' || (isInTemplate && currentChar == '<'))
+ {
+ questionMarkStack->push_back(foundQuestionMark);
+ foundQuestionMark = false;
+ parenStack->back()++;
+ if (currentChar == '[')
+ {
+ ++squareBracketCount;
+ if (getAlignMethodColon() && squareBracketCount == 1 && isCStyle())
+ objCColonAlign = findObjCColonAlignment();
+ }
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == ')' || currentChar == ']' || (isInTemplate && currentChar == '>'))
+ {
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ parenStack->back()--;
+ // this can happen in preprocessor directives
+ if (parenStack->back() < 0)
+ parenStack->back() = 0;
+ if (!questionMarkStack->empty())
+ {
+ foundQuestionMark = questionMarkStack->back();
+ questionMarkStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ if (isInTemplate && currentChar == '>')
+ {
+ templateDepth--;
+ if (templateDepth == 0)
+ {
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostTemplate = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // check if this parenthesis closes a header, e.g. if (...), while (...)
+ if (isInHeader && parenStack->back() == 0)
+ {
+ isInHeader = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostHeader = true;
+ foundQuestionMark = false;
+ }
+ if (currentChar == ']')
+ {
+ --squareBracketCount;
+ if (squareBracketCount <= 0)
+ {
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+ objCColonAlign = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (currentChar == ')')
+ {
+ foundCastOperator = false;
+ if (parenStack->back() == 0)
+ endOfAsmReached = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle braces
+ if (currentChar == '{' || currentChar == '}')
+ {
+ // if appendOpeningBrace this was already done for the original brace
+ if (currentChar == '{' && !appendOpeningBrace)
+ {
+ BraceType newBraceType = getBraceType();
+ breakCurrentOneLineBlock = false;
+ foundNamespaceHeader = false;
+ foundClassHeader = false;
+ foundStructHeader = false;
+ foundInterfaceHeader = false;
+ foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+ foundTrailingReturnType = false;
+ isInPotentialCalculation = false;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ isInEnum = false;
+ isJavaStaticConstructor = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false;
+ needHeaderOpeningBrace = false;
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = false;
+ returnTypeChecked = false;
+ objCColonAlign = 0;
+ //assert(methodBreakCharNum == string::npos); // comment out
+ //assert(methodBreakLineNum == 0); // comment out
+ methodBreakCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodBreakLineNum = 0;
+ methodAttachCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodAttachLineNum = 0;
+
+ isPreviousBraceBlockRelated = !isBraceType(newBraceType, ARRAY_TYPE);
+ braceTypeStack->emplace_back(newBraceType);
+ preBraceHeaderStack->emplace_back(currentHeader);
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+ structStack->push_back(isInIndentableStruct);
+ if (isBraceType(newBraceType, STRUCT_TYPE) && isCStyle())
+ isInIndentableStruct = isStructAccessModified(currentLine, charNum);
+ else
+ isInIndentableStruct = false;
+ }
+
+ // this must be done before the braceTypeStack is popped
+ BraceType braceType = braceTypeStack->back();
+ bool isOpeningArrayBrace = (isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE)
+ && braceTypeStack->size() >= 2
+ && !isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[braceTypeStack->size() - 2], ARRAY_TYPE)
+ );
+
+ if (currentChar == '}')
+ {
+ // if a request has been made to append a post block empty line,
+ // but the block exists immediately before a closing brace,
+ // then there is no need for the post block empty line.
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ if (isInAsm)
+ endOfAsmReached = true;
+ isInAsmOneLine = isInQuote = false;
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = false;
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+
+ if (braceTypeStack->size() > 1)
+ {
+ previousBraceType = braceTypeStack->back();
+ braceTypeStack->pop_back();
+ isPreviousBraceBlockRelated = !isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ previousBraceType = NULL_TYPE;
+ isPreviousBraceBlockRelated = false;
+ }
+
+ if (!preBraceHeaderStack->empty())
+ {
+ currentHeader = preBraceHeaderStack->back();
+ preBraceHeaderStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ else
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (!structStack->empty())
+ {
+ isInIndentableStruct = structStack->back();
+ structStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ else
+ isInIndentableStruct = false;
+
+ if (isNonInStatementArray
+ && (!isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE) // check previous brace
+ || peekNextChar() == ';')) // check for "};" added V2.01
+ isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = true;
+
+ if (!shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ && ASBeautifier::getNextWord(currentLine, charNum) == AS_ELSE)
+ {
+ // handle special case of "else" at the end of line
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (ASBeautifier::peekNextChar(currentLine, nextText + 3) == ' ')
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // format braces
+ appendOpeningBrace = false;
+ if (isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE))
+ {
+ formatArrayBraces(braceType, isOpeningArrayBrace);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (currentChar == '{')
+ formatOpeningBrace(braceType);
+ else
+ formatClosingBrace(braceType);
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if ((((previousCommandChar == '{' && isPreviousBraceBlockRelated)
+ || ((previousCommandChar == '}'
+ && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock
+ && isPreviousBraceBlockRelated
+ && !isPreviousCharPostComment // Fixes wrongly appended newlines after '}' immediately after comments
+ && peekNextChar() != ' '
+ && !isBraceType(previousBraceType, DEFINITION_TYPE))
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), DEFINITION_TYPE)))
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ // check for array
+ || (previousCommandChar == '{' // added 9/30/2010
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE)
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ && isNonInStatementArray)
+ // check for pico one line braces
+ || (formattingStyle == STYLE_PICO
+ && (previousCommandChar == '{' && isPreviousBraceBlockRelated)
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE)
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ && braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ )
+ {
+ isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock = (previousCommandChar == '{');
+ isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock = (previousCommandChar == '}');
+
+ if (isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostComment
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ {
+ previousCommandChar = ' ';
+
+ if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE)
+ || shouldBreakOneLineBlocks))
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ else if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ formatRunIn();
+ else
+ breakLine();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE
+ && currentChar != '#')
+ formatRunIn();
+ else
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else if (isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock
+ && shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostComment
+ && ((isLegalNameChar(currentChar) && currentChar != '.')
+ || currentChar == '+'
+ || currentChar == '-'
+ || currentChar == '*'
+ || currentChar == '&'
+ || currentChar == '('))
+ {
+ previousCommandChar = ' ';
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // reset block handling flags
+ isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = false;
+
+ // Objective-C method prefix with no return type
+ if (isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix && currentChar != '(')
+ {
+ if (shouldPadMethodPrefix || shouldUnPadMethodPrefix)
+ padObjCMethodPrefix();
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ }
+
+ // look for headers
+ bool isPotentialHeader = isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum);
+
+ if (isPotentialHeader && !isInTemplate && squareBracketCount == 0)
+ {
+ isNonParenHeader = false;
+ foundClosingHeader = false;
+
+ newHeader = findHeader(headers);
+
+ // java can have a 'default' not in a switch
+ if (newHeader == &AS_DEFAULT
+ && ASBeautifier::peekNextChar(
+ currentLine, charNum + (*newHeader).length() - 1) != ':')
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ // Qt headers may be variables in C++
+ if (isCStyle()
+ && (newHeader == &AS_FOREVER || newHeader == &AS_FOREACH))
+ {
+ if (currentLine.find_first_of("=;", charNum) != string::npos)
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+ if (isJavaStyle()
+ && (newHeader == &AS_SYNCHRONIZED))
+ {
+ // want synchronized statements not synchronized methods
+ if (!isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE))
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+ }
+ else if (newHeader == &AS_USING
+ && ASBeautifier::peekNextChar(
+ currentLine, charNum + (*newHeader).length() - 1) != '(')
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (newHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ foundClosingHeader = isClosingHeader(newHeader);
+
+ if (!foundClosingHeader)
+ {
+ // these are closing headers
+ if ((newHeader == &AS_WHILE && currentHeader == &AS_DO)
+ || (newHeader == &_AS_FINALLY && currentHeader == &_AS_TRY)
+ || (newHeader == &_AS_EXCEPT && currentHeader == &_AS_TRY))
+ foundClosingHeader = true;
+ // don't append empty block for these related headers
+ else if (isSharpStyle()
+ && previousNonWSChar == '}'
+ && ((newHeader == &AS_SET && currentHeader == &AS_GET)
+ || (newHeader == &AS_REMOVE && currentHeader == &AS_ADD))
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+
+ // TODO: this can be removed in a future release
+ // version 3.0 - break erroneous attached header from previous versions
+ if (isSharpStyle()
+ && ((newHeader == &AS_SET && currentHeader == &AS_GET)
+ || (newHeader == &AS_REMOVE && currentHeader == &AS_ADD))
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ && currentLine[currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t")] == '}')
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ // END TODO
+
+ const string* previousHeader = currentHeader;
+ currentHeader = newHeader;
+ needHeaderOpeningBrace = true;
+
+ // is the previous statement on the same line?
+ if ((previousNonWSChar == ';' || previousNonWSChar == ':')
+ && !isInLineBreak
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ {
+ // if breaking lines, break the line at the header
+ // except for multiple 'case' statements on a line
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos
+ && previousHeader != &AS_CASE)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ else
+ isHeaderInMultiStatementLine = true;
+ }
+
+ if (foundClosingHeader && previousNonWSChar == '}')
+ {
+ if (isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ isLineBreakBeforeClosingHeader();
+
+ // get the adjustment for a comment following the closing header
+ if (isInLineBreak)
+ nextLineSpacePadNum = getNextLineCommentAdjustment();
+ else
+ spacePadNum = getCurrentLineCommentAdjustment();
+ }
+
+ // check if the found header is non-paren header
+ isNonParenHeader = findHeader(nonParenHeaders) != nullptr;
+
+ if (isNonParenHeader
+ && (currentHeader == &AS_CATCH
+ || currentHeader == &AS_CASE))
+ {
+ int startChar = charNum + currentHeader->length() - 1;
+ if (ASBeautifier::peekNextChar(currentLine, startChar) == '(')
+ isNonParenHeader = false;
+ }
+
+ // join 'else if' statements
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_IF
+ && previousHeader == &AS_ELSE
+ && isInLineBreak
+ && !shouldBreakElseIfs
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor)
+ {
+ // 'else' must be last thing on the line
+ size_t start = formattedLine.length() >= 6 ? formattedLine.length() - 6 : 0;
+ if (formattedLine.find(AS_ELSE, start) != string::npos)
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ appendSequence(*currentHeader);
+ goForward(currentHeader->length() - 1);
+ // if a paren-header is found add a space after it, if needed
+ // this checks currentLine, appendSpacePad() checks formattedLine
+ // in 'case' and C# 'catch' can be either a paren or non-paren header
+ if (shouldPadHeader
+ && !isNonParenHeader
+ && charNum < (int) currentLine.length() - 1 && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1]))
+ appendSpacePad();
+
+ // Signal that a header has been reached
+ // *** But treat a closing while() (as in do...while)
+ // as if it were NOT a header since a closing while()
+ // should never have a block after it!
+ if (currentHeader != &AS_CASE && currentHeader != &AS_DEFAULT
+ && !(foundClosingHeader && currentHeader == &AS_WHILE))
+ {
+ isInHeader = true;
+
+ // in C# 'catch' and 'delegate' can be a paren or non-paren header
+ if (isNonParenHeader && !isSharpStyleWithParen(currentHeader))
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostHeader = true;
+ isInHeader = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back())
+ && !isHeaderInMultiStatementLine)
+ {
+ if (previousHeader == nullptr
+ && !foundClosingHeader
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock
+ && !isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly)
+ {
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isClosingHeader(currentHeader)
+ || foundClosingHeader)
+ {
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks
+ && isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock
+ && !isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly
+ && !(currentHeader == &AS_WHILE // do-while
+ && foundClosingHeader))
+ {
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_CASE
+ || currentHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ isInCase = true;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((newHeader = findHeader(preDefinitionHeaders)) != nullptr
+ && parenStack->back() == 0
+ && !isInEnum) // not C++11 enum class
+ {
+ if (newHeader == &AS_NAMESPACE || newHeader == &AS_MODULE)
+ foundNamespaceHeader = true;
+ if (newHeader == &AS_CLASS)
+ foundClassHeader = true;
+ if (newHeader == &AS_STRUCT)
+ foundStructHeader = true;
+ if (newHeader == &AS_INTERFACE && !foundNamespaceHeader && !foundClassHeader)
+ foundInterfaceHeader = true;
+ foundPreDefinitionHeader = true;
+ appendSequence(*newHeader);
+ goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
+
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((newHeader = findHeader(preCommandHeaders)) != nullptr)
+ {
+ // must be after function arguments
+ if (previousNonWSChar == ')')
+ foundPreCommandHeader = true;
+ }
+ else if ((newHeader = findHeader(castOperators)) != nullptr)
+ {
+ foundCastOperator = true;
+ appendSequence(*newHeader);
+ goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ } // (isPotentialHeader && !isInTemplate)
+
+ if (isInLineBreak) // OK to break line here
+ {
+ breakLine();
+ if (isInVirginLine) // adjust for the first line
+ {
+ lineCommentNoBeautify = lineCommentNoIndent;
+ lineCommentNoIndent = false;
+ if (isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor)
+ {
+ isInIndentablePreproc = isIndentableProprocessor;
+ isIndentableProprocessor = false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '}' || currentChar == ';')
+ {
+ if (currentChar == ';')
+ {
+ squareBracketCount = 0;
+ //assert(methodBreakCharNum == string::npos); // comment out
+ //assert(methodBreakLineNum == 0); // comment out
+ methodBreakCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodBreakLineNum = 0;
+ methodAttachCharNum = string::npos;
+ methodAttachLineNum = 0;
+
+ if (((shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ && !(attachClosingBraceMode && peekNextChar() == '}'))
+ {
+ passedSemicolon = true;
+ }
+ else if (!shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ && ASBeautifier::getNextWord(currentLine, charNum) == AS_ELSE)
+ {
+ // handle special case of "else" at the end of line
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (ASBeautifier::peekNextChar(currentLine, nextText + 3) == ' ')
+ passedSemicolon = true;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && currentHeader != nullptr
+ && currentHeader != &AS_CASE
+ && currentHeader != &AS_DEFAULT
+ && !isHeaderInMultiStatementLine
+ && parenStack->back() == 0)
+ {
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+ }
+ if (currentChar != ';'
+ || (needHeaderOpeningBrace && parenStack->back() == 0))
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+
+ resetEndOfStatement();
+ }
+
+ if (currentChar == ':'
+ && previousChar != ':' // not part of '::'
+ && peekNextChar() != ':') // not part of '::'
+ {
+ if (isInCase)
+ {
+ isInCase = false;
+ if (shouldBreakOneLineStatements)
+ passedColon = true;
+ }
+ else if (isCStyle() // for C/C++ only
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back())
+ && shouldBreakOneLineStatements
+ && !foundQuestionMark // not in a ?: sequence
+ && !foundPreDefinitionHeader // not in a definition block
+ && previousCommandChar != ')' // not after closing paren of a method header
+ && !foundPreCommandHeader // not after a 'noexcept'
+ && squareBracketCount == 0 // not in objC method call
+ && !isInObjCMethodDefinition // not objC '-' or '+' method
+ && !isInObjCInterface // not objC @interface
+ && !isInObjCSelector // not objC @selector
+ && !isDigit(peekNextChar()) // not a bit field
+ && !isInEnum // not an enum with a base type
+ && !isInAsm // not in extended assembler
+ && !isInAsmOneLine // not in extended assembler
+ && !isInAsmBlock) // not in extended assembler
+ {
+ passedColon = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isCStyle()
+ && (squareBracketCount > 0 || isInObjCMethodDefinition || isInObjCSelector)
+ && !foundQuestionMark) // not in a ?: sequence
+ {
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ isInObjCReturnType = false;
+ isInObjCParam = true;
+ if (shouldPadMethodColon)
+ padObjCMethodColon();
+ }
+
+ if (isInObjCInterface)
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1]))
+ currentLine.insert(charNum + 1, " ");
+ }
+
+ if (isClassInitializer())
+ isInClassInitializer = true;
+ }
+
+ if (currentChar == '?')
+ foundQuestionMark = true;
+
+ if (isPotentialHeader && !isInTemplate)
+ {
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_NEW)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_DELETE))
+ {
+ isInPotentialCalculation = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostNewDelete = true;
+ }
+
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_RETURN))
+ {
+ isInPotentialCalculation = true;
+ isImmediatelyPostReturn = true; // return is the same as an = sign
+ }
+
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_OPERATOR))
+ isImmediatelyPostOperator = true;
+
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_ENUM))
+ {
+ size_t firstNum = currentLine.find_first_of("(){},/");
+ if (firstNum == string::npos
+ || currentLine[firstNum] == '{'
+ || currentLine[firstNum] == '/')
+ isInEnum = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isCStyle()
+ && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_THROW)
+ && previousCommandChar != ')'
+ && !foundPreCommandHeader) // 'const' throw()
+ isImmediatelyPostThrow = true;
+
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_EXTERN) && isExternC())
+ isInExternC = true;
+
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_AUTO)
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), DEFINITION_TYPE)))
+ foundTrailingReturnType = true;
+
+ // check for break/attach return type
+ if (shouldBreakReturnType || shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl
+ || shouldAttachReturnType || shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl)
+ {
+ if ((isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), DEFINITION_TYPE))
+ && !returnTypeChecked
+ && !foundNamespaceHeader
+ && !foundClassHeader
+ && !isInObjCMethodDefinition
+ // bypass objective-C and java @ character
+ && charNum == (int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t")
+ && !(isCStyle() && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum)
+ && (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PUBLIC)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PRIVATE)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PROTECTED))))
+ {
+ findReturnTypeSplitPoint(currentLine);
+ returnTypeChecked = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Objective-C NSException macros are preCommandHeaders
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_NS_DURING))
+ foundPreCommandMacro = true;
+ if (isCStyle() && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_NS_HANDLER))
+ foundPreCommandMacro = true;
+
+ if (isCStyle() && isExecSQL(currentLine, charNum))
+ isInExecSQL = true;
+
+ if (isCStyle())
+ {
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_ASM)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS__ASM__))
+ {
+ isInAsm = true;
+ }
+ else if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_MS_ASM) // microsoft specific
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_MS__ASM))
+ {
+ int index = 4;
+ if (peekNextChar() == '_') // check for __asm
+ index = 5;
+
+ char peekedChar = ASBase::peekNextChar(currentLine, charNum + index);
+ if (peekedChar == '{' || peekedChar == ' ')
+ isInAsmBlock = true;
+ else
+ isInAsmOneLine = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (isJavaStyle()
+ && (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_STATIC)
+ && isNextCharOpeningBrace(charNum + 6)))
+ isJavaStaticConstructor = true;
+
+ if (isSharpStyle()
+ && (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_DELEGATE)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_UNCHECKED)))
+ isSharpDelegate = true;
+
+ // append the entire name
+ string name = getCurrentWord(currentLine, charNum);
+ // must pad the 'and' and 'or' operators if required
+ if (name == "and" || name == "or")
+ {
+ if (shouldPadOperators && previousNonWSChar != ':')
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendOperator(name);
+ goForward(name.length() - 1);
+ if (!isBeforeAnyComment()
+ && !(currentLine.compare(charNum + 1, 1, AS_SEMICOLON) == 0)
+ && !(currentLine.compare(charNum + 1, 2, AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION) == 0))
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendOperator(name);
+ goForward(name.length() - 1);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendSequence(name);
+ goForward(name.length() - 1);
+ }
+
+ continue;
+
+ } // (isPotentialHeader && !isInTemplate)
+
+ // determine if this is an Objective-C statement
+
+ if (currentChar == '@'
+ && isCStyle()
+ && (int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1])
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum + 1)
+ && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum + 1, AS_INTERFACE)
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE))
+ {
+ isInObjCInterface = true;
+ string name = '@' + AS_INTERFACE;
+ appendSequence(name);
+ goForward(name.length() - 1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == '@'
+ && isCStyle()
+ && (int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1])
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum + 1)
+ && findKeyword(currentLine, charNum + 1, AS_SELECTOR))
+ {
+ isInObjCSelector = true;
+ string name = '@' + AS_SELECTOR;
+ appendSequence(name);
+ goForward(name.length() - 1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if ((currentChar == '-' || currentChar == '+')
+ && isCStyle()
+ && (int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") == charNum
+ && !isInPotentialCalculation
+ && !isInObjCMethodDefinition
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE)
+ || (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), EXTERN_TYPE))))
+ {
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = true;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = true;
+ isInObjCParam = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ if (getAlignMethodColon())
+ objCColonAlign = findObjCColonAlignment();
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // determine if this is a potential calculation
+
+ bool isPotentialOperator = isCharPotentialOperator(currentChar);
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (isPotentialOperator)
+ {
+ newHeader = findOperator(operators);
+
+ // check for Java ? wildcard
+ if (newHeader != nullptr
+ && newHeader == &AS_GCC_MIN_ASSIGN
+ && isJavaStyle()
+ && isInTemplate)
+ newHeader = nullptr;
+
+ if (newHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ if (newHeader == &AS_LAMBDA)
+ foundPreCommandHeader = true;
+
+ // correct mistake of two >> closing a template
+ if (isInTemplate && (newHeader == &AS_GR_GR || newHeader == &AS_GR_GR_GR))
+ newHeader = &AS_GR;
+
+ if (!isInPotentialCalculation)
+ {
+ // must determine if newHeader is an assignment operator
+ // do NOT use findOperator - the length must be exact!!!
+ if (find(begin(*assignmentOperators), end(*assignmentOperators), newHeader)
+ != end(*assignmentOperators))
+ {
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
+ isInPotentialCalculation = !(newHeader == &AS_EQUAL && peekedChar == '*')
+ && !(newHeader == &AS_EQUAL && peekedChar == '&')
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostOperator;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // process pointers and references
+ // check newHeader to eliminate things like '&&' sequence
+ if (newHeader != nullptr && !isJavaStyle()
+ && (newHeader == &AS_MULT
+ || newHeader == &AS_BIT_AND
+ || newHeader == &AS_BIT_XOR
+ || newHeader == &AS_AND)
+ && isPointerOrReference())
+ {
+ if (!isDereferenceOrAddressOf() && !isOperatorPaddingDisabled())
+ formatPointerOrReference();
+ else
+ {
+ appendOperator(*newHeader);
+ goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
+ }
+ isImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (shouldPadOperators && newHeader != nullptr && !isOperatorPaddingDisabled())
+ {
+ padOperators(newHeader);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // remove spaces before commas
+ if (currentChar == ',')
+ {
+ const size_t len = formattedLine.length();
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(' ');
+ if (lastText != string::npos && lastText < len - 1)
+ {
+ formattedLine.resize(lastText + 1);
+ int size_diff = len - (lastText + 1);
+ spacePadNum -= size_diff;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // pad commas and semi-colons
+ if (currentChar == ';'
+ || (currentChar == ',' && (shouldPadOperators || shouldPadCommas)))
+ {
+ char nextChar = ' ';
+ if (charNum + 1 < (int) currentLine.length())
+ nextChar = currentLine[charNum + 1];
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(nextChar)
+ && nextChar != '}'
+ && nextChar != ')'
+ && nextChar != ']'
+ && nextChar != '>'
+ && nextChar != ';'
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment()
+ /* && !(isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE)) */
+ )
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // pad parens
+ if (currentChar == '(' || currentChar == ')')
+ {
+ if (currentChar == '(')
+ {
+ if (shouldPadHeader
+ && (isCharImmediatelyPostReturn
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostThrow
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostNewDelete))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+
+ if (shouldPadParensOutside || shouldPadParensInside || shouldUnPadParens || shouldPadFirstParen)
+ padParens();
+ else
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ if (isInObjCMethodDefinition)
+ {
+ if (currentChar == '(' && isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix)
+ {
+ if (shouldPadMethodPrefix || shouldUnPadMethodPrefix)
+ padObjCMethodPrefix();
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ isInObjCReturnType = true;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == ')' && isInObjCReturnType)
+ {
+ if (shouldPadReturnType || shouldUnPadReturnType)
+ padObjCReturnType();
+ isInObjCReturnType = false;
+ }
+ else if (isInObjCParam
+ && (shouldPadParamType || shouldUnPadParamType))
+ padObjCParamType();
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // bypass the entire operator
+ if (newHeader != nullptr)
+ {
+ appendOperator(*newHeader);
+ goForward(newHeader->length() - 1);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ } // end of while loop * end of while loop * end of while loop * end of while loop
+
+ // return a beautified (i.e. correctly indented) line.
+
+ string beautifiedLine;
+ size_t readyFormattedLineLength = trim(readyFormattedLine).length();
+ bool isInNamespace = isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NAMESPACE_TYPE);
+
+ if (prependEmptyLine // prepend a blank line before this formatted line
+ && readyFormattedLineLength > 0
+ && previousReadyFormattedLineLength > 0)
+ {
+ isLineReady = true; // signal a waiting readyFormattedLine
+ beautifiedLine = beautify("");
+ previousReadyFormattedLineLength = 0;
+ // call the enhancer for new empty lines
+ enhancer->enhance(beautifiedLine, isInNamespace, isInPreprocessorBeautify, isInBeautifySQL);
+ }
+ else // format the current formatted line
+ {
+ isLineReady = false;
+ runInIndentContinuation = runInIndentChars;
+ beautifiedLine = beautify(readyFormattedLine);
+ previousReadyFormattedLineLength = readyFormattedLineLength;
+ // the enhancer is not called for no-indent line comments
+ if (!lineCommentNoBeautify && !isFormattingModeOff)
+ enhancer->enhance(beautifiedLine, isInNamespace, isInPreprocessorBeautify, isInBeautifySQL);
+ runInIndentChars = 0;
+ lineCommentNoBeautify = lineCommentNoIndent;
+ lineCommentNoIndent = false;
+ isInIndentablePreproc = isIndentableProprocessor;
+ isIndentableProprocessor = false;
+ isElseHeaderIndent = elseHeaderFollowsComments;
+ isCaseHeaderCommentIndent = caseHeaderFollowsComments;
+ objCColonAlignSubsequent = objCColonAlign;
+ if (isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt)
+ {
+ isNonInStatementArray = false;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false;
+ }
+ isInPreprocessorBeautify = isInPreprocessor; // used by ASEnhancer
+ isInBeautifySQL = isInExecSQL; // used by ASEnhancer
+ }
+
+ prependEmptyLine = false;
+ assert(computeChecksumOut(beautifiedLine));
+ return beautifiedLine;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if there are any indented lines ready to be read by nextLine()
+ *
+ * @return are there any indented lines ready?
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::hasMoreLines() const
+{
+ return !endOfCodeReached;
+}
+
+/**
+ * comparison function for BraceType enum
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isBraceType(BraceType a, BraceType b) const
+{
+ if (a == NULL_TYPE || b == NULL_TYPE)
+ return (a == b);
+ return ((a & b) == b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the formatting style.
+ *
+ * @param style the formatting style.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setFormattingStyle(FormatStyle style)
+{
+ formattingStyle = style;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the add braces mode.
+ * options:
+ * true braces added to headers for single line statements.
+ * false braces NOT added to headers for single line statements.
+ *
+ * @param state the add braces state.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAddBracesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAddBraces = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the add one line braces mode.
+ * options:
+ * true one line braces added to headers for single line statements.
+ * false one line braces NOT added to headers for single line statements.
+ *
+ * @param state the add one line braces state.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAddOneLineBracesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAddBraces = state;
+ shouldAddOneLineBraces = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the remove braces mode.
+ * options:
+ * true braces removed from headers for single line statements.
+ * false braces NOT removed from headers for single line statements.
+ *
+ * @param state the remove braces state.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setRemoveBracesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldRemoveBraces = state;
+}
+
+// retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+// "Brackets" have been changed to "Braces" in 3.0
+// it is referenced only by the old "bracket" options
+void ASFormatter::setAddBracketsMode(bool state)
+{
+ setAddBracesMode(state);
+}
+
+// retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+// "Brackets" have been changed to "Braces" in 3.0
+// it is referenced only by the old "bracket" options
+void ASFormatter::setAddOneLineBracketsMode(bool state)
+{
+ setAddOneLineBracesMode(state);
+}
+
+// retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+// "Brackets" have been changed to "Braces" in 3.0
+// it is referenced only by the old "bracket" options
+void ASFormatter::setRemoveBracketsMode(bool state)
+{
+ setRemoveBracesMode(state);
+}
+
+// retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+// "Brackets" have been changed to "Braces" in 3.0
+// it is referenced only by the old "bracket" options
+void ASFormatter::setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(bool state)
+{
+ setBreakClosingHeaderBracesMode(state);
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the brace formatting mode.
+ * options:
+ *
+ * @param mode the brace formatting mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBraceFormatMode(BraceMode mode)
+{
+ braceFormatMode = mode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set 'break after' mode for maximum code length
+ *
+ * @param state the 'break after' mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakAfterMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakLineAfterLogical = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set closing header brace breaking mode
+ * options:
+ * true braces just before closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch')
+ * will be broken, even if standard braces are attached.
+ * false closing header braces will be treated as standard braces.
+ *
+ * @param state the closing header brace breaking mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakClosingHeaderBracesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakClosingHeaderBraces = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set 'else if()' breaking mode
+ * options:
+ * true 'else' headers will be broken from their succeeding 'if' headers.
+ * false 'else' headers will be attached to their succeeding 'if' headers.
+ *
+ * @param state the 'else if()' breaking mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakElseIfsMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakElseIfs = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set comma padding mode.
+* options:
+* true statement commas and semicolons will be padded with spaces around them.
+* false statement commas and semicolons will not be padded.
+*
+* @param state the padding mode.
+*/
+void ASFormatter::setCommaPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadCommas = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set maximum code length
+ *
+ * @param max the maximum code length.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setMaxCodeLength(int max)
+{
+ maxCodeLength = max;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set operator padding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true statement operators will be padded with spaces around them.
+ * false statement operators will not be padded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setOperatorPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadOperators = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set parenthesis outside padding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true statement parentheses will be padded with spaces around them.
+ * false statement parentheses will not be padded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setParensOutsidePaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadParensOutside = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set parenthesis inside padding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true statement parenthesis will be padded with spaces around them.
+ * false statement parenthesis will not be padded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setParensInsidePaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadParensInside = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set padding mode before one or more open parentheses.
+ * options:
+ * true first open parenthesis will be padded with a space before.
+ * false first open parenthesis will not be padded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setParensFirstPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadFirstParen = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set header padding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true headers will be padded with spaces around them.
+ * false headers will not be padded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setParensHeaderPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadHeader = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set parenthesis unpadding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true statement parenthesis will be unpadded with spaces removed around them.
+ * false statement parenthesis will not be unpadded.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setParensUnPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldUnPadParens = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set the state of the preprocessor indentation option.
+* If true, #ifdef blocks at level 0 will be indented.
+*
+* @param state state of option.
+*/
+void ASFormatter::setPreprocBlockIndent(bool state)
+{
+ shouldIndentPreprocBlock = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set strip comment prefix mode.
+ * options:
+ * true strip leading '*' in a comment.
+ * false leading '*' in a comment will be left unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param state the strip comment prefix mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setStripCommentPrefix(bool state)
+{
+ shouldStripCommentPrefix = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set objective-c '-' or '+' class prefix padding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true class prefix will be padded a spaces after them.
+ * false class prefix will be left unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param state the padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setMethodPrefixPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadMethodPrefix = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set objective-c '-' or '+' class prefix unpadding mode.
+ * options:
+ * true class prefix will be unpadded with spaces after them removed.
+ * false class prefix will left unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param state the unpadding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setMethodPrefixUnPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldUnPadMethodPrefix = state;
+}
+
+// set objective-c '-' or '+' return type padding mode.
+void ASFormatter::setReturnTypePaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadReturnType = state;
+}
+
+// set objective-c '-' or '+' return type unpadding mode.
+void ASFormatter::setReturnTypeUnPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldUnPadReturnType = state;
+}
+
+// set objective-c method parameter type padding mode.
+void ASFormatter::setParamTypePaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldPadParamType = state;
+}
+
+// set objective-c method parameter type unpadding mode.
+void ASFormatter::setParamTypeUnPaddingMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldUnPadParamType = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set objective-c method colon padding mode.
+ *
+ * @param mode objective-c colon padding mode.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setObjCColonPaddingMode(ObjCColonPad mode)
+{
+ shouldPadMethodColon = true;
+ objCColonPadMode = mode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to attach closing braces
+ *
+ * @param state true = attach, false = don't attach.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAttachClosingBraceMode(bool state)
+{
+ attachClosingBraceMode = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to attach class braces
+ *
+ * @param state true = attach, false = use style default.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAttachClass(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachClass = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to attach extern "C" braces
+ *
+ * @param state true = attach, false = use style default.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAttachExternC(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachExternC = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to attach namespace braces
+ *
+ * @param state true = attach, false = use style default.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAttachNamespace(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachNamespace = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to attach inline braces
+ *
+ * @param state true = attach, false = use style default.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setAttachInline(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachInline = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setAttachClosingWhile(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachClosingWhile = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to break/not break one-line blocks
+ *
+ * @param state true = break, false = don't break.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakOneLineBlocks = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set one line headers breaking mode
+*/
+void ASFormatter::setBreakOneLineHeadersMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakOneLineHeaders = state;
+}
+
+/**
+* set option to break/not break lines consisting of multiple statements.
+*
+* @param state true = break, false = don't break.
+*/
+void ASFormatter::setBreakOneLineStatementsMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakOneLineStatements = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setCloseTemplatesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldCloseTemplates = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to convert tabs to spaces.
+ *
+ * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setTabSpaceConversionMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldConvertTabs = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to indent comments in column 1.
+ *
+ * @param state true = indent, false = don't indent.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setIndentCol1CommentsMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldIndentCol1Comments = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to force all line ends to a particular style.
+ *
+ * @param fmt format enum value
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setLineEndFormat(LineEndFormat fmt)
+{
+ lineEnd = fmt;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to break unrelated blocks of code with empty lines.
+ *
+ * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakBlocksMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakBlocks = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to break closing header blocks of code (such as 'else', 'catch', ...) with empty lines.
+ *
+ * @param state true = convert, false = don't convert.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set option to delete empty lines.
+ *
+ * @param state true = delete, false = don't delete.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setDeleteEmptyLinesMode(bool state)
+{
+ shouldDeleteEmptyLines = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setBreakReturnType(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakReturnType = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setBreakReturnTypeDecl(bool state)
+{
+ shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setAttachReturnType(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachReturnType = state;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setAttachReturnTypeDecl(bool state)
+{
+ shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl = state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * set the pointer alignment.
+ *
+ * @param alignment the pointer alignment.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::setPointerAlignment(PointerAlign alignment)
+{
+ pointerAlignment = alignment;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::setReferenceAlignment(ReferenceAlign alignment)
+{
+ referenceAlignment = alignment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * jump over several characters.
+ *
+ * @param i the number of characters to jump over.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::goForward(int i)
+{
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ getNextChar();
+}
+
+/**
+ * peek at the next unread character.
+ *
+ * @return the next unread character.
+ */
+char ASFormatter::peekNextChar() const
+{
+ char ch = ' ';
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+
+ if (peekNum == string::npos)
+ return ch;
+
+ ch = currentLine[peekNum];
+
+ return ch;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if current placement is before a comment
+ *
+ * @return is before a comment.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isBeforeComment() const
+{
+ bool foundComment = false;
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+
+ if (peekNum == string::npos)
+ return foundComment;
+
+ foundComment = (currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "/*") == 0);
+
+ return foundComment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if current placement is before a comment or line-comment
+ *
+ * @return is before a comment or line-comment.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isBeforeAnyComment() const
+{
+ bool foundComment = false;
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+
+ if (peekNum == string::npos)
+ return foundComment;
+
+ foundComment = (currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "/*") == 0
+ || currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "//") == 0);
+
+ return foundComment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if current placement is before a comment or line-comment
+ * if a block comment it must be at the end of the line
+ *
+ * @return is before a comment or line-comment.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(int startPos) const
+{
+ bool foundLineEndComment = false;
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", startPos + 1);
+
+ if (peekNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "//") == 0)
+ foundLineEndComment = true;
+ else if (currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ // comment must be closed on this line with nothing after it
+ size_t endNum = currentLine.find("*/", peekNum + 2);
+ if (endNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ size_t nextChar = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", endNum + 2);
+ if (nextChar == string::npos)
+ foundLineEndComment = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return foundLineEndComment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if current placement is before a comment followed by a line-comment
+ *
+ * @return is before a multiple line-end comment.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isBeforeMultipleLineEndComments(int startPos) const
+{
+ bool foundMultipleLineEndComment = false;
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", startPos + 1);
+
+ if (peekNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ // comment must be closed on this line with nothing after it
+ size_t endNum = currentLine.find("*/", peekNum + 2);
+ if (endNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ size_t nextChar = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", endNum + 2);
+ if (nextChar != string::npos
+ && currentLine.compare(nextChar, 2, "//") == 0)
+ foundMultipleLineEndComment = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return foundMultipleLineEndComment;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next character, increasing the current placement in the process.
+ * the new character is inserted into the variable currentChar.
+ *
+ * @return whether succeeded to receive the new character.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::getNextChar()
+{
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ previousChar = currentChar;
+
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentChar))
+ {
+ previousNonWSChar = currentChar;
+ if (!isInComment && !isInLineComment && !isInQuote
+ && !isImmediatelyPostComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ && !isInPreprocessor
+ && !isSequenceReached("/*")
+ && !isSequenceReached("//"))
+ previousCommandChar = currentChar;
+ }
+
+ if (charNum + 1 < (int) currentLine.length()
+ && (!isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar()) || isInComment || isInLineComment))
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[++charNum];
+
+ if (currentChar == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ convertTabToSpaces();
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // end of line has been reached
+ return getNextLine();
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next line of input, increasing the current placement in the process.
+ *
+ * @param emptyLineWasDeleted an empty line was deleted.
+ * @return whether succeeded in reading the next line.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::getNextLine(bool emptyLineWasDeleted /*false*/)
+{
+ if (!sourceIterator->hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ endOfCodeReached = true;
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (appendOpeningBrace)
+ currentLine = "{"; // append brace that was removed from the previous line
+ else
+ {
+ currentLine = sourceIterator->nextLine(emptyLineWasDeleted);
+ assert(computeChecksumIn(currentLine));
+ }
+ // reset variables for new line
+ inLineNumber++;
+ if (endOfAsmReached)
+ endOfAsmReached = isInAsmBlock = isInAsm = false;
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = false;
+ isInCommentStartLine = false;
+ isInCase = false;
+ isInAsmOneLine = false;
+ isHeaderInMultiStatementLine = false;
+ isInQuoteContinuation = isInVerbatimQuote || haveLineContinuationChar;
+ haveLineContinuationChar = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine = lineIsEmpty;
+ previousChar = ' ';
+
+ if (currentLine.length() == 0)
+ currentLine = string(" "); // a null is inserted if this is not done
+
+ if (methodBreakLineNum > 0)
+ --methodBreakLineNum;
+ if (methodAttachLineNum > 0)
+ --methodAttachLineNum;
+
+ // unless reading in the first line of the file, break a new line.
+ if (!isVirgin)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ else
+ isVirgin = false;
+
+ if (isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt)
+ {
+ isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = true;
+ isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false;
+ }
+
+ // check if is in preprocessor before line trimming
+ // a blank line after a \ will remove the flag
+ isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor = isInPreprocessor;
+ if (!isInComment
+ && (previousNonWSChar != '\\'
+ || isEmptyLine(currentLine)))
+ isInPreprocessor = false;
+
+ if (passedSemicolon)
+ isInExecSQL = false;
+ initNewLine();
+
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+ if (isInBraceRunIn && previousNonWSChar == '{' && !isInComment)
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ isInBraceRunIn = false;
+
+ if (currentChar == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ convertTabToSpaces();
+
+ // check for an empty line inside a command brace.
+ // if yes then read the next line (calls getNextLine recursively).
+ // must be after initNewLine.
+ if (shouldDeleteEmptyLines
+ && lineIsEmpty
+ && isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[braceTypeStack->size() - 1], COMMAND_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (!shouldBreakBlocks || previousNonWSChar == '{' || !commentAndHeaderFollows())
+ {
+ isInPreprocessor = isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor; // restore
+ lineIsEmpty = false;
+ return getNextLine(true);
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * jump over the leading white space in the current line,
+ * IF the line does not begin a comment or is in a preprocessor definition.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::initNewLine()
+{
+ size_t len = currentLine.length();
+ size_t tabSize = getTabLength();
+ charNum = 0;
+
+ // don't trim these
+ if (isInQuoteContinuation
+ || (isInPreprocessor && !getPreprocDefineIndent()))
+ return;
+
+ // SQL continuation lines must be adjusted so the leading spaces
+ // is equivalent to the opening EXEC SQL
+ if (isInExecSQL)
+ {
+ // replace leading tabs with spaces
+ // so that continuation indent will be spaces
+ size_t tabCount_ = 0;
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < currentLine.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i])) // stop at first text
+ break;
+ if (currentLine[i] == '\t')
+ {
+ size_t numSpaces = tabSize - ((tabCount_ + i) % tabSize);
+ currentLine.replace(i, 1, numSpaces, ' ');
+ tabCount_++;
+ i += tabSize - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // this will correct the format if EXEC SQL is not a hanging indent
+ trimContinuationLine();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // comment continuation lines must be adjusted so the leading spaces
+ // is equivalent to the opening comment
+ if (isInComment)
+ {
+ if (noTrimCommentContinuation)
+ leadingSpaces = tabIncrementIn = 0;
+ trimContinuationLine();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // compute leading spaces
+ isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly = lineIsLineCommentOnly || lineEndsInCommentOnly;
+ lineIsCommentOnly = false;
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = false;
+ lineEndsInCommentOnly = false;
+ doesLineStartComment = false;
+ currentLineBeginsWithBrace = false;
+ lineIsEmpty = false;
+ currentLineFirstBraceNum = string::npos;
+ tabIncrementIn = 0;
+
+ // bypass whitespace at the start of a line
+ // preprocessor tabs are replaced later in the program
+ for (charNum = 0; isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum]) && charNum + 1 < (int) len; charNum++)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[charNum] == '\t' && !isInPreprocessor)
+ tabIncrementIn += tabSize - 1 - ((tabIncrementIn + charNum) % tabSize);
+ }
+ leadingSpaces = charNum + tabIncrementIn;
+
+ if (isSequenceReached("/*"))
+ {
+ doesLineStartComment = true;
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 2
+ && currentLine.find("*/", charNum + 2) != string::npos)
+ lineIsCommentOnly = true;
+ }
+ else if (isSequenceReached("//"))
+ {
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = true;
+ }
+ else if (isSequenceReached("{"))
+ {
+ currentLineBeginsWithBrace = true;
+ currentLineFirstBraceNum = charNum;
+ size_t firstText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (firstText != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (currentLine.compare(firstText, 2, "//") == 0)
+ lineIsLineCommentOnly = true;
+ else if (currentLine.compare(firstText, 2, "/*") == 0
+ || isExecSQL(currentLine, firstText))
+ {
+ // get the extra adjustment
+ size_t j;
+ for (j = charNum + 1; j < firstText && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[j]); j++)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[j] == '\t')
+ tabIncrementIn += tabSize - 1 - ((tabIncrementIn + j) % tabSize);
+ }
+ leadingSpaces = j + tabIncrementIn;
+ if (currentLine.compare(firstText, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ doesLineStartComment = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum]) && !(charNum + 1 < (int) currentLine.length()))
+ {
+ lineIsEmpty = true;
+ }
+
+ // do not trim indented preprocessor define (except for comment continuation lines)
+ if (isInPreprocessor)
+ {
+ if (!doesLineStartComment)
+ leadingSpaces = 0;
+ charNum = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a character to the current formatted line.
+ * The formattedLine split points are updated.
+ *
+ * @param ch the character to append.
+ * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendChar(char ch, bool canBreakLine)
+{
+ if (canBreakLine && isInLineBreak)
+ breakLine();
+
+ formattedLine.append(1, ch);
+ isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly = false;
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos)
+ {
+ // These compares reduce the frequency of function calls.
+ if (isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPoints(ch);
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength)
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a string sequence to the current formatted line.
+ * The formattedLine split points are NOT updated.
+ * But the formattedLine is checked for time to split.
+ *
+ * @param sequence the sequence to append.
+ * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendSequence(const string& sequence, bool canBreakLine)
+{
+ if (canBreakLine && isInLineBreak)
+ breakLine();
+ formattedLine.append(sequence);
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength)
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append an operator sequence to the current formatted line.
+ * The formattedLine split points are updated.
+ *
+ * @param sequence the sequence to append.
+ * @param canBreakLine if true, a registered line-break
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendOperator(const string& sequence, bool canBreakLine)
+{
+ if (canBreakLine && isInLineBreak)
+ breakLine();
+ formattedLine.append(sequence);
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos)
+ {
+ // These compares reduce the frequency of function calls.
+ if (isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPointsOperator(sequence);
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength)
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * append a space to the current formattedline, UNLESS the
+ * last character is already a white-space character.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendSpacePad()
+{
+ int len = formattedLine.length();
+ if (len > 0 && !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[len - 1]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum++;
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos)
+ {
+ // These compares reduce the frequency of function calls.
+ if (isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPoints(' ');
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength)
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * append a space to the current formattedline, UNLESS the
+ * next character is already a white-space character.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendSpaceAfter()
+{
+ int len = currentLine.length();
+ if (charNum + 1 < len && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum++;
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos)
+ {
+ // These compares reduce the frequency of function calls.
+ if (isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPoints(' ');
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength)
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * register a line break for the formatted line.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::breakLine(bool isSplitLine /*false*/)
+{
+ isLineReady = true;
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ spacePadNum = nextLineSpacePadNum;
+ nextLineSpacePadNum = 0;
+ readyFormattedLine = formattedLine;
+ formattedLine.erase();
+ // queue an empty line prepend request if one exists
+ prependEmptyLine = isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
+
+ if (!isSplitLine)
+ {
+ formattedLineCommentNum = string::npos;
+ clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+
+ if (isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested)
+ {
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+ else
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if the currently reached open-brace (i.e. '{')
+ * opens a:
+ * - a definition type block (such as a class or namespace),
+ * - a command block (such as a method block)
+ * - a static array
+ * this method takes for granted that the current character
+ * is an opening brace.
+ *
+ * @return the type of the opened block.
+ */
+BraceType ASFormatter::getBraceType()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '{');
+
+ BraceType returnVal = NULL_TYPE;
+
+ if ((previousNonWSChar == '='
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE))
+ && previousCommandChar != ')'
+ && !isNonParenHeader)
+ returnVal = ARRAY_TYPE;
+ else if (foundPreDefinitionHeader && previousCommandChar != ')')
+ {
+ returnVal = DEFINITION_TYPE;
+ if (foundNamespaceHeader)
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | NAMESPACE_TYPE);
+ else if (foundClassHeader)
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | CLASS_TYPE);
+ else if (foundStructHeader)
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | STRUCT_TYPE);
+ else if (foundInterfaceHeader)
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | INTERFACE_TYPE);
+ }
+ else if (isInEnum)
+ {
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(ARRAY_TYPE | ENUM_TYPE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bool isCommandType = (foundPreCommandHeader
+ || foundPreCommandMacro
+ || (currentHeader != nullptr && isNonParenHeader)
+ || (previousCommandChar == ')')
+ || (previousCommandChar == ':' && !foundQuestionMark)
+ || (previousCommandChar == ';')
+ || ((previousCommandChar == '{' || previousCommandChar == '}')
+ && isPreviousBraceBlockRelated)
+ || (isInClassInitializer
+ && ((!isLegalNameChar(previousNonWSChar) && previousNonWSChar != '(')
+ || foundPreCommandHeader))
+ || foundTrailingReturnType
+ || isInObjCMethodDefinition
+ || isInObjCInterface
+ || isJavaStaticConstructor
+ || isSharpDelegate);
+
+ // C# methods containing 'get', 'set', 'add', and 'remove' do NOT end with parens
+ if (!isCommandType && isSharpStyle() && isNextWordSharpNonParenHeader(charNum + 1))
+ {
+ isCommandType = true;
+ isSharpAccessor = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isInExternC)
+ returnVal = (isCommandType ? COMMAND_TYPE : EXTERN_TYPE);
+ else
+ returnVal = (isCommandType ? COMMAND_TYPE : ARRAY_TYPE);
+ }
+
+ int foundOneLineBlock = isOneLineBlockReached(currentLine, charNum);
+
+ if (foundOneLineBlock == 2 && returnVal == COMMAND_TYPE)
+ returnVal = ARRAY_TYPE;
+
+ if (foundOneLineBlock > 0)
+ {
+ returnVal = (BraceType) (returnVal | SINGLE_LINE_TYPE);
+ if (breakCurrentOneLineBlock)
+ returnVal = (BraceType) (returnVal | BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE);
+ if (foundOneLineBlock == 3)
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE);
+ }
+
+ if (isBraceType(returnVal, ARRAY_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (isNonInStatementArrayBrace())
+ {
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | ARRAY_NIS_TYPE);
+ isNonInStatementArray = true;
+ isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt = false; // in case of "},{"
+ nonInStatementBrace = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ }
+ if (isUniformInitializerBrace())
+ returnVal = (BraceType)(returnVal | INIT_TYPE);
+ }
+
+ return returnVal;
+}
+
+bool ASFormatter::isNumericVariable(string word) const
+{
+ if (word == "bool"
+ || word == "int"
+ || word == "void"
+ || word == "char"
+ || word == "long"
+ || word == "short"
+ || word == "double"
+ || word == "float"
+ || (word.length() >= 4 // check end of word for _t
+ && word.compare(word.length() - 2, 2, "_t") == 0)
+// removed release 3.1
+// || word == "Int32"
+// || word == "UInt32"
+// || word == "Int64"
+// || word == "UInt64"
+ || word == "BOOL"
+ || word == "DWORD"
+ || word == "HWND"
+ || word == "INT"
+ || word == "LPSTR"
+ || word == "VOID"
+ || word == "LPVOID"
+ || word == "wxFontEncoding"
+ )
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+* check if a colon is a class initializer separator
+*
+* @return whether it is a class initializer separator
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isClassInitializer() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == ':');
+ assert(previousChar != ':' && peekNextChar() != ':'); // not part of '::'
+
+ // this should be similar to ASBeautifier::parseCurrentLine()
+ bool foundClassInitializer = false;
+
+ if (foundQuestionMark)
+ {
+ // do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (parenStack->back() > 0)
+ {
+ // found a 'for' loop or an objective-C statement
+ // so do nothing special
+ }
+ else if (isInEnum)
+ {
+ // found an enum with a base-type
+ }
+ else if (isCStyle()
+ && !isInCase
+ && (previousCommandChar == ')' || foundPreCommandHeader))
+ {
+ // found a 'class' c'tor initializer
+ foundClassInitializer = true;
+ }
+ return foundClassInitializer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if a line is empty
+ *
+ * @return whether line is empty
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isEmptyLine(const string& line) const
+{
+ return line.find_first_not_of(" \t") == string::npos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the following text is "C" as in extern "C".
+ *
+ * @return whether the statement is extern "C"
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isExternC() const
+{
+ // charNum should be at 'extern'
+ assert(!isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum]));
+ size_t startQuote = currentLine.find_first_of(" \t\"", charNum);
+ if (startQuote == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ startQuote = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", startQuote);
+ if (startQuote == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ if (currentLine.compare(startQuote, 3, "\"C\"") != 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the currently reached '*', '&' or '^' character is
+ * a pointer-or-reference symbol, or another operator.
+ * A pointer dereference (*) or an "address of" character (&)
+ * counts as a pointer or reference because it is not an
+ * arithmetic operator.
+ *
+ * @return whether current character is a reference-or-pointer
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isPointerOrReference() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+
+ if (isJavaStyle())
+ return false;
+
+ if (isCharImmediatelyPostOperator)
+ return false;
+
+ // get the last legal word (may be a number)
+ string lastWord = getPreviousWord(currentLine, charNum);
+ if (lastWord.empty())
+ lastWord = " ";
+
+ // check for preceding or following numeric values
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum + 1));
+ if (nextText.length() == 0)
+ nextText = " ";
+ if (isDigit(lastWord[0])
+ || isDigit(nextText[0])
+ || nextText[0] == '!'
+ || nextText[0] == '~')
+ return false;
+
+ // check for multiply then a dereference (a * *b)
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+ if (currentChar == '*'
+ && nextChar == '*'
+ && !isPointerToPointer(currentLine, charNum))
+ return false;
+
+ if ((foundCastOperator && nextChar == '>')
+ || isPointerOrReferenceVariable(lastWord))
+ return true;
+
+ if (isInClassInitializer
+ && previousNonWSChar != '('
+ && previousNonWSChar != '{'
+ && previousCommandChar != ','
+ && nextChar != ')'
+ && nextChar != '}')
+ return false;
+
+ //check for rvalue reference
+ if (currentChar == '&' && nextChar == '&')
+ {
+ if (lastWord == AS_AUTO)
+ return true;
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '>')
+ return true;
+ string followingText;
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 2)
+ followingText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum + 2));
+ if (followingText.length() > 0 && followingText[0] == ')')
+ return true;
+ if (currentHeader != nullptr || isInPotentialCalculation)
+ return false;
+ if (parenStack->back() > 0 && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE))
+ return false;
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (nextChar == '*'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '='
+ || previousNonWSChar == '('
+ || previousNonWSChar == '['
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostReturn
+ || isInTemplate
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate
+ || currentHeader == &AS_CATCH
+ || currentHeader == &AS_FOREACH
+ || currentHeader == &AS_QFOREACH)
+ return true;
+
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE)
+ && isLegalNameChar(lastWord[0])
+ && isLegalNameChar(nextChar)
+ && previousNonWSChar != ')')
+ {
+ if (isArrayOperator())
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // checks on operators in parens
+ if (parenStack->back() > 0
+ && isLegalNameChar(lastWord[0])
+ && isLegalNameChar(nextChar))
+ {
+ // if followed by an assignment it is a pointer or reference
+ // if followed by semicolon it is a pointer or reference in range-based for
+ const string* followingOperator = getFollowingOperator();
+ if (followingOperator != nullptr
+ && followingOperator != &AS_MULT
+ && followingOperator != &AS_BIT_AND)
+ {
+ if (followingOperator == &AS_ASSIGN || followingOperator == &AS_COLON)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE)
+ || squareBracketCount > 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // checks on operators in parens with following '('
+ if (parenStack->back() > 0
+ && nextChar == '('
+ && previousNonWSChar != ','
+ && previousNonWSChar != '('
+ && previousNonWSChar != '!'
+ && previousNonWSChar != '&'
+ && previousNonWSChar != '*'
+ && previousNonWSChar != '|')
+ return false;
+
+ if (nextChar == '-'
+ || nextChar == '+')
+ {
+ size_t nextNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ if (currentLine.compare(nextNum, 2, "++") != 0
+ && currentLine.compare(nextNum, 2, "--") != 0)
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool isPR = (!isInPotentialCalculation
+ || (!isLegalNameChar(previousNonWSChar)
+ && !(previousNonWSChar == ')' && nextChar == '(')
+ && !(previousNonWSChar == ')' && currentChar == '*' && !isImmediatelyPostCast())
+ && previousNonWSChar != ']')
+ || (!isWhiteSpace(nextChar)
+ && nextChar != '-'
+ && nextChar != '('
+ && nextChar != '['
+ && !isLegalNameChar(nextChar))
+ );
+
+ return isPR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the currently reached '*' or '&' character is
+ * a dereferenced pointer or "address of" symbol.
+ * NOTE: this MUST be a pointer or reference as determined by
+ * the function isPointerOrReference().
+ *
+ * @return whether current character is a dereference or address of
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isDereferenceOrAddressOf() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+
+ if (isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate)
+ return false;
+
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '='
+ || previousNonWSChar == ','
+ || previousNonWSChar == '.'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '{'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '>'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '<'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '?'
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostComment
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostReturn)
+ return true;
+
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+ if (currentChar == '*' && nextChar == '*')
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '(')
+ return true;
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() < charNum + 2)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (currentChar == '&' && nextChar == '&')
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '(' || isInTemplate)
+ return true;
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() < charNum + 2)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // check first char on the line
+ if (charNum == (int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t")
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE)
+ || parenStack->back() != 0))
+ return true;
+
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum + 1));
+ if (nextText.length() > 0)
+ {
+ if (nextText[0] == ')' || nextText[0] == '>'
+ || nextText[0] == ',' || nextText[0] == '=')
+ return false;
+ if (nextText[0] == ';')
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ // check for reference to a pointer *&
+ if ((currentChar == '*' && nextChar == '&')
+ || (previousNonWSChar == '*' && currentChar == '&'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE)
+ && parenStack->back() == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ string lastWord = getPreviousWord(currentLine, charNum);
+ if (lastWord == "else" || lastWord == "delete")
+ return true;
+
+ if (isPointerOrReferenceVariable(lastWord))
+ return false;
+
+ bool isDA = (!(isLegalNameChar(previousNonWSChar) || previousNonWSChar == '>')
+ || (nextText.length() > 0 && !isLegalNameChar(nextText[0]) && nextText[0] != '/')
+ || (ispunct((unsigned char)previousNonWSChar) && previousNonWSChar != '.')
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostReturn);
+
+ return isDA;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the currently reached '*' or '&' character is
+ * centered with one space on each side.
+ * Only spaces are checked, not tabs.
+ * If true then a space will be deleted on the output.
+ *
+ * @return whether current character is centered.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isPointerOrReferenceCentered() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+
+ int prNum = charNum;
+ int lineLength = (int) currentLine.length();
+
+ // check for end of line
+ if (peekNextChar() == ' ')
+ return false;
+
+ // check space before
+ if (prNum < 1
+ || currentLine[prNum - 1] != ' ')
+ return false;
+
+ // check no space before that
+ if (prNum < 2
+ || currentLine[prNum - 2] == ' ')
+ return false;
+
+ // check for ** or &&
+ if (prNum + 1 < lineLength
+ && (currentLine[prNum + 1] == '*' || currentLine[prNum + 1] == '&'))
+ prNum++;
+
+ // check space after
+ if (prNum + 1 <= lineLength
+ && currentLine[prNum + 1] != ' ')
+ return false;
+
+ // check no space after that
+ if (prNum + 2 < lineLength
+ && currentLine[prNum + 2] == ' ')
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a word is a pointer or reference variable type.
+ *
+ * @return whether word is a pointer or reference variable.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isPointerOrReferenceVariable(const string& word) const
+{
+ return (word == "char"
+ || word == "int"
+ || word == "void"
+ || (word.length() >= 6 // check end of word for _t
+ && word.compare(word.length() - 2, 2, "_t") == 0)
+ || word == "INT"
+ || word == "VOID");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if * * is a pointer to a pointer or a multiply then a dereference.
+ *
+ * @return true if a pointer *.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isPointerToPointer(const string& line, int currPos) const
+{
+ assert(line[currPos] == '*' && peekNextChar() == '*');
+ if ((int) line.length() > currPos + 1 && line[currPos + 1] == '*')
+ return true;
+ size_t nextText = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", currPos + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos || line[nextText] != '*')
+ return false;
+ size_t nextText2 = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", nextText + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ if (line[nextText2] == ')' || line[nextText2] == '*')
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if the currently reached '+' or '-' character is a unary operator
+ * this method takes for granted that the current character
+ * is a '+' or '-'.
+ *
+ * @return whether the current '+' or '-' is a unary operator.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isUnaryOperator() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '+' || currentChar == '-');
+
+ // does a digit follow a c-style cast
+ if (previousCommandChar == ')')
+ {
+ if (!isdigit(peekNextChar()))
+ return false;
+ size_t end = currentLine.rfind(')', charNum);
+ if (end == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ size_t lastChar = currentLine.find_last_not_of(" \t", end - 1);
+ if (lastChar == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ if (currentLine[lastChar] == '*')
+ end = lastChar;
+ string prevWord = getPreviousWord(currentLine, end);
+ if (prevWord.empty())
+ return false;
+ if (!isNumericVariable(prevWord))
+ return false;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return ((isCharImmediatelyPostReturn || !isLegalNameChar(previousCommandChar))
+ && previousCommandChar != '.'
+ && previousCommandChar != '\"'
+ && previousCommandChar != '\''
+ && previousCommandChar != ']');
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if the currently reached comment is in a 'switch' statement
+ *
+ * @return whether the current '+' or '-' is in an exponent.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isInSwitchStatement() const
+{
+ assert(isInLineComment || isInComment);
+ if (!preBraceHeaderStack->empty())
+ for (size_t i = 1; i < preBraceHeaderStack->size(); i++)
+ if (preBraceHeaderStack->at(i) == &AS_SWITCH)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if the currently reached '+' or '-' character is
+ * part of an exponent, i.e. 0.2E-5.
+ *
+ * @return whether the current '+' or '-' is in an exponent.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isInExponent() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '+' || currentChar == '-');
+
+ if (charNum >= 2)
+ {
+ char prevPrevFormattedChar = currentLine[charNum - 2];
+ char prevFormattedChar = currentLine[charNum - 1];
+ return ((prevFormattedChar == 'e' || prevFormattedChar == 'E')
+ && (prevPrevFormattedChar == '.' || isDigit(prevPrevFormattedChar)));
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if an array brace should NOT have an in-statement indent
+ *
+ * @return the array is non in-statement
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isNonInStatementArrayBrace() const
+{
+ bool returnVal = false;
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+ // if this opening brace begins the line there will be no inStatement indent
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && (size_t) charNum == currentLineFirstBraceNum
+ && nextChar != '}')
+ returnVal = true;
+ // if an opening brace ends the line there will be no inStatement indent
+ if (isWhiteSpace(nextChar)
+ || isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum)
+ || nextChar == '{')
+ returnVal = true;
+
+ // Java "new Type [] {...}" IS an inStatement indent
+ if (isJavaStyle() && previousNonWSChar == ']')
+ returnVal = false;
+
+ return returnVal;
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if a one-line block has been reached,
+ * i.e. if the currently reached '{' character is closed
+ * with a complimentary '}' elsewhere on the current line,
+ *.
+ * @return 0 = one-line block has not been reached.
+ * 1 = one-line block has been reached.
+ * 2 = one-line block has been reached and is followed by a comma.
+ * 3 = one-line block has been reached and is an empty block.
+ */
+int ASFormatter::isOneLineBlockReached(const string& line, int startChar) const
+{
+ assert(line[startChar] == '{');
+
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ bool hasText = false;
+ int braceCount = 0;
+ int lineLength = line.length();
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ char ch = ' ';
+ char prevCh = ' ';
+
+ for (int i = startChar; i < lineLength; ++i)
+ {
+ ch = line[i];
+
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (ch == '\\')
+ ++i;
+ else if (ch == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '"'
+ || (ch == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = ch;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ch == '{')
+ {
+ ++braceCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (ch == '}')
+ {
+ --braceCount;
+ if (braceCount == 0)
+ {
+ // is this an array?
+ if (parenStack->back() == 0 && prevCh != '}')
+ {
+ size_t peekNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + 1);
+ if (peekNum != string::npos && line[peekNum] == ',')
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if (!hasText)
+ return 3; // is an empty block
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (ch == ';')
+ continue;
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(ch))
+ {
+ hasText = true;
+ prevCh = ch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * peek at the next word to determine if it is a C# non-paren header.
+ * will look ahead in the input file if necessary.
+ *
+ * @param startChar position on currentLine to start the search
+ * @return true if the next word is get or set.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isNextWordSharpNonParenHeader(int startChar) const
+{
+ // look ahead to find the next non-comment text
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(startChar));
+ if (nextText.length() == 0)
+ return false;
+ if (nextText[0] == '[')
+ return true;
+ if (!isCharPotentialHeader(nextText, 0))
+ return false;
+ if (findKeyword(nextText, 0, AS_GET) || findKeyword(nextText, 0, AS_SET)
+ || findKeyword(nextText, 0, AS_ADD) || findKeyword(nextText, 0, AS_REMOVE))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * peek at the next char to determine if it is an opening brace.
+ * will look ahead in the input file if necessary.
+ * this determines a java static constructor.
+ *
+ * @param startChar position on currentLine to start the search
+ * @return true if the next word is an opening brace.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isNextCharOpeningBrace(int startChar) const
+{
+ bool retVal = false;
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(startChar));
+ if (nextText.length() > 0
+ && nextText.compare(0, 1, "{") == 0)
+ retVal = true;
+ return retVal;
+}
+
+/**
+* Check if operator and, pointer, and reference padding is disabled.
+* Disabling is done thru a NOPAD tag in an ending comment.
+*
+* @return true if the formatting on this line is disabled.
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isOperatorPaddingDisabled() const
+{
+ size_t commentStart = currentLine.find("//", charNum);
+ if (commentStart == string::npos)
+ {
+ commentStart = currentLine.find("/*", charNum);
+ // comment must end on this line
+ if (commentStart != string::npos)
+ {
+ size_t commentEnd = currentLine.find("*/", commentStart + 2);
+ if (commentEnd == string::npos)
+ commentStart = string::npos;
+ }
+ }
+ if (commentStart == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ size_t noPadStart = currentLine.find("*NOPAD*", commentStart);
+ if (noPadStart == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+* Determine if an opening array-type brace should have a leading space pad.
+* This is to identify C++11 uniform initializers.
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isUniformInitializerBrace() const
+{
+ if (isCStyle() && !isInEnum && !isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor)
+ {
+ if (isInClassInitializer
+ || isLegalNameChar(previousNonWSChar)
+ || previousNonWSChar == '(')
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+* Determine if there is a following statement on the current line.
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isMultiStatementLine() const
+{
+ assert((isImmediatelyPostHeader || foundClosingHeader));
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ int semiCount_ = 0;
+ int parenCount_ = 0;
+ int braceCount_ = 0;
+
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < currentLine.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (currentLine.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ if (currentLine.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (currentLine.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ return false;
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[i] == '"' || currentLine[i] == '\'')
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (currentLine[i] == '"' || currentLine[i] == '\'')
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (currentLine[i] == '(')
+ {
+ ++parenCount_;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (currentLine[i] == ')')
+ {
+ --parenCount_;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (parenCount_ > 0)
+ continue;
+ if (currentLine[i] == '{')
+ {
+ ++braceCount_;
+ }
+ if (currentLine[i] == '}')
+ {
+ --braceCount_;
+ }
+ if (braceCount_ > 0)
+ continue;
+ if (currentLine[i] == ';')
+ {
+ ++semiCount_;
+ if (semiCount_ > 1)
+ return true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next non-whitespace substring on following lines, bypassing all comments.
+ *
+ * @param firstLine the first line to check
+ * @return the next non-whitespace substring.
+ */
+string ASFormatter::peekNextText(const string& firstLine,
+ bool endOnEmptyLine /*false*/,
+ shared_ptr<ASPeekStream> streamArg /*nullptr*/) const
+{
+ assert(sourceIterator->getPeekStart() == 0 || streamArg != nullptr); // Borland may need != 0
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ string nextLine_ = firstLine;
+ size_t firstChar = string::npos;
+ shared_ptr<ASPeekStream> stream = streamArg;
+ if (stream == nullptr) // Borland may need == 0
+ stream = make_shared<ASPeekStream>(sourceIterator);
+
+ // find the first non-blank text, bypassing all comments.
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ while (stream->hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ nextLine_ = stream->peekNextLine();
+
+ firstChar = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstChar == string::npos)
+ {
+ if (endOnEmptyLine && !isInComment_)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (nextLine_.compare(firstChar, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ firstChar += 2;
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ }
+
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ firstChar = nextLine_.find("*/", firstChar);
+ if (firstChar == string::npos)
+ continue;
+ firstChar += 2;
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ firstChar = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t", firstChar);
+ if (firstChar == string::npos)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (nextLine_.compare(firstChar, 2, "//") == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ // found the next text
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (firstChar == string::npos)
+ nextLine_ = "";
+ else
+ nextLine_ = nextLine_.substr(firstChar);
+ return nextLine_;
+}
+
+/**
+ * adjust comment position because of adding or deleting spaces
+ * the spaces are added or deleted to formattedLine
+ * spacePadNum contains the adjustment
+ */
+void ASFormatter::adjustComments()
+{
+ assert(spacePadNum != 0);
+ assert(isSequenceReached("//") || isSequenceReached("/*"));
+
+ // block comment must be closed on this line with nothing after it
+ if (isSequenceReached("/*"))
+ {
+ size_t endNum = currentLine.find("*/", charNum + 2);
+ if (endNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+ // following line comments may be a tag from AStyleWx //[[)>
+ size_t nextNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", endNum + 2);
+ if (nextNum != string::npos
+ && currentLine.compare(nextNum, 2, "//") != 0)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ size_t len = formattedLine.length();
+ // don't adjust a tab
+ if (formattedLine[len - 1] == '\t')
+ return;
+ // if spaces were removed, need to add spaces before the comment
+ if (spacePadNum < 0)
+ {
+ int adjust = -spacePadNum; // make the number positive
+ formattedLine.append(adjust, ' ');
+ }
+ // if spaces were added, need to delete extra spaces before the comment
+ // if cannot be done put the comment one space after the last text
+ else if (spacePadNum > 0)
+ {
+ int adjust = spacePadNum;
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(' ');
+ if (lastText != string::npos
+ && lastText < len - adjust - 1)
+ formattedLine.resize(len - adjust);
+ else if (len > lastText + 2)
+ formattedLine.resize(lastText + 2);
+ else if (len < lastText + 2)
+ formattedLine.append(len - lastText, ' ');
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * append the current brace inside the end of line comments
+ * currentChar contains the brace, it will be appended to formattedLine
+ * formattedLineCommentNum is the comment location on formattedLine
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendCharInsideComments()
+{
+ if (formattedLineCommentNum == string::npos // does the comment start on the previous line?
+ || formattedLineCommentNum == 0)
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ return;
+ }
+ assert(formattedLine.compare(formattedLineCommentNum, 2, "//") == 0
+ || formattedLine.compare(formattedLineCommentNum, 2, "/*") == 0);
+
+ // find the previous non space char
+ size_t end = formattedLineCommentNum;
+ size_t beg = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t", end - 1);
+ if (beg == string::npos)
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ return;
+ }
+ beg++;
+
+ // insert the brace
+ if (end - beg < 3) // is there room to insert?
+ formattedLine.insert(beg, 3 - end + beg, ' ');
+ if (formattedLine[beg] == '\t') // don't pad with a tab
+ formattedLine.insert(beg, 1, ' ');
+ formattedLine[beg + 1] = currentChar;
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+
+ if (isBeforeComment())
+ breakLine();
+ else if (isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * add or remove space padding to operators
+ * the operators and necessary padding will be appended to formattedLine
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ *
+ * @param newOperator the operator to be padded
+ */
+void ASFormatter::padOperators(const string* newOperator)
+{
+ assert(shouldPadOperators);
+ assert(newOperator != nullptr);
+
+ char nextNonWSChar = ASBase::peekNextChar(currentLine, charNum);
+ bool shouldPad = (newOperator != &AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION
+ && newOperator != &AS_PLUS_PLUS
+ && newOperator != &AS_MINUS_MINUS
+ && newOperator != &AS_NOT
+ && newOperator != &AS_BIT_NOT
+ && newOperator != &AS_ARROW
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_COLON && !foundQuestionMark // objC methods
+ && (isInObjCMethodDefinition || isInObjCInterface
+ || isInObjCSelector || squareBracketCount != 0))
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_MINUS && isInExponent())
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_PLUS && isInExponent())
+ && !((newOperator == &AS_PLUS || newOperator == &AS_MINUS) // check for unary plus or minus
+ && (previousNonWSChar == '('
+ || previousNonWSChar == '['
+ || previousNonWSChar == '='
+ || previousNonWSChar == ','
+ || previousNonWSChar == ':'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '{'))
+//? // commented out in release 2.05.1 - doesn't seem to do anything???
+//x && !((newOperator == &AS_MULT || newOperator == &AS_BIT_AND || newOperator == &AS_AND)
+//x && isPointerOrReference())
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_MULT
+ && (previousNonWSChar == '.'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '>')) // check for ->
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_MULT && peekNextChar() == '>')
+ && !((isInTemplate || isImmediatelyPostTemplate)
+ && (newOperator == &AS_LS || newOperator == &AS_GR))
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_GCC_MIN_ASSIGN
+ && ASBase::peekNextChar(currentLine, charNum + 1) == '>')
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_GR && previousNonWSChar == '?')
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_QUESTION // check for Java wildcard
+ && isJavaStyle()
+ && (previousNonWSChar == '<'
+ || nextNonWSChar == '>'
+ || nextNonWSChar == '.'))
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_QUESTION // check for C# null conditional operator
+ && isSharpStyle()
+ && (nextNonWSChar == '.'
+ || nextNonWSChar == '['))
+ && !isCharImmediatelyPostOperator
+ && !isInCase
+ && !isInAsm
+ && !isInAsmOneLine
+ && !isInAsmBlock
+ );
+
+ // pad before operator
+ if (shouldPad
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_COLON
+ && (!foundQuestionMark && !isInEnum) && currentHeader != &AS_FOR)
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_QUESTION && isSharpStyle() // check for C# nullable type (e.g. int?)
+ && currentLine.find(':', charNum + 1) == string::npos)
+ )
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendOperator(*newOperator);
+ goForward(newOperator->length() - 1);
+
+ currentChar = (*newOperator)[newOperator->length() - 1];
+ // pad after operator
+ // but do not pad after a '-' that is a unary-minus.
+ if (shouldPad
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment()
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_PLUS && isUnaryOperator())
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_MINUS && isUnaryOperator())
+ && !(currentLine.compare(charNum + 1, 1, AS_SEMICOLON) == 0)
+ && !(currentLine.compare(charNum + 1, 2, AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION) == 0)
+ && !(peekNextChar() == ',')
+ && !(newOperator == &AS_QUESTION && isSharpStyle() // check for C# nullable type (e.g. int?)
+ && peekNextChar() == '[')
+ )
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+}
+
+/**
+ * format pointer or reference
+ * currentChar contains the pointer or reference
+ * the symbol and necessary padding will be appended to formattedLine
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ *
+ * NOTE: Do NOT use appendCurrentChar() in this method. The line should not be
+ * broken once the calculation starts.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatPointerOrReference()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(!isJavaStyle());
+
+ int pa = pointerAlignment;
+ int ra = referenceAlignment;
+ int itemAlignment = (currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '^')
+ ? pa : ((ra == REF_SAME_AS_PTR) ? pa : ra);
+
+ // check for ** and &&
+ int ptrLength = 1;
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
+ if ((currentChar == '*' && peekedChar == '*')
+ || (currentChar == '&' && peekedChar == '&'))
+ {
+ ptrLength = 2;
+ size_t nextChar = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 2);
+ if (nextChar == string::npos)
+ peekedChar = ' ';
+ else
+ peekedChar = currentLine[nextChar];
+ }
+ // check for cast
+ if (peekedChar == ')' || peekedChar == '>' || peekedChar == ',')
+ {
+ formatPointerOrReferenceCast();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // check for a padded space and remove it
+ if (charNum > 0
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum - 1])
+ && formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(formattedLine.length() - 1);
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+
+ if (itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_TYPE)
+ {
+ formatPointerOrReferenceToType();
+ }
+ else if (itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE)
+ {
+ formatPointerOrReferenceToMiddle();
+ }
+ else if (itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_NAME)
+ {
+ formatPointerOrReferenceToName();
+ }
+ else // pointerAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_NONE
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(currentLine.substr(charNum, ptrLength));
+ if (ptrLength > 1)
+ goForward(ptrLength - 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format pointer or reference with align to type
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatPointerOrReferenceToType()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(!isJavaStyle());
+
+ // do this before bumping charNum
+ bool isOldPRCentered = isPointerOrReferenceCentered();
+ string sequenceToInsert(1, currentChar);
+ // get the sequence
+ if (currentChar == peekNextChar())
+ {
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; currentLine.length() > i; i++)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[i] == sequenceToInsert[0])
+ {
+ sequenceToInsert.append(1, currentLine[i]);
+ goForward(1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // append the seqence
+ string charSave;
+ size_t prevCh = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (prevCh < formattedLine.length())
+ {
+ charSave = formattedLine.substr(prevCh + 1);
+ formattedLine.resize(prevCh + 1);
+ }
+ formattedLine.append(sequenceToInsert);
+ if (peekNextChar() != ')')
+ formattedLine.append(charSave);
+ else
+ spacePadNum -= charSave.length();
+ // if no space after then add one
+ if (charNum < (int) currentLine.length() - 1
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[charNum + 1])
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] != ')')
+ appendSpacePad();
+ // if old pointer or reference is centered, remove a space
+ if (isOldPRCentered
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(formattedLine.length() - 1, 1);
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+ // update the formattedLine split point
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos && formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ {
+ size_t index = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ if (isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[index]))
+ {
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(index);
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format pointer or reference with align in the middle
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatPointerOrReferenceToMiddle()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(!isJavaStyle());
+
+ // compute current whitespace before
+ size_t wsBefore = currentLine.find_last_not_of(" \t", charNum - 1);
+ if (wsBefore == string::npos)
+ wsBefore = 0;
+ else
+ wsBefore = charNum - wsBefore - 1;
+ string sequenceToInsert(1, currentChar);
+ if (currentChar == peekNextChar())
+ {
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; currentLine.length() > i; i++)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[i] == sequenceToInsert[0])
+ {
+ sequenceToInsert.append(1, currentLine[i]);
+ goForward(1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // if reference to a pointer check for conflicting alignment
+ else if (currentChar == '*' && peekNextChar() == '&'
+ && (referenceAlignment == REF_ALIGN_TYPE
+ || referenceAlignment == REF_ALIGN_MIDDLE
+ || referenceAlignment == REF_SAME_AS_PTR))
+ {
+ sequenceToInsert = "*&";
+ goForward(1);
+ for (size_t i = charNum; i < currentLine.length() - 1 && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]); i++)
+ goForward(1);
+ }
+ // if a comment follows don't align, just space pad
+ if (isBeforeAnyComment())
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ formattedLine.append(sequenceToInsert);
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ return;
+ }
+ // do this before goForward()
+ bool isAfterScopeResolution = previousNonWSChar == ':';
+ size_t charNumSave = charNum;
+ // if this is the last thing on the line
+ if (currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1) == string::npos)
+ {
+ if (wsBefore == 0 && !isAfterScopeResolution)
+ formattedLine.append(1, ' ');
+ formattedLine.append(sequenceToInsert);
+ return;
+ }
+ // goForward() to convert tabs to spaces, if necessary,
+ // and move following characters to preceding characters
+ // this may not work every time with tab characters
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; i < currentLine.length() && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]); i++)
+ {
+ goForward(1);
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ formattedLine.append(1, currentLine[i]);
+ else
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+ // find space padding after
+ size_t wsAfter = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNumSave + 1);
+ if (wsAfter == string::npos || isBeforeAnyComment())
+ wsAfter = 0;
+ else
+ wsAfter = wsAfter - charNumSave - 1;
+ // don't pad before scope resolution operator, but pad after
+ if (isAfterScopeResolution)
+ {
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ formattedLine.insert(lastText + 1, sequenceToInsert);
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+ else if (formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ {
+ // whitespace should be at least 2 chars to center
+ if (wsBefore + wsAfter < 2)
+ {
+ size_t charsToAppend = (2 - (wsBefore + wsAfter));
+ formattedLine.append(charsToAppend, ' ');
+ spacePadNum += charsToAppend;
+ if (wsBefore == 0)
+ wsBefore++;
+ if (wsAfter == 0)
+ wsAfter++;
+ }
+ // insert the pointer or reference char
+ size_t padAfter = (wsBefore + wsAfter) / 2;
+ size_t index = formattedLine.length() - padAfter;
+ if (index < formattedLine.length())
+ formattedLine.insert(index, sequenceToInsert);
+ else
+ formattedLine.append(sequenceToInsert);
+ }
+ else // formattedLine.length() == 0
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(sequenceToInsert);
+ if (wsAfter == 0)
+ wsAfter++;
+ formattedLine.append(wsAfter, ' ');
+ spacePadNum += wsAfter;
+ }
+ // update the formattedLine split point after the pointer
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos && formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ {
+ size_t index = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (index != string::npos && (index < formattedLine.length() - 1))
+ {
+ index++;
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(index);
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format pointer or reference with align to name
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatPointerOrReferenceToName()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(!isJavaStyle());
+
+ // do this before bumping charNum
+ bool isOldPRCentered = isPointerOrReferenceCentered();
+
+ size_t startNum = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (startNum == string::npos)
+ startNum = 0;
+ string sequenceToInsert(1, currentChar);
+ if (currentChar == peekNextChar())
+ {
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; currentLine.length() > i; i++)
+ {
+ if (currentLine[i] == sequenceToInsert[0])
+ {
+ sequenceToInsert.append(1, currentLine[i]);
+ goForward(1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // if reference to a pointer align both to name
+ else if (currentChar == '*' && peekNextChar() == '&')
+ {
+ sequenceToInsert = "*&";
+ goForward(1);
+ for (size_t i = charNum; i < currentLine.length() - 1 && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]); i++)
+ goForward(1);
+ }
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
+ bool isAfterScopeResolution = previousNonWSChar == ':'; // check for ::
+ // if this is not the last thing on the line
+ if ((isLegalNameChar(peekedChar) || peekedChar == '(' || peekedChar == '[' || peekedChar == '=')
+ && (int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1) > charNum)
+ {
+ // goForward() to convert tabs to spaces, if necessary,
+ // and move following characters to preceding characters
+ // this may not work every time with tab characters
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; i < currentLine.length() && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]); i++)
+ {
+ // if a padded paren follows don't move
+ if (shouldPadParensOutside && peekedChar == '(' && !isOldPRCentered)
+ {
+ // empty parens don't count
+ size_t start = currentLine.find_first_not_of("( \t", i);
+ if (start != string::npos && currentLine[start] != ')')
+ break;
+ }
+ goForward(1);
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ formattedLine.append(1, currentLine[charNum]);
+ else
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+ }
+ // don't pad before scope resolution operator
+ if (isAfterScopeResolution)
+ {
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (lastText != string::npos && lastText + 1 < formattedLine.length())
+ formattedLine.erase(lastText + 1);
+ }
+ // if no space before * then add one
+ else if (formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && (formattedLine.length() <= startNum + 1
+ || !isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[startNum + 1])))
+ {
+ formattedLine.insert(startNum + 1, 1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum++;
+ }
+ appendSequence(sequenceToInsert, false);
+ // if old pointer or reference is centered, remove a space
+ if (isOldPRCentered
+ && formattedLine.length() > startNum + 1
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[startNum + 1])
+ && peekedChar != '*' // check for '* *'
+ && !isBeforeAnyComment())
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(startNum + 1, 1);
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+ // don't convert to *= or &=
+ if (peekedChar == '=')
+ {
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ // if more than one space before, delete one
+ if (formattedLine.length() > startNum
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[startNum + 1])
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[startNum + 2]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(startNum + 1, 1);
+ spacePadNum--;
+ }
+ }
+ // update the formattedLine split point
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos)
+ {
+ size_t index = formattedLine.find_last_of(" \t");
+ if (index != string::npos
+ && index < formattedLine.length() - 1
+ && (formattedLine[index + 1] == '*'
+ || formattedLine[index + 1] == '&'
+ || formattedLine[index + 1] == '^'))
+ {
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(index);
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format pointer or reference cast
+ * currentChar contains the pointer or reference
+ * NOTE: the pointers and references in function definitions
+ * are processed as a cast (e.g. void foo(void*, void*))
+ * is processed here.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatPointerOrReferenceCast()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(!isJavaStyle());
+
+ int pa = pointerAlignment;
+ int ra = referenceAlignment;
+ int itemAlignment = (currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '^')
+ ? pa : ((ra == REF_SAME_AS_PTR) ? pa : ra);
+
+ string sequenceToInsert(1, currentChar);
+ if (isSequenceReached("**") || isSequenceReached("&&"))
+ {
+ goForward(1);
+ sequenceToInsert.append(1, currentLine[charNum]);
+ }
+ if (itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_NONE)
+ {
+ appendSequence(sequenceToInsert, false);
+ return;
+ }
+ // remove preceding whitespace
+ char prevCh = ' ';
+ size_t prevNum = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (prevNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ prevCh = formattedLine[prevNum];
+ if (itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_TYPE && currentChar == '*' && prevCh == '*')
+ {
+ // '* *' may be a multiply followed by a dereference
+ if (prevNum + 2 < formattedLine.length()
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[prevNum + 2]))
+ {
+ spacePadNum -= (formattedLine.length() - 2 - prevNum);
+ formattedLine.erase(prevNum + 2);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (prevNum + 1 < formattedLine.length()
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[prevNum + 1])
+ && prevCh != '(')
+ {
+ spacePadNum -= (formattedLine.length() - 1 - prevNum);
+ formattedLine.erase(prevNum + 1);
+ }
+ }
+ bool isAfterScopeResolution = previousNonWSChar == ':';
+ if ((itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE || itemAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_NAME)
+ && !isAfterScopeResolution && prevCh != '(')
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ // in this case appendSpacePad may or may not update the split point
+ if (maxCodeLength != string::npos && formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(formattedLine.length() - 1);
+ appendSequence(sequenceToInsert, false);
+ }
+ else
+ appendSequence(sequenceToInsert, false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * add or remove space padding to parens
+ * currentChar contains the paren
+ * the parens and necessary padding will be appended to formattedLine
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::padParens()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '(' || currentChar == ')');
+ assert(shouldPadParensOutside || shouldPadParensInside || shouldUnPadParens || shouldPadFirstParen);
+
+ int spacesOutsideToDelete = 0;
+ int spacesInsideToDelete = 0;
+
+ if (currentChar == '(')
+ {
+ spacesOutsideToDelete = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ spacesInsideToDelete = 0;
+
+ // compute spaces outside the opening paren to delete
+ if (shouldUnPadParens)
+ {
+ char lastChar = ' ';
+ bool prevIsParenHeader = false;
+ size_t i = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (i != string::npos)
+ {
+ // if last char is a brace the previous whitespace is an indent
+ if (formattedLine[i] == '{')
+ spacesOutsideToDelete = 0;
+ else if (isCharImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference)
+ spacesOutsideToDelete = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ spacesOutsideToDelete -= i;
+ lastChar = formattedLine[i];
+ // if previous word is a header, it will be a paren header
+ string prevWord = getPreviousWord(formattedLine, formattedLine.length());
+ const string* prevWordH = nullptr;
+ if (shouldPadHeader
+ && prevWord.length() > 0
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(prevWord, 0))
+ prevWordH = ASBase::findHeader(prevWord, 0, headers);
+ if (prevWordH != nullptr)
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ else if (prevWord == AS_RETURN)
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ else if ((prevWord == AS_NEW || prevWord == AS_DELETE)
+ && shouldPadHeader)
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ else if (isCStyle() && prevWord == AS_THROW && shouldPadHeader)
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ else if (prevWord == "and" || prevWord == "or" || prevWord == "in")
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ // don't unpad variables
+ else if (isNumericVariable(prevWord))
+ prevIsParenHeader = true; // don't unpad
+ }
+ }
+ // do not unpad operators, but leave them if already padded
+ if (shouldPadParensOutside || prevIsParenHeader)
+ spacesOutsideToDelete--;
+ else if (lastChar == '|' // check for ||
+ || lastChar == '&' // check for &&
+ || lastChar == ','
+ || (lastChar == '(' && shouldPadParensInside)
+ || (lastChar == '>' && !foundCastOperator)
+ || lastChar == '<'
+ || lastChar == '?'
+ || lastChar == ':'
+ || lastChar == ';'
+ || lastChar == '='
+ || lastChar == '+'
+ || lastChar == '-'
+ || lastChar == '*'
+ || lastChar == '/'
+ || lastChar == '%'
+ || lastChar == '^'
+ )
+ spacesOutsideToDelete--;
+
+ if (spacesOutsideToDelete > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(i + 1, spacesOutsideToDelete);
+ spacePadNum -= spacesOutsideToDelete;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // pad open paren outside
+ char peekedCharOutside = peekNextChar();
+ if (shouldPadFirstParen && previousChar != '(' && peekedCharOutside != ')')
+ appendSpacePad();
+ else if (shouldPadParensOutside)
+ {
+ if (!(currentChar == '(' && peekedCharOutside == ')'))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ // unpad open paren inside
+ if (shouldUnPadParens)
+ {
+ size_t j = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (j != string::npos)
+ spacesInsideToDelete = j - charNum - 1;
+ if (shouldPadParensInside)
+ spacesInsideToDelete--;
+ if (spacesInsideToDelete > 0)
+ {
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spacesInsideToDelete);
+ spacePadNum -= spacesInsideToDelete;
+ }
+ // convert tab to space if requested
+ if (shouldConvertTabs
+ && (int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 1
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] == '\t')
+ currentLine[charNum + 1] = ' ';
+ }
+
+ // pad open paren inside
+ char peekedCharInside = peekNextChar();
+ if (shouldPadParensInside)
+ if (!(currentChar == '(' && peekedCharInside == ')'))
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == ')')
+ {
+ // unpad close paren inside
+ if (shouldUnPadParens)
+ {
+ spacesInsideToDelete = formattedLine.length();
+ size_t i = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (i != string::npos)
+ spacesInsideToDelete = formattedLine.length() - 1 - i;
+ if (shouldPadParensInside)
+ spacesInsideToDelete--;
+ if (spacesInsideToDelete > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(i + 1, spacesInsideToDelete);
+ spacePadNum -= spacesInsideToDelete;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // pad close paren inside
+ if (shouldPadParensInside)
+ if (!(previousChar == '(' && currentChar == ')'))
+ appendSpacePad();
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ // unpad close paren outside
+ // close parens outside are left unchanged
+ if (shouldUnPadParens)
+ {
+ //spacesOutsideToDelete = 0;
+ //size_t j = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ //if (j != string::npos)
+ // spacesOutsideToDelete = j - charNum - 1;
+ //if (shouldPadParensOutside)
+ // spacesOutsideToDelete--;
+
+ //if (spacesOutsideToDelete > 0)
+ //{
+ // currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spacesOutsideToDelete);
+ // spacePadNum -= spacesOutsideToDelete;
+ //}
+ }
+
+ // pad close paren outside
+ char peekedCharOutside = peekNextChar();
+ if (shouldPadParensOutside)
+ if (peekedCharOutside != ';'
+ && peekedCharOutside != ','
+ && peekedCharOutside != '.'
+ && peekedCharOutside != '+' // check for ++
+ && peekedCharOutside != '-' // check for --
+ && peekedCharOutside != ']')
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+* add or remove space padding to objective-c method prefix (- or +)
+* if this is a '(' it begins a return type
+* these options have precedence over the padParens methods
+* the padParens method has already been called, this method adjusts
+*/
+void ASFormatter::padObjCMethodPrefix()
+{
+ assert(isInObjCMethodDefinition && isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix);
+ assert(shouldPadMethodPrefix || shouldUnPadMethodPrefix);
+
+ size_t prefix = formattedLine.find_first_of("+-");
+ if (prefix == string::npos)
+ return;
+ size_t firstChar = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", prefix + 1);
+ if (firstChar == string::npos)
+ firstChar = formattedLine.length();
+ int spaces = firstChar - prefix - 1;
+
+ if (shouldPadMethodPrefix)
+ {
+ if (spaces == 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.insert(prefix + 1, 1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum += 1;
+ }
+ else if (spaces > 1)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(prefix + 1, spaces - 1);
+ formattedLine[prefix + 1] = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ spacePadNum -= spaces - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // this option will be ignored if used with pad-method-prefix
+ else if (shouldUnPadMethodPrefix)
+ {
+ if (spaces > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(prefix + 1, spaces);
+ spacePadNum -= spaces;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+* add or remove space padding to objective-c parens
+* these options have precedence over the padParens methods
+* the padParens method has already been called, this method adjusts
+*/
+void ASFormatter::padObjCReturnType()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == ')' && isInObjCReturnType);
+ assert(shouldPadReturnType || shouldUnPadReturnType);
+
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos)
+ return;
+ int spaces = nextText - charNum - 1;
+
+ if (shouldPadReturnType)
+ {
+ if (spaces == 0)
+ {
+ // this will already be padded if pad-paren is used
+ if (formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1] != ' ')
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(" ");
+ spacePadNum += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (spaces > 1)
+ {
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces - 1);
+ currentLine[charNum + 1] = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ spacePadNum -= spaces - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // this option will be ignored if used with pad-return-type
+ else if (shouldUnPadReturnType)
+ {
+ // this will already be padded if pad-paren is used
+ if (formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1] == ' ')
+ {
+ int lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ spacePadNum -= formattedLine.length() - lastText - 1;
+ formattedLine.resize(lastText + 1);
+ }
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces);
+ spacePadNum -= spaces;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+* add or remove space padding to objective-c parens
+* these options have precedence over the padParens methods
+* the padParens method has already been called, this method adjusts
+*/
+void ASFormatter::padObjCParamType()
+{
+ assert((currentChar == '(' || currentChar == ')') && isInObjCMethodDefinition);
+ assert(!isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix && !isInObjCReturnType);
+ assert(shouldPadParamType || shouldUnPadParamType);
+
+ if (currentChar == '(')
+ {
+ // open paren has already been attached to formattedLine by padParen
+ size_t paramOpen = formattedLine.rfind('(');
+ assert(paramOpen != string::npos);
+ size_t prevText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t", paramOpen - 1);
+ if (prevText == string::npos)
+ return;
+ int spaces = paramOpen - prevText - 1;
+
+ if (shouldPadParamType
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_ALL
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_AFTER)
+ {
+ if (spaces == 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.insert(paramOpen, 1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum += 1;
+ }
+ if (spaces > 1)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(prevText + 1, spaces - 1);
+ formattedLine[prevText + 1] = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ spacePadNum -= spaces - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // this option will be ignored if used with pad-param-type
+ else if (shouldUnPadParamType
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_NONE
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_BEFORE)
+ {
+ if (spaces > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(prevText + 1, spaces);
+ spacePadNum -= spaces;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == ')')
+ {
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos)
+ return;
+ int spaces = nextText - charNum - 1;
+
+ if (shouldPadParamType)
+ {
+ if (spaces == 0)
+ {
+ // this will already be padded if pad-paren is used
+ if (formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1] != ' ')
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(" ");
+ spacePadNum += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (spaces > 1)
+ {
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces - 1);
+ currentLine[charNum + 1] = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ spacePadNum -= spaces - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // this option will be ignored if used with pad-param-type
+ else if (shouldUnPadParamType)
+ {
+ // this will already be padded if pad-paren is used
+ if (formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1] == ' ')
+ {
+ spacePadNum -= 1;
+ int lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ formattedLine.resize(lastText + 1);
+ }
+ if (spaces > 0)
+ {
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces);
+ spacePadNum -= spaces;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format opening brace as attached or broken
+ * currentChar contains the brace
+ * the braces will be appended to the current formattedLine or a new formattedLine as necessary
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ *
+ * @param braceType the type of brace to be formatted.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatOpeningBrace(BraceType braceType)
+{
+ assert(!isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE));
+ assert(currentChar == '{');
+
+ parenStack->emplace_back(0);
+
+ bool breakBrace = isCurrentBraceBroken();
+
+ if (breakBrace)
+ {
+ if (isBeforeAnyComment() && isOkToBreakBlock(braceType) && sourceIterator->hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ // if comment is at line end leave the comment on this line
+ if (isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum) && !currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ {
+ currentChar = ' '; // remove brace from current line
+ if (parenStack->size() > 1)
+ parenStack->pop_back();
+ currentLine[charNum] = currentChar;
+ appendOpeningBrace = true; // append brace to following line
+ }
+ // else put comment after the brace
+ else if (!isBeforeMultipleLineEndComments(charNum))
+ breakLine();
+ }
+ else if (!isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ {
+ formattedLine = rtrim(formattedLine);
+ breakLine();
+ }
+ else if ((shouldBreakOneLineBlocks || isBraceType(braceType, BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE))
+ && !isBraceType(braceType, EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE))
+ breakLine();
+ else if (!isInLineBreak)
+ appendSpacePad();
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ // should a following comment break from the brace?
+ // must break the line AFTER the brace
+ if (isBeforeComment()
+ && formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && formattedLine[0] == '{'
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)
+ && (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE
+ || braceFormatMode == LINUX_MODE))
+ {
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else // attach brace
+ {
+ // are there comments before the brace?
+ if (isCharImmediatelyPostComment || isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ {
+ if (isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)
+ && !(isCharImmediatelyPostComment && isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment) // don't attach if two comments on the line
+ && !isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor
+// && peekNextChar() != '}' // don't attach { } // removed release 2.03
+ && previousCommandChar != '{' // don't attach { {
+ && previousCommandChar != '}' // don't attach } {
+ && previousCommandChar != ';') // don't attach ; {
+ {
+ appendCharInsideComments();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ }
+ else if (previousCommandChar == '{'
+ || (previousCommandChar == '}' && !isInClassInitializer)
+ || previousCommandChar == ';') // '}' , ';' chars added for proper handling of '{' immediately after a '}' or ';'
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // if a blank line precedes this don't attach
+ if (isEmptyLine(formattedLine))
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ else if (isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)
+ && !(isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor
+ && currentLineBeginsWithBrace))
+ {
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE))
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // OK to attach
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine(); // line length will have changed
+ // should a following comment attach with the brace?
+ // insert spaces to reposition the comment
+ if (isBeforeComment()
+ && !isBeforeMultipleLineEndComments(charNum)
+ && (!isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum) || currentLineBeginsWithBrace))
+ {
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ currentLine.insert(charNum + 1, charNum + 1, ' ');
+ }
+ else if (!isBeforeAnyComment()) // added in release 2.03
+ {
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace && (size_t) charNum == currentLineFirstBraceNum)
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // attach
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!isInLineBreak)
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format closing brace
+ * currentChar contains the brace
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ *
+ * @param braceType the type of the opening brace for this closing brace.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatClosingBrace(BraceType braceType)
+{
+ assert(!isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE));
+ assert(currentChar == '}');
+
+ // parenStack must contain one entry
+ if (parenStack->size() > 1)
+ parenStack->pop_back();
+
+ // mark state of immediately after empty block
+ // this state will be used for locating braces that appear immediately AFTER an empty block (e.g. '{} \n}').
+ if (previousCommandChar == '{')
+ isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock = true;
+
+ if (attachClosingBraceMode)
+ {
+ // for now, namespaces and classes will be attached. Uncomment the lines below to break.
+ if ((isEmptyLine(formattedLine) // if a blank line precedes this
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostComment
+ || (isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor && (int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") == charNum)
+// || (isBraceType(braceType, CLASS_TYPE) && isOkToBreakBlock(braceType) && previousNonWSChar != '{')
+// || (isBraceType(braceType, NAMESPACE_TYPE) && isOkToBreakBlock(braceType) && previousNonWSChar != '{')
+ )
+ && (!isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE) || isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)))
+ {
+ breakLine();
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar != '{'
+ && (!isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ || isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // attach
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!isBraceType(braceType, EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE)
+ && (isBraceType(braceType, BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE)
+ || isOkToBreakBlock(braceType)))
+ {
+ breakLine();
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+
+ // if a declaration follows a definition, space pad
+ if (isLegalNameChar(peekNextChar()))
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && currentHeader != nullptr
+ && !isHeaderInMultiStatementLine
+ && parenStack->back() == 0)
+ {
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_CASE || currentHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ // do not yet insert a line if "break" statement is outside the braces
+ string nextText = peekNextText(currentLine.substr(charNum + 1));
+ if (nextText.length() > 0
+ && nextText.substr(0, 5) != "break")
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+ else
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format array braces as attached or broken
+ * determine if the braces can have an inStatement indent
+ * currentChar contains the brace
+ * the braces will be appended to the current formattedLine or a new formattedLine as necessary
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ *
+ * @param braceType the type of brace to be formatted, must be an ARRAY_TYPE.
+ * @param isOpeningArrayBrace indicates if this is the opening brace for the array block.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatArrayBraces(BraceType braceType, bool isOpeningArrayBrace)
+{
+ assert(isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE));
+ assert(currentChar == '{' || currentChar == '}');
+
+ if (currentChar == '{')
+ {
+ // is this the first opening brace in the array?
+ if (isOpeningArrayBrace)
+ {
+ if (braceFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE
+ || braceFormatMode == LINUX_MODE)
+ {
+ // break an enum if mozilla
+ if (isBraceType(braceType, ENUM_TYPE)
+ && formattingStyle == STYLE_MOZILLA)
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ // don't attach to a preprocessor directive or '\' line
+ else if ((isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor
+ || (formattedLine.length() > 0
+ && formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - 1] == '\\'))
+ && currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ else if (isCharImmediatelyPostComment)
+ {
+ // TODO: attach brace to line-end comment
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ else if (isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment && !isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ {
+ appendCharInsideComments();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // if a blank line precedes this don't attach
+ if (isEmptyLine(formattedLine))
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ else
+ {
+ // if brace is broken or not an assignment
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && !isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // OK to attach
+ // TODO: debug the following line
+ testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine(); // line length will have changed
+
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && currentLineFirstBraceNum == (size_t) charNum)
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar != '(')
+ {
+ // don't space pad C++11 uniform initialization
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, INIT_TYPE))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar()) && !isInVirginLine)
+ breakLine();
+ else if (isBeforeAnyComment() && sourceIterator->hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ // do not break unless comment is at line end
+ if (isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum) && !currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ {
+ currentChar = ' '; // remove brace from current line
+ appendOpeningBrace = true; // append brace to following line
+ }
+ }
+ if (!isInLineBreak && previousNonWSChar != '(')
+ {
+ // don't space pad C++11 uniform initialization
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, INIT_TYPE))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && currentLineFirstBraceNum == (size_t) charNum
+ && !isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar()) && !isInVirginLine)
+ breakLine();
+ else if (isBeforeAnyComment() && sourceIterator->hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ // do not break unless comment is at line end
+ if (isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum) && !currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ {
+ currentChar = ' '; // remove brace from current line
+ appendOpeningBrace = true; // append brace to following line
+ }
+ }
+ if (!isInLineBreak && previousNonWSChar != '(')
+ {
+ // don't space pad C++11 uniform initialization
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, INIT_TYPE))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && (size_t) charNum == currentLineFirstBraceNum)
+ {
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar != '(')
+ {
+ // don't space pad C++11 uniform initialization
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, INIT_TYPE))
+ appendSpacePad();
+ }
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // OK to attach
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else // not the first opening brace
+ {
+ if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '{'
+ && braceTypeStack->size() > 2
+ && !isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[braceTypeStack->size() - 2],
+ SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ formatArrayRunIn();
+ }
+ else if (!isInLineBreak
+ && !isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar())
+ && previousNonWSChar == '{'
+ && braceTypeStack->size() > 2
+ && !isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[braceTypeStack->size() - 2],
+ SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ formatArrayRunIn();
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == '}')
+ {
+ if (attachClosingBraceMode)
+ {
+ if (isEmptyLine(formattedLine) // if a blank line precedes this
+ || isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ || isCharImmediatelyPostComment)
+ appendCurrentChar(); // don't attach
+ else
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ appendCurrentChar(false); // attach
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // does this close the first opening brace in the array?
+ // must check if the block is still a single line because of anonymous statements
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, INIT_TYPE)
+ && (!isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ || formattedLine.find('{') == string::npos))
+ breakLine();
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+
+ // if a declaration follows an enum definition, space pad
+ char peekedChar = peekNextChar();
+ if ((isLegalNameChar(peekedChar) && peekedChar != '.')
+ || peekedChar == '[')
+ appendSpaceAfter();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * determine if a run-in can be attached.
+ * if it can insert the indents in formattedLine and reset the current line break.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatRunIn()
+{
+ assert(braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE || braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE);
+
+ // keep one line blocks returns true without indenting the run-in
+ if (formattingStyle != STYLE_PICO
+ && !isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ return; // true;
+
+ // make sure the line begins with a brace
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (lastText == string::npos || formattedLine[lastText] != '{')
+ return; // false;
+
+ // make sure the brace is broken
+ if (formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t{") != string::npos)
+ return; // false;
+
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NAMESPACE_TYPE))
+ return; // false;
+
+ bool extraIndent = false;
+ bool extraHalfIndent = false;
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+
+ // cannot attach a class modifier without indent-classes
+ if (isCStyle()
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum)
+ && (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), CLASS_TYPE)
+ || (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), STRUCT_TYPE)
+ && isInIndentableStruct)))
+ {
+ if (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PUBLIC)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PRIVATE)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_PROTECTED))
+ {
+ if (getModifierIndent())
+ extraHalfIndent = true;
+ else if (!getClassIndent())
+ return; // false;
+ }
+ else if (getClassIndent())
+ extraIndent = true;
+ }
+
+ // cannot attach a 'case' statement without indent-switches
+ if (!getSwitchIndent()
+ && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum)
+ && (findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_CASE)
+ || findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_DEFAULT)))
+ return; // false;
+
+ // extra indent for switch statements
+ if (getSwitchIndent()
+ && !preBraceHeaderStack->empty()
+ && preBraceHeaderStack->back() == &AS_SWITCH
+ && ((isLegalNameChar(currentChar)
+ && !findKeyword(currentLine, charNum, AS_CASE))))
+ extraIndent = true;
+
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ // remove for extra whitespace
+ if (formattedLine.length() > lastText + 1
+ && formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", lastText + 1) == string::npos)
+ formattedLine.erase(lastText + 1);
+
+ if (extraHalfIndent)
+ {
+ int indentLength_ = getIndentLength();
+ runInIndentChars = indentLength_ / 2;
+ formattedLine.append(runInIndentChars - 1, ' ');
+ }
+ else if (getForceTabIndentation() && getIndentLength() != getTabLength())
+ {
+ // insert the space indents
+ string indent;
+ int indentLength_ = getIndentLength();
+ int tabLength_ = getTabLength();
+ indent.append(indentLength_, ' ');
+ if (extraIndent)
+ indent.append(indentLength_, ' ');
+ // replace spaces indents with tab indents
+ size_t tabCount = indent.length() / tabLength_; // truncate extra spaces
+ indent.replace(0U, tabCount * tabLength_, tabCount, '\t');
+ runInIndentChars = indentLength_;
+ if (indent[0] == ' ') // allow for brace
+ indent.erase(0, 1);
+ formattedLine.append(indent);
+ }
+ else if (getIndentString() == "\t")
+ {
+ appendChar('\t', false);
+ runInIndentChars = 2; // one for { and one for tab
+ if (extraIndent)
+ {
+ appendChar('\t', false);
+ runInIndentChars++;
+ }
+ }
+ else // spaces
+ {
+ int indentLength_ = getIndentLength();
+ formattedLine.append(indentLength_ - 1, ' ');
+ runInIndentChars = indentLength_;
+ if (extraIndent)
+ {
+ formattedLine.append(indentLength_, ' ');
+ runInIndentChars += indentLength_;
+ }
+ }
+ isInBraceRunIn = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * remove whitespace and add indentation for an array run-in.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatArrayRunIn()
+{
+ assert(isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE));
+
+ // make sure the brace is broken
+ if (formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t{") != string::npos)
+ return;
+
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (lastText == string::npos || formattedLine[lastText] != '{')
+ return;
+
+ // check for extra whitespace
+ if (formattedLine.length() > lastText + 1
+ && formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", lastText + 1) == string::npos)
+ formattedLine.erase(lastText + 1);
+
+ if (getIndentString() == "\t")
+ {
+ appendChar('\t', false);
+ runInIndentChars = 2; // one for { and one for tab
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int indent = getIndentLength();
+ formattedLine.append(indent - 1, ' ');
+ runInIndentChars = indent;
+ }
+ isInBraceRunIn = true;
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * delete a braceTypeStack vector object
+ * BraceTypeStack did not work with the DeleteContainer template
+ */
+void ASFormatter::deleteContainer(vector<BraceType>*& container)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ {
+ container->clear();
+ delete (container);
+ container = nullptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * delete a vector object
+ * T is the type of vector
+ * used for all vectors except braceTypeStack
+ */
+template<typename T>
+void ASFormatter::deleteContainer(T& container)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ {
+ container->clear();
+ delete (container);
+ container = nullptr;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize a braceType vector object
+ * braceType did not work with the DeleteContainer template
+ */
+void ASFormatter::initContainer(vector<BraceType>*& container, vector<BraceType>* value)
+{
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ deleteContainer(container);
+ container = value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * initialize a vector object
+ * T is the type of vector
+ * used for all vectors except braceTypeStack
+ */
+template<typename T>
+void ASFormatter::initContainer(T& container, T value)
+{
+ // since the ASFormatter object is never deleted,
+ // the existing vectors must be deleted before creating new ones
+ if (container != nullptr)
+ deleteContainer(container);
+ container = value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * convert a tab to spaces.
+ * charNum points to the current character to convert to spaces.
+ * tabIncrementIn is the increment that must be added for tab indent characters
+ * to get the correct column for the current tab.
+ * replaces the tab in currentLine with the required number of spaces.
+ * replaces the value of currentChar.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::convertTabToSpaces()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '\t');
+
+ // do NOT replace if in quotes
+ if (isInQuote || isInQuoteContinuation)
+ return;
+
+ size_t tabSize = getTabLength();
+ size_t numSpaces = tabSize - ((tabIncrementIn + charNum) % tabSize);
+ currentLine.replace(charNum, 1, numSpaces, ' ');
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+}
+
+/**
+* is it ok to break this block?
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isOkToBreakBlock(BraceType braceType) const
+{
+ // Actually, there should not be an ARRAY_TYPE brace here.
+ // But this will avoid breaking a one line block when there is.
+ // Otherwise they will be formatted differently on consecutive runs.
+ if (isBraceType(braceType, ARRAY_TYPE)
+ && isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ return false;
+ if (isBraceType(braceType, COMMAND_TYPE)
+ && isBraceType(braceType, EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE))
+ return false;
+ if (!isBraceType(braceType, SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType(braceType, BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE)
+ || shouldBreakOneLineBlocks)
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+* check if a sharp header is a paren or non-paren header
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isSharpStyleWithParen(const string* header) const
+{
+ return (isSharpStyle() && peekNextChar() == '('
+ && (header == &AS_CATCH
+ || header == &AS_DELEGATE));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check for a following header when a comment is reached.
+ * firstLine must contain the start of the comment.
+ * return value is a pointer to the header or nullptr.
+ */
+const string* ASFormatter::checkForHeaderFollowingComment(const string& firstLine) const
+{
+ assert(isInComment || isInLineComment);
+ assert(shouldBreakElseIfs || shouldBreakBlocks || isInSwitchStatement());
+ // look ahead to find the next non-comment text
+ bool endOnEmptyLine = (currentHeader == nullptr);
+ if (isInSwitchStatement())
+ endOnEmptyLine = false;
+ string nextText = peekNextText(firstLine, endOnEmptyLine);
+
+ if (nextText.length() == 0 || !isCharPotentialHeader(nextText, 0))
+ return nullptr;
+
+ return ASBase::findHeader(nextText, 0, headers);
+}
+
+/**
+ * process preprocessor statements.
+ * charNum should be the index of the #.
+ *
+ * delete braceTypeStack entries added by #if if a #else is found.
+ * prevents double entries in the braceTypeStack.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::processPreprocessor()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '#');
+
+ const size_t preproc = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+
+ if (preproc == string::npos)
+ return;
+
+ if (currentLine.compare(preproc, 2, "if") == 0)
+ {
+ preprocBraceTypeStackSize = braceTypeStack->size();
+ }
+ else if (currentLine.compare(preproc, 4, "else") == 0)
+ {
+ // delete stack entries added in #if
+ // should be replaced by #else
+ if (preprocBraceTypeStackSize > 0)
+ {
+ int addedPreproc = braceTypeStack->size() - preprocBraceTypeStackSize;
+ for (int i = 0; i < addedPreproc; i++)
+ braceTypeStack->pop_back();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * determine if the next line starts a comment
+ * and a header follows the comment or comments.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::commentAndHeaderFollows()
+{
+ // called ONLY IF shouldDeleteEmptyLines and shouldBreakBlocks are TRUE.
+ assert(shouldDeleteEmptyLines && shouldBreakBlocks);
+
+ // is the next line a comment
+ auto stream = make_shared<ASPeekStream>(sourceIterator);
+ if (!stream->hasMoreLines())
+ return false;
+ string nextLine_ = stream->peekNextLine();
+ size_t firstChar = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstChar == string::npos
+ || !(nextLine_.compare(firstChar, 2, "//") == 0
+ || nextLine_.compare(firstChar, 2, "/*") == 0))
+ return false;
+
+ // find the next non-comment text, and reset
+ string nextText = peekNextText(nextLine_, false, stream);
+ if (nextText.length() == 0 || !isCharPotentialHeader(nextText, 0))
+ return false;
+
+ const string* newHeader = ASBase::findHeader(nextText, 0, headers);
+
+ if (newHeader == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ // if a closing header, reset break unless break is requested
+ if (isClosingHeader(newHeader) && !shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks)
+ {
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * determine if a brace should be attached or broken
+ * uses braces in the braceTypeStack
+ * the last brace in the braceTypeStack is the one being formatted
+ * returns true if the brace should be broken
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isCurrentBraceBroken() const
+{
+ assert(braceTypeStack->size() > 1);
+
+ bool breakBrace = false;
+ size_t stackEnd = braceTypeStack->size() - 1;
+
+ // check brace modifiers
+ if (shouldAttachExternC
+ && isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], EXTERN_TYPE))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (shouldAttachNamespace
+ && isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], NAMESPACE_TYPE))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (shouldAttachClass
+ && (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], CLASS_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], INTERFACE_TYPE)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (shouldAttachInline
+ && isCStyle() // for C++ only
+ && braceFormatMode != RUN_IN_MODE
+ && !(currentLineBeginsWithBrace && peekNextChar() == '/')
+ && isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], COMMAND_TYPE))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 1; i < braceTypeStack->size(); i++)
+ if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[i], CLASS_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[i], STRUCT_TYPE))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // check braces
+ if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], EXTERN_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ || braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace
+ && currentLineFirstBraceNum == (size_t) charNum)
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE || braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == LINUX_MODE)
+ {
+ // break a namespace if NOT stroustrup or mozilla
+ if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], NAMESPACE_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (formattingStyle != STYLE_STROUSTRUP
+ && formattingStyle != STYLE_MOZILLA)
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ // break a class or interface if NOT stroustrup
+ else if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], CLASS_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], INTERFACE_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (formattingStyle != STYLE_STROUSTRUP)
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ // break a struct if mozilla - an enum is processed as an array brace
+ else if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], STRUCT_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (formattingStyle == STYLE_MOZILLA)
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ // break the first brace if a function
+ else if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd], COMMAND_TYPE))
+ {
+ if (stackEnd == 1)
+ {
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ else if (stackEnd > 1)
+ {
+ // break the first brace after these if a function
+ if (isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd - 1], NAMESPACE_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd - 1], CLASS_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd - 1], ARRAY_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd - 1], STRUCT_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType((*braceTypeStack)[stackEnd - 1], EXTERN_TYPE))
+ {
+ breakBrace = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return breakBrace;
+}
+
+/**
+ * format comment body
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatCommentBody()
+{
+ assert(isInComment);
+
+ // append the comment
+ while (charNum < (int) currentLine.length())
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+ if (isSequenceReached("*/"))
+ {
+ formatCommentCloser();
+ break;
+ }
+ if (currentChar == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ convertTabToSpaces();
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ ++charNum;
+ }
+ if (shouldStripCommentPrefix)
+ stripCommentPrefix();
+}
+
+/**
+ * format a comment opener
+ * the comment opener will be appended to the current formattedLine or a new formattedLine as necessary
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatCommentOpener()
+{
+ assert(isSequenceReached("/*"));
+
+ isInComment = isInCommentStartLine = true;
+ isImmediatelyPostLineComment = false;
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '}')
+ resetEndOfStatement();
+
+ // Check for a following header.
+ // For speed do not check multiple comment lines more than once.
+ // For speed do not check shouldBreakBlocks if previous line is empty, a comment, or a '{'.
+ const string* followingHeader = nullptr;
+ if ((doesLineStartComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE))
+ && (shouldBreakElseIfs
+ || isInSwitchStatement()
+ || (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine
+ && previousCommandChar != '{')))
+ followingHeader = checkForHeaderFollowingComment(currentLine.substr(charNum));
+
+ if (spacePadNum != 0 && !isInLineBreak)
+ adjustComments();
+ formattedLineCommentNum = formattedLine.length();
+
+ // must be done BEFORE appendSequence
+ if (previousCommandChar == '{'
+ && !isImmediatelyPostComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ {
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NAMESPACE_TYPE))
+ {
+ // namespace run-in is always broken.
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ // should a run-in statement be attached?
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ formatRunIn();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE)
+ {
+ // if the brace was not attached?
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{'
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE))
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ // should a run-in statement be attached?
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{')
+ formatRunIn();
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!doesLineStartComment)
+ noTrimCommentContinuation = true;
+
+ // ASBeautifier needs to know the following statements
+ if (shouldBreakElseIfs && followingHeader == &AS_ELSE)
+ elseHeaderFollowsComments = true;
+ if (followingHeader == &AS_CASE || followingHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ caseHeaderFollowsComments = true;
+
+ // appendSequence will write the previous line
+ appendSequence(AS_OPEN_COMMENT);
+ goForward(1);
+
+ // must be done AFTER appendSequence
+
+ // Break before the comment if a header follows the line comment.
+ // But not break if previous line is empty, a comment, or a '{'.
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && followingHeader != nullptr
+ && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine
+ && previousCommandChar != '{')
+ {
+ if (isClosingHeader(followingHeader))
+ {
+ if (!shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks)
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+ // if an opening header, break before the comment
+ else
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+
+ if (previousCommandChar == '}')
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * format a comment closer
+ * the comment closer will be appended to the current formattedLine
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatCommentCloser()
+{
+ assert(isSequenceReached("*/"));
+ isInComment = false;
+ noTrimCommentContinuation = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostComment = true;
+ appendSequence(AS_CLOSE_COMMENT);
+ goForward(1);
+ if (doesLineStartComment
+ && (currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1) == string::npos))
+ lineEndsInCommentOnly = true;
+ if (peekNextChar() == '}'
+ && previousCommandChar != ';'
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE)
+ && !isInPreprocessor
+ && isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()))
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ shouldBreakLineAtNextChar = true;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format a line comment body
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatLineCommentBody()
+{
+ assert(isInLineComment);
+
+ // append the comment
+ while (charNum < (int) currentLine.length())
+// && !isLineReady // commented out in release 2.04, unnecessary
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[charNum];
+ if (currentChar == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ convertTabToSpaces();
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ ++charNum;
+ }
+
+ // explicitly break a line when a line comment's end is found.
+ if (charNum == (int) currentLine.length())
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ isInLineComment = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
+ currentChar = 0; //make sure it is a neutral char.
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format a line comment opener
+ * the line comment opener will be appended to the current formattedLine or a new formattedLine as necessary
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatLineCommentOpener()
+{
+ assert(isSequenceReached("//"));
+
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 2
+ && currentLine[charNum + 2] == '\xf2') // check for windows line marker
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+
+ isInLineComment = true;
+ isCharImmediatelyPostComment = false;
+ if (previousNonWSChar == '}')
+ resetEndOfStatement();
+
+ // Check for a following header.
+ // For speed do not check multiple comment lines more than once.
+ // For speed do not check shouldBreakBlocks if previous line is empty, a comment, or a '{'.
+ const string* followingHeader = nullptr;
+ if ((lineIsLineCommentOnly
+ && !isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly
+ && isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), COMMAND_TYPE))
+ && (shouldBreakElseIfs
+ || isInSwitchStatement()
+ || (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine
+ && previousCommandChar != '{')))
+ followingHeader = checkForHeaderFollowingComment(currentLine.substr(charNum));
+
+ // do not indent if in column 1 or 2
+ // or in a namespace before the opening brace
+ if ((!shouldIndentCol1Comments && !lineCommentNoIndent)
+ || foundNamespaceHeader)
+ {
+ if (charNum == 0)
+ lineCommentNoIndent = true;
+ else if (charNum == 1 && currentLine[0] == ' ')
+ lineCommentNoIndent = true;
+ }
+ // move comment if spaces were added or deleted
+ if (!lineCommentNoIndent && spacePadNum != 0 && !isInLineBreak)
+ adjustComments();
+ formattedLineCommentNum = formattedLine.length();
+
+ // must be done BEFORE appendSequence
+ // check for run-in statement
+ if (previousCommandChar == '{'
+ && !isImmediatelyPostComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostLineComment)
+ {
+ if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ formatRunIn();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ if (!lineCommentNoIndent)
+ formatRunIn();
+ else
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{')
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ASBeautifier needs to know the following statements
+ if (shouldBreakElseIfs && followingHeader == &AS_ELSE)
+ elseHeaderFollowsComments = true;
+ if (followingHeader == &AS_CASE || followingHeader == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ caseHeaderFollowsComments = true;
+
+ // appendSequence will write the previous line
+ appendSequence(AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT);
+ goForward(1);
+
+ // must be done AFTER appendSequence
+
+ // Break before the comment if a header follows the line comment.
+ // But do not break if previous line is empty, a comment, or a '{'.
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks
+ && followingHeader != nullptr
+ && !isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine
+ && previousCommandChar != '{')
+ {
+ if (isClosingHeader(followingHeader))
+ {
+ if (!shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks)
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+ // if an opening header, break before the comment
+ else
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+
+ if (previousCommandChar == '}')
+ currentHeader = nullptr;
+
+ // if tabbed input don't convert the immediately following tabs to spaces
+ if (getIndentString() == "\t" && lineCommentNoIndent)
+ {
+ while (charNum + 1 < (int) currentLine.length()
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] == '\t')
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[++charNum];
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ }
+
+ // explicitly break a line when a line comment's end is found.
+ if (charNum + 1 == (int) currentLine.length())
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ isInLineComment = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostLineComment = true;
+ currentChar = 0; //make sure it is a neutral char.
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * format quote body
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatQuoteBody()
+{
+ assert(isInQuote);
+
+ if (isSpecialChar)
+ {
+ isSpecialChar = false;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar == '\\' && !isInVerbatimQuote)
+ {
+ if (peekNextChar() == ' ') // is this '\' at end of line
+ haveLineContinuationChar = true;
+ else
+ isSpecialChar = true;
+ }
+ else if (isInVerbatimQuote && currentChar == '"')
+ {
+ if (isCStyle())
+ {
+ string delim = ')' + verbatimDelimiter;
+ int delimStart = charNum - delim.length();
+ if (delimStart > 0 && currentLine.substr(delimStart, delim.length()) == delim)
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isSharpStyle())
+ {
+ if ((int) currentLine.length() > charNum + 1
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] == '"') // check consecutive quotes
+ {
+ appendSequence("\"\"");
+ goForward(1);
+ return;
+ }
+ isInQuote = false;
+ isInVerbatimQuote = false;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (quoteChar == currentChar)
+ {
+ isInQuote = false;
+ }
+
+ appendCurrentChar();
+
+ // append the text to the ending quoteChar or an escape sequence
+ // tabs in quotes are NOT changed by convert-tabs
+ if (isInQuote && currentChar != '\\')
+ {
+ while (charNum + 1 < (int) currentLine.length()
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] != quoteChar
+ && currentLine[charNum + 1] != '\\')
+ {
+ currentChar = currentLine[++charNum];
+ appendCurrentChar();
+ }
+ }
+ if (charNum + 1 >= (int) currentLine.length()
+ && currentChar != '\\'
+ && !isInVerbatimQuote)
+ isInQuote = false; // missing closing quote
+}
+
+/**
+ * format a quote opener
+ * the quote opener will be appended to the current formattedLine or a new formattedLine as necessary
+ * the calling function should have a continue statement after calling this method
+ */
+void ASFormatter::formatQuoteOpener()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '"'
+ || (currentChar == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(currentLine, charNum)));
+
+ isInQuote = true;
+ quoteChar = currentChar;
+ if (isCStyle() && previousChar == 'R')
+ {
+ int parenPos = currentLine.find('(', charNum);
+ if (parenPos != -1)
+ {
+ isInVerbatimQuote = true;
+ verbatimDelimiter = currentLine.substr(charNum + 1, parenPos - charNum - 1);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isSharpStyle() && previousChar == '@')
+ isInVerbatimQuote = true;
+
+ // a quote following a brace is an array
+ if (previousCommandChar == '{'
+ && !isImmediatelyPostComment
+ && !isImmediatelyPostLineComment
+ && isNonInStatementArray
+ && !isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), SINGLE_LINE_TYPE)
+ && !isWhiteSpace(peekNextChar()))
+ {
+ if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ formatRunIn();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE)
+ {
+ formatRunIn();
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0 && formattedLine[0] == '{')
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ }
+ previousCommandChar = ' ';
+ appendCurrentChar();
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the next line comment adjustment that results from breaking a closing brace.
+ * the brace must be on the same line as the closing header.
+ * i.e "} else" changed to "} <NL> else".
+ */
+int ASFormatter::getNextLineCommentAdjustment()
+{
+ assert(foundClosingHeader && previousNonWSChar == '}');
+ if (charNum < 1) // "else" is in column 1
+ return 0;
+ size_t lastBrace = currentLine.rfind('}', charNum - 1);
+ if (lastBrace != string::npos)
+ return (lastBrace - charNum); // return a negative number
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// for console build only
+LineEndFormat ASFormatter::getLineEndFormat() const
+{
+ return lineEnd;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the current line comment adjustment that results from attaching
+ * a closing header to a closing brace.
+ * the brace must be on the line previous to the closing header.
+ * the adjustment is 2 chars, one for the brace and one for the space.
+ * i.e "} <NL> else" changed to "} else".
+ */
+int ASFormatter::getCurrentLineCommentAdjustment()
+{
+ assert(foundClosingHeader && previousNonWSChar == '}');
+ if (charNum < 1)
+ return 2;
+ size_t lastBrace = currentLine.rfind('}', charNum - 1);
+ if (lastBrace == string::npos)
+ return 2;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the previous word on a line
+ * the argument 'currPos' must point to the current position.
+ *
+ * @return is the previous word or an empty string if none found.
+ */
+string ASFormatter::getPreviousWord(const string& line, int currPos) const
+{
+ // get the last legal word (may be a number)
+ if (currPos == 0)
+ return string();
+
+ size_t end = line.find_last_not_of(" \t", currPos - 1);
+ if (end == string::npos || !isLegalNameChar(line[end]))
+ return string();
+
+ int start; // start of the previous word
+ for (start = end; start > -1; start--)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[start]) || line[start] == '.')
+ break;
+ }
+ start++;
+
+ return (line.substr(start, end - start + 1));
+}
+
+/**
+ * check if a line break is needed when a closing brace
+ * is followed by a closing header.
+ * the break depends on the braceFormatMode and other factors.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::isLineBreakBeforeClosingHeader()
+{
+ assert(foundClosingHeader && previousNonWSChar == '}');
+
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_WHILE && shouldAttachClosingWhile)
+ {
+ appendClosingHeader();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (braceFormatMode == BREAK_MODE
+ || braceFormatMode == RUN_IN_MODE
+ || attachClosingBraceMode)
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else if (braceFormatMode == NONE_MODE)
+ {
+ if (shouldBreakClosingHeaderBraces
+ || getBraceIndent() || getBlockIndent())
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ // is closing brace broken?
+ size_t i = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (i != string::npos && currentLine[i] == '}')
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks)
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+ }
+ // braceFormatMode == ATTACH_MODE, LINUX_MODE
+ else
+ {
+ if (shouldBreakClosingHeaderBraces
+ || getBraceIndent() || getBlockIndent())
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendClosingHeader();
+ if (shouldBreakBlocks)
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append a closing header to the previous closing brace, if possible
+ */
+void ASFormatter::appendClosingHeader()
+{
+ // if a blank line does not precede this
+ // or last line is not a one line block, attach header
+ bool previousLineIsEmpty = isEmptyLine(formattedLine);
+ int previousLineIsOneLineBlock = 0;
+ size_t firstBrace = findNextChar(formattedLine, '{');
+ if (firstBrace != string::npos)
+ previousLineIsOneLineBlock = isOneLineBlockReached(formattedLine, firstBrace);
+ if (!previousLineIsEmpty
+ && previousLineIsOneLineBlock == 0)
+ {
+ isInLineBreak = false;
+ appendSpacePad();
+ spacePadNum = 0; // don't count as comment padding
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add braces to a single line statement following a header.
+ * braces are not added if the proper conditions are not met.
+ * braces are added to the currentLine.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::addBracesToStatement()
+{
+ assert(isImmediatelyPostHeader);
+
+ if (currentHeader != &AS_IF
+ && currentHeader != &AS_ELSE
+ && currentHeader != &AS_FOR
+ && currentHeader != &AS_WHILE
+ && currentHeader != &AS_DO
+ && currentHeader != &AS_FOREACH
+ && currentHeader != &AS_QFOREACH
+ && currentHeader != &AS_QFOREVER
+ && currentHeader != &AS_FOREVER)
+ return false;
+
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_WHILE && foundClosingHeader) // do-while
+ return false;
+
+ // do not brace an empty statement
+ if (currentChar == ';')
+ return false;
+
+ // do not add if a header follows
+ if (isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum))
+ if (findHeader(headers) != nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ // find the next semi-colon
+ size_t nextSemiColon = charNum;
+ if (currentChar != ';')
+ nextSemiColon = findNextChar(currentLine, ';', charNum + 1);
+ if (nextSemiColon == string::npos)
+ return false;
+
+ // add closing brace before changing the line length
+ if (nextSemiColon == currentLine.length() - 1)
+ currentLine.append(" }");
+ else
+ currentLine.insert(nextSemiColon + 1, " }");
+ // add opening brace
+ currentLine.insert(charNum, "{ ");
+ assert(computeChecksumIn("{}"));
+ currentChar = '{';
+ if ((int) currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") == charNum)
+ currentLineBeginsWithBrace = true;
+ // remove extra spaces
+ if (!shouldAddOneLineBraces)
+ {
+ size_t lastText = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if ((formattedLine.length() - 1) - lastText > 1)
+ formattedLine.erase(lastText + 1);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove braces from a single line statement following a header.
+ * braces are not removed if the proper conditions are not met.
+ * The first brace is replaced by a space.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::removeBracesFromStatement()
+{
+ assert(isImmediatelyPostHeader);
+ assert(currentChar == '{');
+
+ if (currentHeader != &AS_IF
+ && currentHeader != &AS_ELSE
+ && currentHeader != &AS_FOR
+ && currentHeader != &AS_WHILE
+ && currentHeader != &AS_FOREACH)
+ return false;
+
+ if (currentHeader == &AS_WHILE && foundClosingHeader) // do-while
+ return false;
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ string nextLine_;
+ // leave nextLine_ empty if end of line comment follows
+ if (!isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(charNum) || currentLineBeginsWithBrace)
+ nextLine_ = currentLine.substr(charNum + 1);
+ size_t nextChar = 0;
+
+ // find the first non-blank text
+ ASPeekStream stream(sourceIterator);
+ while (stream.hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ {
+ nextLine_ = stream.peekNextLine();
+ nextChar = 0;
+ }
+
+ nextChar = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t", nextChar);
+ if (nextChar != string::npos)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!stream.hasMoreLines())
+ return false;
+
+ // don't remove if comments or a header follow the brace
+ if ((nextLine_.compare(nextChar, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ || (nextLine_.compare(nextChar, 2, "//") == 0)
+ || (isCharPotentialHeader(nextLine_, nextChar)
+ && ASBase::findHeader(nextLine_, nextChar, headers) != nullptr))
+ return false;
+
+ // find the next semi-colon
+ size_t nextSemiColon = nextChar;
+ if (nextLine_[nextChar] != ';')
+ nextSemiColon = findNextChar(nextLine_, ';', nextChar + 1);
+ if (nextSemiColon == string::npos)
+ return false;
+
+ // find the closing brace
+ isFirstLine = true;
+ nextChar = nextSemiColon + 1;
+ while (stream.hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ {
+ nextLine_ = stream.peekNextLine();
+ nextChar = 0;
+ }
+ nextChar = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t", nextChar);
+ if (nextChar != string::npos)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_.length() == 0 || nextLine_[nextChar] != '}')
+ return false;
+
+ // remove opening brace
+ currentLine[charNum] = currentChar = ' ';
+ assert(adjustChecksumIn(-'{'));
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find the next character that is not in quotes or a comment.
+ *
+ * @param line the line to be searched.
+ * @param searchChar the char to find.
+ * @param searchStart the start position on the line (default is 0).
+ * @return the position on the line or string::npos if not found.
+ */
+size_t ASFormatter::findNextChar(const string& line, char searchChar, int searchStart /*0*/) const
+{
+ // find the next searchChar
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = searchStart; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ return string::npos;
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ {
+ size_t endComment = line.find("*/", i + 2);
+ if (endComment == string::npos)
+ return string::npos;
+ i = endComment + 2;
+ if (i >= line.length())
+ return string::npos;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '"'
+ || (line[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ char quote = line[i];
+ while (i < line.length())
+ {
+ size_t endQuote = line.find(quote, i + 1);
+ if (endQuote == string::npos)
+ return string::npos;
+ i = endQuote;
+ if (line[endQuote - 1] != '\\') // check for '\"'
+ break;
+ if (line[endQuote - 2] == '\\') // check for '\\'
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (line[i] == searchChar)
+ break;
+
+ // for now don't process C# 'delegate' braces
+ // do this last in case the search char is a '{'
+ if (line[i] == '{')
+ return string::npos;
+ }
+ if (i >= line.length()) // didn't find searchChar
+ return string::npos;
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find split point for break/attach return type.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::findReturnTypeSplitPoint(const string& firstLine)
+{
+ assert((isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), NULL_TYPE)
+ || isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), DEFINITION_TYPE)));
+ assert(shouldBreakReturnType || shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl
+ || shouldAttachReturnType || shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl);
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ bool foundSplitPoint = false;
+ bool isAlreadyBroken = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ char currNonWSChar = ' ';
+ char prevNonWSChar = ' ';
+ size_t parenCount = 0;
+ size_t squareCount = 0;
+ size_t angleCount = 0;
+ size_t breakLineNum = 0;
+ size_t breakCharNum = string::npos;
+ string line = firstLine;
+
+ // Process the lines until a ';' or '{'.
+ ASPeekStream stream(sourceIterator);
+ while (stream.hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ {
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ return;
+ line = stream.peekNextLine();
+ if (!foundSplitPoint)
+ ++breakLineNum;
+ }
+ size_t firstCharNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstCharNum == string::npos)
+ continue;
+ if (line[firstCharNum] == '#')
+ {
+ // don't attach to a preprocessor
+ if (shouldAttachReturnType || shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl)
+ return;
+ else
+ continue;
+ }
+ // parse the line
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < line.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(line[i]))
+ {
+ prevNonWSChar = currNonWSChar;
+ currNonWSChar = line[i];
+ }
+ else if (line[i] == '\t' && shouldConvertTabs)
+ {
+ size_t tabSize = getTabLength();
+ size_t numSpaces = tabSize - ((tabIncrementIn + i) % tabSize);
+ line.replace(i, 1, numSpaces, ' ');
+ currentChar = line[i];
+ }
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (line[i] == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (line[i] == '"'
+ || (line[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(line, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = line[i];
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ i = line.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // not in quote or comment
+ if (!foundSplitPoint)
+ {
+ if (line[i] == '<')
+ {
+ ++angleCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '>')
+ {
+ if (angleCount)
+ --angleCount;
+ if (!angleCount)
+ {
+ size_t nextCharNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t*&", i + 1);
+ if (nextCharNum == string::npos)
+ {
+ breakCharNum = string::npos;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[nextCharNum] != ':') // scope operator
+ breakCharNum = nextCharNum;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (angleCount)
+ continue;
+ if (line[i] == '[')
+ {
+ ++squareCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == ']')
+ {
+ if (squareCount)
+ --squareCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // an assignment before the parens is not a function
+ if (line[i] == '=')
+ return;
+ if (isWhiteSpace(line[i]) || line[i] == '*' || line[i] == '&')
+ {
+ size_t nextNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + 1);
+ if (nextNum == string::npos)
+ breakCharNum = string::npos;
+ else
+ {
+ if (line.length() > nextNum + 1
+ && line[nextNum] == ':' && line[nextNum + 1] == ':')
+ i = --nextNum;
+ else if (line[nextNum] != '(')
+ breakCharNum = string::npos;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((isLegalNameChar(line[i]) || line[i] == '~')
+ && breakCharNum == string::npos)
+ {
+ breakCharNum = i;
+ if (isLegalNameChar(line[i])
+ && findKeyword(line, i, AS_OPERATOR))
+ {
+ if (breakCharNum == firstCharNum)
+ isAlreadyBroken = true;
+ foundSplitPoint = true;
+ // find the operator, may be parens
+ size_t parenNum =
+ line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + AS_OPERATOR.length());
+ if (parenNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+ // find paren after the operator
+ parenNum = line.find('(', parenNum + 1);
+ if (parenNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+ i = --parenNum;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == ':'
+ && line.length() > i + 1
+ && line[i + 1] == ':')
+ {
+ size_t nextCharNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t:", i + 1);
+ if (nextCharNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+
+ if (isLegalNameChar(line[nextCharNum])
+ && findKeyword(line, nextCharNum, AS_OPERATOR))
+ {
+ i = nextCharNum;
+ if (breakCharNum == firstCharNum)
+ isAlreadyBroken = true;
+ foundSplitPoint = true;
+ // find the operator, may be parens
+ size_t parenNum =
+ line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + AS_OPERATOR.length());
+ if (parenNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+ // find paren after the operator
+ parenNum = line.find('(', parenNum + 1);
+ if (parenNum == string::npos)
+ return;
+ i = --parenNum;
+ }
+ else
+ i = --nextCharNum;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '(' && !squareCount)
+ {
+ // is line is already broken?
+ if (breakCharNum == firstCharNum && breakLineNum > 0)
+ isAlreadyBroken = true;
+ ++parenCount;
+ foundSplitPoint = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ // end !foundSplitPoint
+ if (line[i] == '(')
+ {
+ // consecutive ')(' parens is probably a function pointer
+ if (prevNonWSChar == ')' && !parenCount)
+ return;
+ ++parenCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == ')')
+ {
+ if (parenCount)
+ --parenCount;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '{')
+ {
+ if (shouldBreakReturnType && foundSplitPoint && !isAlreadyBroken)
+ {
+ methodBreakCharNum = breakCharNum;
+ methodBreakLineNum = breakLineNum;
+ }
+ if (shouldAttachReturnType && foundSplitPoint && isAlreadyBroken)
+ {
+ methodAttachCharNum = breakCharNum;
+ methodAttachLineNum = breakLineNum;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == ';')
+ {
+ if (shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl && foundSplitPoint && !isAlreadyBroken)
+ {
+ methodBreakCharNum = breakCharNum;
+ methodBreakLineNum = breakLineNum;
+ }
+ if ((shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl && foundSplitPoint && isAlreadyBroken))
+ {
+ methodAttachCharNum = breakCharNum;
+ methodAttachLineNum = breakLineNum;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ if (line[i] == '}')
+ return;
+ } // end of for loop
+ if (!foundSplitPoint)
+ breakCharNum = string::npos;
+ } // end of while loop
+}
+
+/**
+ * Look ahead in the file to see if a struct has access modifiers.
+ *
+ * @param firstLine a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param index the current line index.
+ * @return true if the struct has access modifiers.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isStructAccessModified(const string& firstLine, size_t index) const
+{
+ assert(firstLine[index] == '{');
+ assert(isCStyle());
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ size_t braceCount = 1;
+ string nextLine_ = firstLine.substr(index + 1);
+ ASPeekStream stream(sourceIterator);
+
+ // find the first non-blank text, bypassing all comments and quotes.
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ while (stream.hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ nextLine_ = stream.peekNextLine();
+ // parse the line
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nextLine_.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(nextLine_[i]))
+ continue;
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_[i] == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '"'
+ || (nextLine_[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(nextLine_, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = nextLine_[i];
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ i = nextLine_.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // handle braces
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '{')
+ ++braceCount;
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '}')
+ --braceCount;
+ if (braceCount == 0)
+ return false;
+ // check for access modifiers
+ if (isCharPotentialHeader(nextLine_, i))
+ {
+ if (findKeyword(nextLine_, i, AS_PUBLIC)
+ || findKeyword(nextLine_, i, AS_PRIVATE)
+ || findKeyword(nextLine_, i, AS_PROTECTED))
+ return true;
+ string name = getCurrentWord(nextLine_, i);
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ }
+ } // end of for loop
+ } // end of while loop
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+* Look ahead in the file to see if a preprocessor block is indentable.
+*
+* @param firstLine a reference to the line to indent.
+* @param index the current line index.
+* @return true if the block is indentable.
+*/
+bool ASFormatter::isIndentablePreprocessorBlock(const string& firstLine, size_t index)
+{
+ assert(firstLine[index] == '#');
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ bool isInIndentableBlock = false;
+ bool blockContainsBraces = false;
+ bool blockContainsDefineContinuation = false;
+ bool isInClassConstructor = false;
+ bool isPotentialHeaderGuard = false; // ifndef is first preproc statement
+ bool isPotentialHeaderGuard2 = false; // define is within the first proproc
+ int numBlockIndents = 0;
+ int lineParenCount = 0;
+ string nextLine_ = firstLine.substr(index);
+ auto stream = make_shared<ASPeekStream>(sourceIterator);
+
+ // find end of the block, bypassing all comments and quotes.
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ while (stream->hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ nextLine_ = stream->peekNextLine();
+ // parse the line
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nextLine_.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(nextLine_[i]))
+ continue;
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_[i] == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '"'
+ || (nextLine_[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(nextLine_, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = nextLine_[i];
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ i = nextLine_.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // handle preprocessor statement
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '#')
+ {
+ string preproc = ASBeautifier::extractPreprocessorStatement(nextLine_);
+ if (preproc.length() >= 2 && preproc.substr(0, 2) == "if") // #if, #ifdef, #ifndef
+ {
+ numBlockIndents += 1;
+ isInIndentableBlock = true;
+ // flag first preprocessor conditional for header include guard check
+ if (!processedFirstConditional)
+ {
+ processedFirstConditional = true;
+ isFirstPreprocConditional = true;
+ if (isNDefPreprocStatement(nextLine_, preproc))
+ isPotentialHeaderGuard = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "endif")
+ {
+ if (numBlockIndents > 0)
+ numBlockIndents -= 1;
+ // must exit BOTH loops
+ if (numBlockIndents == 0)
+ goto EndOfWhileLoop;
+ }
+ else if (preproc == "define")
+ {
+ if (nextLine_[nextLine_.length() - 1] == '\\')
+ blockContainsDefineContinuation = true;
+ // check for potential header include guards
+ else if (isPotentialHeaderGuard && numBlockIndents == 1)
+ isPotentialHeaderGuard2 = true;
+ }
+ i = nextLine_.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // handle exceptions
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '{' || nextLine_[i] == '}')
+ blockContainsBraces = true;
+ else if (nextLine_[i] == '(')
+ ++lineParenCount;
+ else if (nextLine_[i] == ')')
+ --lineParenCount;
+ else if (nextLine_[i] == ':')
+ {
+ // check for '::'
+ if (nextLine_.length() > i + 1 && nextLine_[i + 1] == ':')
+ ++i;
+ else
+ isInClassConstructor = true;
+ }
+ // bypass unnecessary parsing - must exit BOTH loops
+ if (blockContainsBraces || isInClassConstructor || blockContainsDefineContinuation)
+ goto EndOfWhileLoop;
+ } // end of for loop, end of line
+ if (lineParenCount != 0)
+ break;
+ } // end of while loop
+EndOfWhileLoop:
+ preprocBlockEnd = sourceIterator->tellg();
+ if (preprocBlockEnd < 0)
+ preprocBlockEnd = sourceIterator->getStreamLength();
+ if (blockContainsBraces
+ || isInClassConstructor
+ || blockContainsDefineContinuation
+ || lineParenCount != 0
+ || numBlockIndents != 0)
+ isInIndentableBlock = false;
+ // find next executable instruction
+ // this WILL RESET the get pointer
+ string nextText = peekNextText("", false, stream);
+ // bypass header include guards
+ if (isFirstPreprocConditional)
+ {
+ isFirstPreprocConditional = false;
+ if (nextText.empty() && isPotentialHeaderGuard2)
+ {
+ isInIndentableBlock = false;
+ preprocBlockEnd = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ // this allows preprocessor blocks within this block to be indented
+ if (!isInIndentableBlock)
+ preprocBlockEnd = 0;
+ // peekReset() is done by previous peekNextText()
+ return isInIndentableBlock;
+}
+
+bool ASFormatter::isNDefPreprocStatement(const string& nextLine_, const string& preproc) const
+{
+ if (preproc == "ifndef")
+ return true;
+ // check for '!defined'
+ if (preproc == "if")
+ {
+ size_t i = nextLine_.find('!');
+ if (i == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ i = nextLine_.find_first_not_of(" \t", ++i);
+ if (i != string::npos && nextLine_.compare(i, 7, "defined") == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check to see if this is an EXEC SQL statement.
+ *
+ * @param line a reference to the line to indent.
+ * @param index the current line index.
+ * @return true if the statement is EXEC SQL.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isExecSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const
+{
+ if (line[index] != 'e' && line[index] != 'E') // quick check to reject most
+ return false;
+ string word;
+ if (isCharPotentialHeader(line, index))
+ word = getCurrentWord(line, index);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < word.length(); i++)
+ word[i] = (char) toupper(word[i]);
+ if (word != "EXEC")
+ return false;
+ size_t index2 = index + word.length();
+ index2 = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", index2);
+ if (index2 == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ word.erase();
+ if (isCharPotentialHeader(line, index2))
+ word = getCurrentWord(line, index2);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < word.length(); i++)
+ word[i] = (char) toupper(word[i]);
+ if (word != "SQL")
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The continuation lines must be adjusted so the leading spaces
+ * is equivalent to the text on the opening line.
+ *
+ * Updates currentLine and charNum.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::trimContinuationLine()
+{
+ size_t len = currentLine.length();
+ size_t tabSize = getTabLength();
+ charNum = 0;
+
+ if (leadingSpaces > 0 && len > 0)
+ {
+ size_t i;
+ size_t continuationIncrementIn = 0;
+ for (i = 0; (i < len) && (i + continuationIncrementIn < leadingSpaces); i++)
+ {
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i])) // don't delete any text
+ {
+ if (i < continuationIncrementIn)
+ leadingSpaces = i + tabIncrementIn;
+ continuationIncrementIn = tabIncrementIn;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (currentLine[i] == '\t')
+ continuationIncrementIn += tabSize - 1 - ((continuationIncrementIn + i) % tabSize);
+ }
+
+ if ((int) continuationIncrementIn == tabIncrementIn)
+ charNum = i;
+ else
+ {
+ // build a new line with the equivalent leading chars
+ string newLine;
+ int leadingChars = 0;
+ if ((int) leadingSpaces > tabIncrementIn)
+ leadingChars = leadingSpaces - tabIncrementIn;
+ newLine.append(leadingChars, ' ');
+ newLine.append(currentLine, i, len - i);
+ currentLine = newLine;
+ charNum = leadingChars;
+ if (currentLine.length() == 0)
+ currentLine = string(" "); // a null is inserted if this is not done
+ }
+ if (i >= len)
+ charNum = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a header is a closing header
+ *
+ * @return true if the header is a closing header.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isClosingHeader(const string* header) const
+{
+ return (header == &AS_ELSE
+ || header == &AS_CATCH
+ || header == &AS_FINALLY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a * following a closing paren is immediately.
+ * after a cast. If so it is a deference and not a multiply.
+ * e.g. "(int*) *ptr" is a deference.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::isImmediatelyPostCast() const
+{
+ assert(previousNonWSChar == ')' && currentChar == '*');
+ // find preceding closing paren on currentLine or readyFormattedLine
+ string line; // currentLine or readyFormattedLine
+ size_t paren = currentLine.rfind(')', charNum);
+ if (paren != string::npos)
+ line = currentLine;
+ // if not on currentLine it must be on the previous line
+ else
+ {
+ line = readyFormattedLine;
+ paren = line.rfind(')');
+ if (paren == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (paren == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ // find character preceding the closing paren
+ size_t lastChar = line.find_last_not_of(" \t", paren - 1);
+ if (lastChar == string::npos)
+ return false;
+ // check for pointer cast
+ if (line[lastChar] == '*')
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determine if a < is a template definition or instantiation.
+ * Sets the class variables isInTemplate and templateDepth.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::checkIfTemplateOpener()
+{
+ assert(!isInTemplate && currentChar == '<');
+
+ // find first char after the '<' operators
+ size_t firstChar = currentLine.find_first_not_of("< \t", charNum);
+ if (firstChar == string::npos
+ || currentLine[firstChar] == '=')
+ {
+ // this is not a template -> leave...
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ int parenDepth_ = 0;
+ int maxTemplateDepth = 0;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ string nextLine_ = currentLine.substr(charNum);
+ ASPeekStream stream(sourceIterator);
+
+ // find the angle braces, bypassing all comments and quotes.
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ while (stream.hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (isFirstLine)
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ else
+ nextLine_ = stream.peekNextLine();
+ // parse the line
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nextLine_.length(); i++)
+ {
+ char currentChar_ = nextLine_[i];
+ if (isWhiteSpace(currentChar_))
+ continue;
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (currentChar_ == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (currentChar_ == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (currentChar_ == '"'
+ || (currentChar_ == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(nextLine_, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = currentChar_;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ i = nextLine_.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // not in a comment or quote
+ if (currentChar_ == '<')
+ {
+ ++templateDepth;
+ ++maxTemplateDepth;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar_ == '>')
+ {
+ --templateDepth;
+ if (templateDepth == 0)
+ {
+ if (parenDepth_ == 0)
+ {
+ // this is a template!
+ isInTemplate = true;
+ templateDepth = maxTemplateDepth;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar_ == '(' || currentChar_ == ')')
+ {
+ if (currentChar_ == '(')
+ ++parenDepth_;
+ else
+ --parenDepth_;
+ if (parenDepth_ >= 0)
+ continue;
+ // this is not a template -> leave...
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, AS_AND) == 0
+ || nextLine_.compare(i, 2, AS_OR) == 0)
+ {
+ // this is not a template -> leave...
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (currentChar_ == ',' // comma, e.g. A<int, char>
+ || currentChar_ == '&' // reference, e.g. A<int&>
+ || currentChar_ == '*' // pointer, e.g. A<int*>
+ || currentChar_ == '^' // C++/CLI managed pointer, e.g. A<int^>
+ || currentChar_ == ':' // ::, e.g. std::string
+ || currentChar_ == '=' // assign e.g. default parameter
+ || currentChar_ == '[' // [] e.g. string[]
+ || currentChar_ == ']' // [] e.g. string[]
+ || currentChar_ == '(' // (...) e.g. function definition
+ || currentChar_ == ')' // (...) e.g. function definition
+ || (isJavaStyle() && currentChar_ == '?') // Java wildcard
+ )
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (!isLegalNameChar(currentChar_))
+ {
+ // this is not a template -> leave...
+ isInTemplate = false;
+ templateDepth = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ string name = getCurrentWord(nextLine_, i);
+ i += name.length() - 1;
+ } // end for loop
+ } // end while loop
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::updateFormattedLineSplitPoints(char appendedChar)
+{
+ assert(maxCodeLength != string::npos);
+ assert(formattedLine.length() > 0);
+
+ if (!isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ return;
+
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+
+ // don't split before an end of line comment
+ if (nextChar == '/')
+ return;
+
+ // don't split before or after a brace
+ if (appendedChar == '{' || appendedChar == '}'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '{' || previousNonWSChar == '}'
+ || nextChar == '{' || nextChar == '}'
+ || currentChar == '{' || currentChar == '}') // currentChar tests for an appended brace
+ return;
+
+ // don't split before or after a block paren
+ if (appendedChar == '[' || appendedChar == ']'
+ || previousNonWSChar == '['
+ || nextChar == '[' || nextChar == ']')
+ return;
+
+ if (isWhiteSpace(appendedChar))
+ {
+ if (nextChar != ')' // space before a closing paren
+ && nextChar != '(' // space before an opening paren
+ && nextChar != '/' // space before a comment
+ && nextChar != ':' // space before a colon
+ && currentChar != ')' // appended space before and after a closing paren
+ && currentChar != '(' // appended space before and after a opening paren
+ && previousNonWSChar != '(' // decided at the '('
+ // don't break before a pointer or reference aligned to type
+ && !(nextChar == '*'
+ && !isCharPotentialOperator(previousNonWSChar)
+ && pointerAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_TYPE)
+ && !(nextChar == '&'
+ && !isCharPotentialOperator(previousNonWSChar)
+ && (referenceAlignment == REF_ALIGN_TYPE
+ || (referenceAlignment == REF_SAME_AS_PTR && pointerAlignment == PTR_ALIGN_TYPE)))
+ )
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() - 1 <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // unpadded closing parens may split after the paren (counts as whitespace)
+ else if (appendedChar == ')')
+ {
+ if (nextChar != ')'
+ && nextChar != ' '
+ && nextChar != ';'
+ && nextChar != ','
+ && nextChar != '.'
+ && !(nextChar == '-' && pointerSymbolFollows())) // check for ->
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = formattedLine.length();
+ }
+ }
+ // unpadded commas may split after the comma
+ else if (appendedChar == ',')
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxComma = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ maxCommaPending = formattedLine.length();
+ }
+ else if (appendedChar == '(')
+ {
+ if (nextChar != ')' && nextChar != '(' && nextChar != '"' && nextChar != '\'')
+ {
+ // if follows an operator break before
+ size_t parenNum;
+ if (previousNonWSChar != ' ' && isCharPotentialOperator(previousNonWSChar))
+ parenNum = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ else
+ parenNum = formattedLine.length();
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxParen = parenNum;
+ else
+ maxParenPending = parenNum;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (appendedChar == ';')
+ {
+ if (nextChar != ' ' && nextChar != '}' && nextChar != '/') // check for following comment
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxSemi = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ maxSemiPending = formattedLine.length();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::updateFormattedLineSplitPointsOperator(const string& sequence)
+{
+ assert(maxCodeLength != string::npos);
+ assert(formattedLine.length() > 0);
+
+ if (!isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ return;
+
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+
+ // don't split before an end of line comment
+ if (nextChar == '/')
+ return;
+
+ // check for logical conditional
+ if (sequence == "||" || sequence == "&&" || sequence == "or" || sequence == "and")
+ {
+ if (shouldBreakLineAfterLogical)
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxAndOr = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ maxAndOrPending = formattedLine.length();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // adjust for leading space in the sequence
+ size_t sequenceLength = sequence.length();
+ if (formattedLine.length() > sequenceLength
+ && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[formattedLine.length() - sequenceLength - 1]))
+ sequenceLength++;
+ if (formattedLine.length() - sequenceLength <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxAndOr = formattedLine.length() - sequenceLength;
+ else
+ maxAndOrPending = formattedLine.length() - sequenceLength;
+ }
+ }
+ // comparison operators will split after the operator (counts as whitespace)
+ else if (sequence == "==" || sequence == "!=" || sequence == ">=" || sequence == "<=")
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = formattedLine.length();
+ }
+ // unpadded operators that will split BEFORE the operator (counts as whitespace)
+ else if (sequence == "+" || sequence == "-" || sequence == "?")
+ {
+ if (charNum > 0
+ && !(sequence == "+" && isInExponent())
+ && !(sequence == "-" && isInExponent())
+ && (isLegalNameChar(currentLine[charNum - 1])
+ || currentLine[charNum - 1] == ')'
+ || currentLine[charNum - 1] == ']'
+ || currentLine[charNum - 1] == '\"'))
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() - 1 <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ // unpadded operators that will USUALLY split AFTER the operator (counts as whitespace)
+ else if (sequence == "=" || sequence == ":")
+ {
+ // split BEFORE if the line is too long
+ // do NOT use <= here, must allow for a brace attached to an array
+ size_t splitPoint = 0;
+ if (formattedLine.length() < maxCodeLength)
+ splitPoint = formattedLine.length();
+ else
+ splitPoint = formattedLine.length() - 1;
+ // padded or unpadded arrays
+ if (previousNonWSChar == ']')
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() - 1 <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = splitPoint;
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = splitPoint;
+ }
+ else if (charNum > 0
+ && (isLegalNameChar(currentLine[charNum - 1])
+ || currentLine[charNum - 1] == ')'
+ || currentLine[charNum - 1] == ']'))
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.length() <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = splitPoint;
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = splitPoint;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Update the split point when a pointer or reference is formatted.
+ * The argument is the maximum index of the last whitespace character.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(size_t index)
+{
+ assert(maxCodeLength != string::npos);
+ assert(formattedLine.length() > 0);
+ assert(index < formattedLine.length());
+
+ if (!isOkToSplitFormattedLine())
+ return;
+
+ if (index < maxWhiteSpace) // just in case
+ return;
+
+ if (index <= maxCodeLength)
+ maxWhiteSpace = index;
+ else
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = index;
+}
+
+bool ASFormatter::isOkToSplitFormattedLine()
+{
+ assert(maxCodeLength != string::npos);
+ // Is it OK to split the line?
+ if (shouldKeepLineUnbroken
+ || isInLineComment
+ || isInComment
+ || isInQuote
+ || isInCase
+ || isInPreprocessor
+ || isInExecSQL
+ || isInAsm || isInAsmOneLine || isInAsmBlock
+ || isInTemplate)
+ return false;
+
+ if (!isOkToBreakBlock(braceTypeStack->back()) && currentChar != '{')
+ {
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = true;
+ clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE))
+ {
+ shouldKeepLineUnbroken = true;
+ if (!isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_NIS_TYPE))
+ clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called if the option maxCodeLength is set.
+ */
+void ASFormatter::testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine()
+{
+ // DO NOT ASSERT maxCodeLength HERE
+ // should the line be split
+ if (formattedLine.length() > maxCodeLength && !isLineReady)
+ {
+ size_t splitPoint = findFormattedLineSplitPoint();
+ if (splitPoint > 0 && splitPoint < formattedLine.length())
+ {
+ string splitLine = formattedLine.substr(splitPoint);
+ formattedLine = formattedLine.substr(0, splitPoint);
+ breakLine(true);
+ formattedLine = splitLine;
+ // if break-blocks is requested and this is a one-line statement
+ string nextWord = ASBeautifier::getNextWord(currentLine, charNum - 1);
+ if (isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested
+ && (nextWord == "break" || nextWord == "continue"))
+ {
+ isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = true;
+ }
+ else
+ isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested = false;
+ // adjust max split points
+ maxAndOr = (maxAndOr > splitPoint) ? (maxAndOr - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxSemi = (maxSemi > splitPoint) ? (maxSemi - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxComma = (maxComma > splitPoint) ? (maxComma - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxParen = (maxParen > splitPoint) ? (maxParen - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxWhiteSpace = (maxWhiteSpace > splitPoint) ? (maxWhiteSpace - splitPoint) : 0;
+ if (maxSemiPending > 0)
+ {
+ maxSemi = (maxSemiPending > splitPoint) ? (maxSemiPending - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxSemiPending = 0;
+ }
+ if (maxAndOrPending > 0)
+ {
+ maxAndOr = (maxAndOrPending > splitPoint) ? (maxAndOrPending - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxAndOrPending = 0;
+ }
+ if (maxCommaPending > 0)
+ {
+ maxComma = (maxCommaPending > splitPoint) ? (maxCommaPending - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxCommaPending = 0;
+ }
+ if (maxParenPending > 0)
+ {
+ maxParen = (maxParenPending > splitPoint) ? (maxParenPending - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxParenPending = 0;
+ }
+ if (maxWhiteSpacePending > 0)
+ {
+ maxWhiteSpace = (maxWhiteSpacePending > splitPoint) ? (maxWhiteSpacePending - splitPoint) : 0;
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = 0;
+ }
+ // don't allow an empty formatted line
+ size_t firstText = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstText == string::npos && formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase();
+ clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+ if (isWhiteSpace(currentChar))
+ for (size_t i = charNum + 1; i < currentLine.length() && isWhiteSpace(currentLine[i]); i++)
+ goForward(1);
+ }
+ else if (firstText > 0)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(0, firstText);
+ maxSemi = (maxSemi > firstText) ? (maxSemi - firstText) : 0;
+ maxAndOr = (maxAndOr > firstText) ? (maxAndOr - firstText) : 0;
+ maxComma = (maxComma > firstText) ? (maxComma - firstText) : 0;
+ maxParen = (maxParen > firstText) ? (maxParen - firstText) : 0;
+ maxWhiteSpace = (maxWhiteSpace > firstText) ? (maxWhiteSpace - firstText) : 0;
+ }
+ // reset formattedLineCommentNum
+ if (formattedLineCommentNum != string::npos)
+ {
+ formattedLineCommentNum = formattedLine.find("//");
+ if (formattedLineCommentNum == string::npos)
+ formattedLineCommentNum = formattedLine.find("/*");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+size_t ASFormatter::findFormattedLineSplitPoint() const
+{
+ assert(maxCodeLength != string::npos);
+ // determine where to split
+ size_t minCodeLength = 10;
+ size_t splitPoint = 0;
+ splitPoint = maxSemi;
+ if (maxAndOr >= minCodeLength)
+ splitPoint = maxAndOr;
+ if (splitPoint < minCodeLength)
+ {
+ splitPoint = maxWhiteSpace;
+ // use maxParen instead if it is long enough
+ if (maxParen > splitPoint
+ || maxParen >= maxCodeLength * .7)
+ splitPoint = maxParen;
+ // use maxComma instead if it is long enough
+ // increasing the multiplier causes more splits at whitespace
+ if (maxComma > splitPoint
+ || maxComma >= maxCodeLength * .3)
+ splitPoint = maxComma;
+ }
+ // replace split point with first available break point
+ if (splitPoint < minCodeLength)
+ {
+ splitPoint = string::npos;
+ if (maxSemiPending > 0 && maxSemiPending < splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxSemiPending;
+ if (maxAndOrPending > 0 && maxAndOrPending < splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxAndOrPending;
+ if (maxCommaPending > 0 && maxCommaPending < splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxCommaPending;
+ if (maxParenPending > 0 && maxParenPending < splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxParenPending;
+ if (maxWhiteSpacePending > 0 && maxWhiteSpacePending < splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxWhiteSpacePending;
+ if (splitPoint == string::npos)
+ splitPoint = 0;
+ }
+ // if remaining line after split is too long
+ else if (formattedLine.length() - splitPoint > maxCodeLength)
+ {
+ // if end of the currentLine, find a new split point
+ size_t newCharNum;
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentChar) && isCharPotentialHeader(currentLine, charNum))
+ newCharNum = getCurrentWord(currentLine, charNum).length() + charNum;
+ else
+ newCharNum = charNum + 2;
+ if (newCharNum + 1 > currentLine.length())
+ {
+ // don't move splitPoint from before a conditional to after
+ if (maxWhiteSpace > splitPoint + 3)
+ splitPoint = maxWhiteSpace;
+ if (maxParen > splitPoint)
+ splitPoint = maxParen;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return splitPoint;
+}
+
+void ASFormatter::clearFormattedLineSplitPoints()
+{
+ maxSemi = 0;
+ maxAndOr = 0;
+ maxComma = 0;
+ maxParen = 0;
+ maxWhiteSpace = 0;
+ maxSemiPending = 0;
+ maxAndOrPending = 0;
+ maxCommaPending = 0;
+ maxParenPending = 0;
+ maxWhiteSpacePending = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if a pointer symbol (->) follows on the currentLine.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::pointerSymbolFollows() const
+{
+ size_t peekNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (peekNum == string::npos || currentLine.compare(peekNum, 2, "->") != 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the input checksum.
+ * This is called as an assert so it for is debug config only
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::computeChecksumIn(const string& currentLine_)
+{
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < currentLine_.length(); i++)
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(currentLine_[i]))
+ checksumIn += currentLine_[i];
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjust the input checksum for deleted chars.
+ * This is called as an assert so it for is debug config only
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::adjustChecksumIn(int adjustment)
+{
+ checksumIn += adjustment;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the value of checksumIn for unit testing
+ *
+ * @return checksumIn.
+ */
+size_t ASFormatter::getChecksumIn() const
+{
+ return checksumIn;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the output checksum.
+ * This is called as an assert so it is for debug config only
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::computeChecksumOut(const string& beautifiedLine)
+{
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < beautifiedLine.length(); i++)
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(beautifiedLine[i]))
+ checksumOut += beautifiedLine[i];
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return isLineReady for the final check at end of file.
+ */
+bool ASFormatter::getIsLineReady() const
+{
+ return isLineReady;
+}
+
+/**
+ * get the value of checksumOut for unit testing
+ *
+ * @return checksumOut.
+ */
+size_t ASFormatter::getChecksumOut() const
+{
+ return checksumOut;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Return the difference in checksums.
+ * If zero all is okay.
+ */
+int ASFormatter::getChecksumDiff() const
+{
+ return checksumOut - checksumIn;
+}
+
+// for unit testing
+int ASFormatter::getFormatterFileType() const
+{
+ return formatterFileType;
+}
+
+// Check if an operator follows the next word.
+// The next word must be a legal name.
+const string* ASFormatter::getFollowingOperator() const
+{
+ // find next word
+ size_t nextNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextNum == string::npos)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(currentLine[nextNum]))
+ return nullptr;
+
+ // bypass next word and following spaces
+ while (nextNum < currentLine.length())
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(currentLine[nextNum])
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[nextNum]))
+ break;
+ nextNum++;
+ }
+
+ if (nextNum >= currentLine.length()
+ || !isCharPotentialOperator(currentLine[nextNum])
+ || currentLine[nextNum] == '/') // comment
+ return nullptr;
+
+ const string* newOperator = ASBase::findOperator(currentLine, nextNum, operators);
+ return newOperator;
+}
+
+// Check following data to determine if the current character is an array operator.
+bool ASFormatter::isArrayOperator() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '*' || currentChar == '&' || currentChar == '^');
+ assert(isBraceType(braceTypeStack->back(), ARRAY_TYPE));
+
+ // find next word
+ size_t nextNum = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextNum == string::npos)
+ return false;
+
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(currentLine[nextNum]))
+ return false;
+
+ // bypass next word and following spaces
+ while (nextNum < currentLine.length())
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(currentLine[nextNum])
+ && !isWhiteSpace(currentLine[nextNum]))
+ break;
+ nextNum++;
+ }
+
+ // check for characters that indicate an operator
+ if (currentLine[nextNum] == ','
+ || currentLine[nextNum] == '}'
+ || currentLine[nextNum] == ')'
+ || currentLine[nextNum] == '(')
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Reset the flags that indicate various statement information.
+void ASFormatter::resetEndOfStatement()
+{
+ foundQuestionMark = false;
+ foundNamespaceHeader = false;
+ foundClassHeader = false;
+ foundStructHeader = false;
+ foundInterfaceHeader = false;
+ foundPreDefinitionHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandHeader = false;
+ foundPreCommandMacro = false;
+ foundTrailingReturnType = false;
+ foundCastOperator = false;
+ isInPotentialCalculation = false;
+ isSharpAccessor = false;
+ isSharpDelegate = false;
+ isInObjCMethodDefinition = false;
+ isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix = false;
+ isInObjCReturnType = false;
+ isInObjCParam = false;
+ isInObjCInterface = false;
+ isInObjCSelector = false;
+ isInEnum = false;
+ isInExternC = false;
+ elseHeaderFollowsComments = false;
+ returnTypeChecked = false;
+ nonInStatementBrace = 0;
+ while (!questionMarkStack->empty())
+ questionMarkStack->pop_back();
+}
+
+// Find the colon alignment for Objective-C method definitions and method calls.
+int ASFormatter::findObjCColonAlignment() const
+{
+ assert(currentChar == '+' || currentChar == '-' || currentChar == '[');
+ assert(getAlignMethodColon());
+
+ bool isFirstLine = true;
+ bool haveFirstColon = false;
+ bool foundMethodColon = false;
+ bool isInComment_ = false;
+ bool isInQuote_ = false;
+ bool haveTernary = false;
+ char quoteChar_ = ' ';
+ int sqBracketCount = 0;
+ int colonAdjust = 0;
+ int colonAlign = 0;
+ string nextLine_ = currentLine;
+ ASPeekStream stream(sourceIterator);
+
+ // peek next line
+ while (sourceIterator->hasMoreLines() || isFirstLine)
+ {
+ if (!isFirstLine)
+ nextLine_ = stream.peekNextLine();
+ // parse the line
+ haveFirstColon = false;
+ nextLine_ = ASBeautifier::trim(nextLine_);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nextLine_.length(); i++)
+ {
+ if (isWhiteSpace(nextLine_[i]))
+ continue;
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "/*") == 0)
+ isInComment_ = true;
+ if (isInComment_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ isInComment_ = false;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ ++i;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (isInQuote_)
+ {
+ if (nextLine_[i] == quoteChar_)
+ isInQuote_ = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '"'
+ || (nextLine_[i] == '\'' && !isDigitSeparator(nextLine_, i)))
+ {
+ isInQuote_ = true;
+ quoteChar_ = nextLine_[i];
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (nextLine_.compare(i, 2, "//") == 0)
+ {
+ i = nextLine_.length();
+ continue;
+ }
+ // process the current char
+ if ((nextLine_[i] == '{' && (currentChar == '-' || currentChar == '+'))
+ || nextLine_[i] == ';')
+ goto EndOfWhileLoop; // end of method definition
+ if (nextLine_[i] == ']')
+ {
+ --sqBracketCount;
+ if (sqBracketCount == 0)
+ goto EndOfWhileLoop; // end of method call
+ }
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '[')
+ ++sqBracketCount;
+ if (isFirstLine) // colon align does not include the first line
+ continue;
+ if (sqBracketCount > 1)
+ continue;
+ if (haveFirstColon) // multiple colons per line
+ continue;
+ if (nextLine_[i] == '?')
+ {
+ haveTernary = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // compute colon adjustment
+ if (nextLine_[i] == ':')
+ {
+ if (haveTernary)
+ {
+ haveTernary = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+ haveFirstColon = true;
+ foundMethodColon = true;
+ if (shouldPadMethodColon)
+ {
+ int spacesStart;
+ for (spacesStart = i; spacesStart > 0; spacesStart--)
+ if (!isWhiteSpace(nextLine_[spacesStart - 1]))
+ break;
+ int spaces = i - spacesStart;
+ if (objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_ALL || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_BEFORE)
+ colonAdjust = 1 - spaces;
+ else if (objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_NONE || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_AFTER)
+ colonAdjust = 0 - spaces;
+ }
+ // compute alignment
+ int colonPosition = i + colonAdjust;
+ if (colonPosition > colonAlign)
+ colonAlign = colonPosition;
+ }
+ } // end of for loop
+ isFirstLine = false;
+ } // end of while loop
+EndOfWhileLoop:
+ if (!foundMethodColon)
+ colonAlign = -1;
+ return colonAlign;
+}
+
+// pad an Objective-C method colon
+void ASFormatter::padObjCMethodColon()
+{
+ assert(currentChar == ':');
+ int commentAdjust = 0;
+ char nextChar = peekNextChar();
+ if (objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_NONE
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_AFTER
+ || nextChar == ')')
+ {
+ // remove spaces before
+ for (int i = formattedLine.length() - 1; (i > -1) && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[i]); i--)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(i);
+ --commentAdjust;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // pad space before
+ for (int i = formattedLine.length() - 1; (i > 0) && isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[i]); i--)
+ if (isWhiteSpace(formattedLine[i - 1]))
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(i);
+ --commentAdjust;
+ }
+ if (formattedLine.length() > 0)
+ {
+ appendSpacePad();
+ formattedLine.back() = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ }
+ }
+ if (objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_NONE
+ || objCColonPadMode == COLON_PAD_BEFORE
+ || nextChar == ')')
+ {
+ // remove spaces after
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos)
+ nextText = currentLine.length();
+ int spaces = nextText - charNum - 1;
+ if (spaces > 0)
+ {
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces);
+ spacePadNum -= spaces;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // pad space after
+ size_t nextText = currentLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", charNum + 1);
+ if (nextText == string::npos)
+ nextText = currentLine.length();
+ int spaces = nextText - charNum - 1;
+ if (spaces == 0)
+ {
+ currentLine.insert(charNum + 1, 1, ' ');
+ spacePadNum += 1;
+ }
+ else if (spaces > 1)
+ {
+ // do not use goForward here
+ currentLine.erase(charNum + 1, spaces - 1);
+ currentLine[charNum + 1] = ' '; // convert any tab to space
+ spacePadNum -= spaces - 1;
+ }
+ }
+ spacePadNum += commentAdjust;
+}
+
+// Remove the leading '*' from a comment line and indent to the next tab.
+void ASFormatter::stripCommentPrefix()
+{
+ int firstChar = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t");
+ if (firstChar < 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (isInCommentStartLine)
+ {
+ // comment opener must begin the line
+ if (formattedLine.compare(firstChar, 2, "/*") != 0)
+ return;
+ int commentOpener = firstChar;
+ // ignore single line comments
+ int commentEnd = formattedLine.find("*/", firstChar + 2);
+ if (commentEnd != -1)
+ return;
+ // first char after the comment opener must be at least one indent
+ int followingText = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", commentOpener + 2);
+ if (followingText < 0)
+ return;
+ if (formattedLine[followingText] == '*' || formattedLine[followingText] == '!')
+ followingText = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", followingText + 1);
+ if (followingText < 0)
+ return;
+ if (formattedLine[followingText] == '*')
+ return;
+ int indentLen = getIndentLength();
+ int followingTextIndent = followingText - commentOpener;
+ if (followingTextIndent < indentLen)
+ {
+ string stringToInsert(indentLen - followingTextIndent, ' ');
+ formattedLine.insert(followingText, stringToInsert);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ // comment body including the closer
+ if (formattedLine[firstChar] == '*')
+ {
+ if (formattedLine.compare(firstChar, 2, "*/") == 0)
+ {
+ // line starts with an end comment
+ formattedLine = "*/";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // build a new line with one indent
+ int secondChar = formattedLine.find_first_not_of(" \t", firstChar + 1);
+ if (secondChar < 0)
+ {
+ adjustChecksumIn(-'*');
+ formattedLine.erase();
+ return;
+ }
+ if (formattedLine[secondChar] == '*')
+ return;
+ // replace the leading '*'
+ int indentLen = getIndentLength();
+ adjustChecksumIn(-'*');
+ // second char must be at least one indent
+ if (formattedLine.substr(0, secondChar).find('\t') != string::npos)
+ {
+ formattedLine.erase(firstChar, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int spacesToInsert = 0;
+ if (secondChar >= indentLen)
+ spacesToInsert = secondChar;
+ else
+ spacesToInsert = indentLen;
+ formattedLine = string(spacesToInsert, ' ') + formattedLine.substr(secondChar);
+ }
+ // remove a trailing '*'
+ int lastChar = formattedLine.find_last_not_of(" \t");
+ if (lastChar > -1 && formattedLine[lastChar] == '*')
+ {
+ adjustChecksumIn(-'*');
+ formattedLine[lastChar] = ' ';
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // first char not a '*'
+ // first char must be at least one indent
+ if (formattedLine.substr(0, firstChar).find('\t') == string::npos)
+ {
+ int indentLen = getIndentLength();
+ if (firstChar < indentLen)
+ {
+ string stringToInsert(indentLen, ' ');
+ formattedLine = stringToInsert + formattedLine.substr(firstChar);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+} // end namespace astyle
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.cpp b/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..caece11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+// ASLocalizer.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+//
+// File encoding for this file is UTF-8 WITHOUT a byte order mark (BOM).
+// русский 中文（简体） 日本語 한국의
+//
+// Windows:
+// Add the required "Language" to the system.
+// The settings do NOT need to be changed to the added language.
+// Change the "Region" settings.
+// Change both the "Format" and the "Current Language..." settings.
+// A restart is required if the codepage has changed.
+// Windows problems:
+// Hindi - no available locale, language pack removed
+// Japanese - language pack install error
+// Ukranian - displays a ? instead of i
+//
+// Linux:
+// Change the LANG environment variable: LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8.
+// setlocale() will use the LANG environment variable on Linux.
+//
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+ *
+ * To add a new language to this source module:
+ *
+ * Add a new translation class to ASLocalizer.h.
+ * Update the WinLangCode array in ASLocalizer.cpp.
+ * Add the language code to setTranslationClass() in ASLocalizer.cpp.
+ * Add the English-Translation pair to the constructor in ASLocalizer.cpp.
+ *
+ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+ */
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "ASLocalizer.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ #include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+ #define __USE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
+ #include <assert>
+#else
+ #include <cassert>
+#endif
+
+#include <cstdio>
+#include <iostream>
+#include <clocale> // needed by some compilers
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <typeinfo>
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ #pragma warning(disable: 4996) // secure version deprecation warnings
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma warn -8104 // Local Static with constructor dangerous for multi-threaded apps
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ #pragma warning(disable: 383) // value copied to temporary, reference to temporary used
+ #pragma warning(disable: 981) // operands are evaluated in unspecified order
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // wcstombs
+#endif
+
+namespace astyle {
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASLocalizer class methods.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ASLocalizer::ASLocalizer()
+// Set the locale information.
+{
+ // set language default values to english (ascii)
+ // this will be used if a locale or a language cannot be found
+ m_localeName = "UNKNOWN";
+ m_langID = "en";
+ m_lcid = 0;
+ m_subLangID.clear();
+ m_translation = nullptr;
+
+ // Not all compilers support the C++ function locale::global(locale(""));
+ char* localeName = setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+ if (localeName == nullptr) // use the english (ascii) defaults
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n%s\n\n", "Cannot set native locale, reverting to English");
+ setTranslationClass();
+ return;
+ }
+ // set the class variables
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ size_t lcid = GetUserDefaultLCID();
+ setLanguageFromLCID(lcid);
+#else
+ setLanguageFromName(localeName);
+#endif
+}
+
+ASLocalizer::~ASLocalizer()
+// Delete dynamically allocated memory.
+{
+ delete m_translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+struct WinLangCode
+{
+ size_t winLang;
+ char canonicalLang[3];
+};
+
+static WinLangCode wlc[] =
+// primary language identifier http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa912554.aspx
+// sublanguage identifier http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa913256.aspx
+// language ID http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee797784%28v=cs.20%29.aspx
+{
+ { LANG_BULGARIAN, "bg" }, // bg-BG 1251
+ { LANG_CHINESE, "zh" }, // zh-CHS, zh-CHT
+ { LANG_DUTCH, "nl" }, // nl-NL 1252
+ { LANG_ENGLISH, "en" }, // en-US 1252
+ { LANG_ESTONIAN, "et" }, // et-EE
+ { LANG_FINNISH, "fi" }, // fi-FI 1252
+ { LANG_FRENCH, "fr" }, // fr-FR 1252
+ { LANG_GERMAN, "de" }, // de-DE 1252
+ { LANG_GREEK, "el" }, // el-GR 1253
+ { LANG_HINDI, "hi" }, // hi-IN
+ { LANG_HUNGARIAN, "hu" }, // hu-HU 1250
+ { LANG_ITALIAN, "it" }, // it-IT 1252
+ { LANG_JAPANESE, "ja" }, // ja-JP
+ { LANG_KOREAN, "ko" }, // ko-KR
+ { LANG_NORWEGIAN, "nn" }, // nn-NO 1252
+ { LANG_POLISH, "pl" }, // pl-PL 1250
+ { LANG_PORTUGUESE, "pt" }, // pt-PT 1252
+ { LANG_ROMANIAN, "ro" }, // ro-RO 1250
+ { LANG_RUSSIAN, "ru" }, // ru-RU 1251
+ { LANG_SPANISH, "es" }, // es-ES 1252
+ { LANG_SWEDISH, "sv" }, // sv-SE 1252
+ { LANG_UKRAINIAN, "uk" }, // uk-UA 1251
+};
+
+void ASLocalizer::setLanguageFromLCID(size_t lcid)
+// Windows get the language to use from the user locale.
+// NOTE: GetUserDefaultLocaleName() gets nearly the same name as Linux.
+// But it needs Windows Vista or higher.
+// Same with LCIDToLocaleName().
+{
+ m_lcid = lcid;
+ m_langID = "en"; // default to english
+
+ size_t lang = PRIMARYLANGID(LANGIDFROMLCID(m_lcid));
+ size_t sublang = SUBLANGID(LANGIDFROMLCID(m_lcid));
+ // find language in the wlc table
+ size_t count = sizeof(wlc) / sizeof(wlc[0]);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ if (wlc[i].winLang == lang)
+ {
+ m_langID = wlc[i].canonicalLang;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (m_langID == "zh")
+ {
+ if (sublang == SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED || sublang == SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE)
+ m_subLangID = "CHS";
+ else
+ m_subLangID = "CHT"; // default
+ }
+ setTranslationClass();
+}
+
+#endif // _WIN32
+
+string ASLocalizer::getLanguageID() const
+// Returns the language ID in m_langID.
+{
+ return m_langID;
+}
+
+const Translation* ASLocalizer::getTranslationClass() const
+// Returns the name of the translation class in m_translation. Used for testing.
+{
+ assert(m_translation);
+ return m_translation;
+}
+
+void ASLocalizer::setLanguageFromName(const char* langID)
+// Linux set the language to use from the langID.
+//
+// the language string has the following form
+//
+// lang[_LANG][.encoding][@modifier]
+//
+// (see environ(5) in the Open Unix specification)
+//
+// where lang is the primary language, LANG is a sublang/territory,
+// encoding is the charset to use and modifier "allows the user to select
+// a specific instance of localization data within a single category"
+//
+// for example, the following strings are valid:
+// fr
+// fr_FR
+// de_DE.iso88591
+// de_DE at euro
+// de_DE.iso88591 at euro
+{
+ // the constants describing the format of lang_LANG locale string
+ m_lcid = 0;
+ string langStr = langID;
+ m_langID = langStr.substr(0, 2);
+
+ // need the sublang for chinese
+ if (m_langID == "zh" && langStr[2] == '_')
+ {
+ string subLang = langStr.substr(3, 2);
+ if (subLang == "CN" || subLang == "SG")
+ m_subLangID = "CHS";
+ else
+ m_subLangID = "CHT"; // default
+ }
+ setTranslationClass();
+}
+
+const char* ASLocalizer::settext(const char* textIn) const
+// Call the settext class and return the value.
+{
+ assert(m_translation);
+ const string stringIn = textIn;
+ return m_translation->translate(stringIn).c_str();
+}
+
+void ASLocalizer::setTranslationClass()
+// Return the required translation class.
+// Sets the class variable m_translation from the value of m_langID.
+// Get the language ID at http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee797784%28v=cs.20%29.aspx
+{
+ assert(m_langID.length());
+ // delete previously set (--ascii option)
+ if (m_translation != nullptr)
+ {
+ delete m_translation;
+ m_translation = nullptr;
+ }
+ if (m_langID == "bg")
+ m_translation = new Bulgarian;
+ else if (m_langID == "zh" && m_subLangID == "CHS")
+ m_translation = new ChineseSimplified;
+ else if (m_langID == "zh" && m_subLangID == "CHT")
+ m_translation = new ChineseTraditional;
+ else if (m_langID == "nl")
+ m_translation = new Dutch;
+ else if (m_langID == "en")
+ m_translation = new English;
+ else if (m_langID == "et")
+ m_translation = new Estonian;
+ else if (m_langID == "fi")
+ m_translation = new Finnish;
+ else if (m_langID == "fr")
+ m_translation = new French;
+ else if (m_langID == "de")
+ m_translation = new German;
+ else if (m_langID == "el")
+ m_translation = new Greek;
+ else if (m_langID == "hi")
+ m_translation = new Hindi;
+ else if (m_langID == "hu")
+ m_translation = new Hungarian;
+ else if (m_langID == "it")
+ m_translation = new Italian;
+ else if (m_langID == "ja")
+ m_translation = new Japanese;
+ else if (m_langID == "ko")
+ m_translation = new Korean;
+ else if (m_langID == "nn")
+ m_translation = new Norwegian;
+ else if (m_langID == "pl")
+ m_translation = new Polish;
+ else if (m_langID == "pt")
+ m_translation = new Portuguese;
+ else if (m_langID == "ro")
+ m_translation = new Romanian;
+ else if (m_langID == "ru")
+ m_translation = new Russian;
+ else if (m_langID == "es")
+ m_translation = new Spanish;
+ else if (m_langID == "sv")
+ m_translation = new Swedish;
+ else if (m_langID == "uk")
+ m_translation = new Ukrainian;
+ else // default
+ m_translation = new English;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Translation base class methods.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void Translation::addPair(const string& english, const wstring& translated)
+// Add a string pair to the translation vector.
+{
+ pair<string, wstring> entry(english, translated);
+ m_translation.emplace_back(entry);
+}
+
+string Translation::convertToMultiByte(const wstring& wideStr) const
+// Convert wchar_t to a multibyte string using the currently assigned locale.
+// Return an empty string if an error occurs.
+{
+ static bool msgDisplayed = false;
+ // get length of the output excluding the nullptr and validate the parameters
+ size_t mbLen = wcstombs(nullptr, wideStr.c_str(), 0);
+ if (mbLen == string::npos)
+ {
+ if (!msgDisplayed)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n%s\n\n", "Cannot convert to multi-byte string, reverting to English");
+ msgDisplayed = true;
+ }
+ return "";
+ }
+ // convert the characters
+ char* mbStr = new (nothrow) char[mbLen + 1];
+ if (mbStr == nullptr)
+ {
+ if (!msgDisplayed)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n%s\n\n", "Bad memory alloc for multi-byte string, reverting to English");
+ msgDisplayed = true;
+ }
+ return "";
+ }
+ wcstombs(mbStr, wideStr.c_str(), mbLen + 1);
+ // return the string
+ string mbTranslation = mbStr;
+ delete[] mbStr;
+ return mbTranslation;
+}
+
+string Translation::getTranslationString(size_t i) const
+// Return the translation ascii value. Used for testing.
+{
+ if (i >= m_translation.size())
+ return string();
+ return m_translation[i].first;
+}
+
+size_t Translation::getTranslationVectorSize() const
+// Return the translation vector size. Used for testing.
+{
+ return m_translation.size();
+}
+
+bool Translation::getWideTranslation(const string& stringIn, wstring& wideOut) const
+// Get the wide translation string. Used for testing.
+{
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < m_translation.size(); i++)
+ {
+ if (m_translation[i].first == stringIn)
+ {
+ wideOut = m_translation[i].second;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ // not found
+ wideOut = L"";
+ return false;
+}
+
+string& Translation::translate(const string& stringIn) const
+// Translate a string.
+// Return a mutable string so the method can have a "const" designation.
+// This allows "settext" to be called from a "const" method.
+{
+ m_mbTranslation.clear();
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < m_translation.size(); i++)
+ {
+ if (m_translation[i].first == stringIn)
+ {
+ m_mbTranslation = convertToMultiByte(m_translation[i].second);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ // not found, return english
+ if (m_mbTranslation.empty())
+ m_mbTranslation = stringIn;
+ return m_mbTranslation;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Translation class methods.
+// These classes have only a constructor which builds the language vector.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Bulgarian::Bulgarian() // български
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Форматиран %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Непроменен %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"директория %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Файл с опции по подразбиране %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Файл с опции за проекта %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Изключвам %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Изключване (несравнимо) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s форматиран %s hепроменен ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" секунди ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d мин %d сек ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s линии\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Откриване HTML документация %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Невалидни опции по подразбиране:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Невалидни опции за проекти:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Невалидни опции за командния ред:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"За помощ относно възможностите тип 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Не може да се отвори файлът с опции по подразбиране");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Не може да се отвори файла с опции за проекта");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Не може да се отвори директория");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Не може да се отвори HTML файл %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Command изпълни недостатъчност");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Command не е инсталиран");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Липсва името на файла в %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Рекурсивно опция, без маска");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Знаете ли намерение да цитирам името на файла");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Не файл за обработка %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Знаете ли възнамерявате да използвате --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Не може да са UTF-32 кодиране");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style е прекратено\n");
+}
+
+ChineseSimplified::ChineseSimplified() // 中文（简体）
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"格式化 %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"未改变 %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"目录 %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"默认选项文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"项目选项文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"排除 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"排除（无匹配项） %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s 格式化 %s 未改变 ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" 秒 ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d 分 %d 秒 ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s 行\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"打开HTML文档 %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"默认选项无效:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"项目选项无效:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"无效的命令行选项:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"输入 'astyle -h' 以获得有关命令行的帮助");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"无法打开默认选项文件");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"无法打开项目选项文件");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"无法打开目录");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"无法打开HTML文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"执行命令失败");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"未安装命令");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"在%s缺少文件名\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"递归选项没有通配符");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"你打算引用文件名");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"没有文件可处理 %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"你打算使用 --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"不能处理UTF-32编码");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style 已经终止运行\n");
+}
+
+ChineseTraditional::ChineseTraditional() // 中文（繁體）
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"格式化 %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"未改變 %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"目錄 %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"默認選項文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"項目選項文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"排除 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"排除（無匹配項） %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s 格式化 %s 未改變 ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" 秒 ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d 分 %d 秒 ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s 行\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"打開HTML文檔 %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"默認選項無效:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"項目選項無效:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"無效的命令行選項:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"輸入'astyle -h'以獲得有關命令行的幫助:");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"無法打開默認選項文件");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"無法打開項目選項文件");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"無法打開目錄");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"無法打開HTML文件 %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"執行命令失敗");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"未安裝命令");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"在%s缺少文件名\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"遞歸選項沒有通配符");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"你打算引用文件名");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"沒有文件可處理 %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"你打算使用 --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"不能處理UTF-32編碼");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style 已經終止運行\n");
+}
+
+Dutch::Dutch() // Nederlandse
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Geformatteerd %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Onveranderd %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Directory %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Standaard optie bestand %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Project optie bestand %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Uitsluiten %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Uitgesloten (ongeëvenaarde) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s geformatteerd %s onveranderd ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" seconden ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sec ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s lijnen\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Het openen van HTML-documentatie %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Ongeldige standaardopties:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Ongeldige projectopties:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Ongeldige command line opties:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Voor hulp bij 'astyle-h' opties het type");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Kan het standaardoptiesbestand niet openen");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Kan het project optie bestand niet openen");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Kan niet open directory");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Kan HTML-bestand niet openen %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Voeren commando falen");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Command is niet geïnstalleerd");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Ontbrekende bestandsnaam in %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Recursieve optie met geen wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Heeft u van plan citaat van de bestandsnaam");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Geen bestand te verwerken %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Hebt u van plan bent te gebruiken --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Kan niet verwerken UTF-32 codering");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style heeft beëindigd\n");
+}
+
+English::English()
+// this class is NOT translated
+{}
+
+Estonian::Estonian() // Eesti
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formaadis %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Muutumatu %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Kataloog %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Vaikefunktsioonifail %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Projekti valiku fail %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Välista %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Välista (tasakaalustamata) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formaadis %s muutumatu ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekundit ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s read\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Avamine HTML dokumentatsioon %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Vaikevalikud on sobimatud:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Projekti valikud on sobimatud:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Vale käsureavõtmetega:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Abiks võimaluste tüüp 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Vaikimisi valitud faili ei saa avada");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Projektivaliku faili ei saa avada");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Ei saa avada kataloogi");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Ei saa avada HTML-faili %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Käsk täita rike");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Käsk ei ole paigaldatud");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Kadunud failinimi %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekursiivne võimalus ilma metamärgi");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Kas te kavatsete tsiteerida failinimi");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"No faili töötlema %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Kas te kavatsete kasutada --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Ei saa töödelda UTF-32 kodeeringus");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style on lõpetatud\n");
+}
+
+Finnish::Finnish() // Suomeksi
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Muotoiltu %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Ennallaan %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Directory %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Oletusasetustiedosto %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Projektin valintatiedosto %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Sulkea %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Sulkea (verraton) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s muotoiltu %s ennallaan ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekuntia ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linjat\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Avaaminen HTML asiakirjat %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Virheelliset oletusasetukset:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Virheelliset hankevalinnat:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Virheellinen komentorivin:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Apua vaihtoehdoista tyyppi 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Et voi avata oletusasetustiedostoa");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Projektin asetustiedostoa ei voi avata");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Ei Open Directory");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Ei voi avata HTML-tiedoston %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Suorita komento vika");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Komento ei ole asennettu");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Puuttuvat tiedostonimi %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekursiivinen vaihtoehto ilman wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Oletko aio lainata tiedostonimi");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Ei tiedostoa käsitellä %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Oliko aiot käyttää --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Ei voi käsitellä UTF-32 koodausta");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style on päättynyt\n");
+}
+
+French::French() // Française
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formaté %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Inchangée %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Répertoire %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Fichier d'option par défaut %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Fichier d'option de projet %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Exclure %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Exclure (non appariés) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formaté %s inchangée ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" seconde ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sec ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s lignes\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Ouverture documentation HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Options par défaut invalides:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Options de projet non valides:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Blancs options ligne de commande:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Pour de l'aide sur les options tapez 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier d'option par défaut");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier d'option de projet");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Impossible d'ouvrir le répertoire");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Impossible d'ouvrir le fichier HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Exécuter échec de la commande");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Commande n'est pas installé");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Nom de fichier manquant dans %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Option récursive sans joker");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Avez-vous l'intention de citer le nom de fichier");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Aucun fichier à traiter %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Avez-vous l'intention d'utiliser --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Impossible de traiter codage UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style a mis fin\n");
+}
+
+German::German() // Deutsch
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formatiert %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Unverändert %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Verzeichnis %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Standard-Optionsdatei %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Projektoptionsdatei %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Ausschließen %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Ausschließen (unerreichte) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formatiert %s unverändert ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekunden ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linien\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Öffnen HTML-Dokumentation %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Ungültige Standardoptionen:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Ungültige Projektoptionen:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Ungültige Kommandozeilen-Optionen:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Für Hilfe zu den Optionen geben Sie 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Die Standardoptionsdatei kann nicht geöffnet werden");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Die Projektoptionsdatei kann nicht geöffnet werden");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Kann nicht geöffnet werden Verzeichnis");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Kann nicht öffnen HTML-Datei %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Execute Befehl Scheitern");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Befehl ist nicht installiert");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Missing in %s Dateiname\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekursive Option ohne Wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Haben Sie die Absicht Inhalte der Dateiname");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Keine Datei zu verarbeiten %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Haben Sie verwenden möchten --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Nicht verarbeiten kann UTF-32 Codierung");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style ist beendet\n");
+}
+
+Greek::Greek() // ελληνικά
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Διαμορφωμένη %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Αμετάβλητος %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Κατάλογος %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Προεπιλεγμένο αρχείο επιλογών %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Αρχείο επιλογής έργου %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Αποκλείω %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Ausschließen (unerreichte) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s σχηματοποιημένη %s αμετάβλητες ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" δευτερόλεπτα ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d λεπ %d δευ ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s γραμμές\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Εγκαίνια έγγραφα HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Μη έγκυρες επιλογές προεπιλογής:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Μη έγκυρες επιλογές έργου:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Μη έγκυρη επιλογές γραμμής εντολών:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Για βοήθεια σχετικά με το είδος επιλογές 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Δεν είναι δυνατό να ανοίξει το προεπιλεγμένο αρχείο επιλογών");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Δεν είναι δυνατό να ανοίξει το αρχείο επιλογής έργου");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Δεν μπορείτε να ανοίξετε τον κατάλογο");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Δεν μπορείτε να ανοίξετε το αρχείο HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Εντολή να εκτελέσει την αποτυχία");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Η εντολή δεν έχει εγκατασταθεί");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου σε %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Αναδρομικές επιλογή χωρίς μπαλαντέρ");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Μήπως σκοπεύετε να αναφέρετε το όνομα του αρχείου");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Δεν υπάρχει αρχείο για την επεξεργασία %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Μήπως σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"δεν μπορεί να επεξεργαστεί UTF-32 κωδικοποίηση");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style έχει λήξει\n");
+}
+
+Hindi::Hindi() // हिन्दी
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ // NOTE: Scintilla based editors (CodeBlocks) cannot always edit Hindi.
+ // Use Visual Studio instead.
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"स्वरूपित किया %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"अपरिवर्तित %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"निर्देशिका %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"डिफ़ॉल्ट विकल्प फ़ाइल %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"प्रोजेक्ट विकल्प फ़ाइल %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"निकालना %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"अपवर्जित (बेजोड़) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s स्वरूपित किया %s अपरिवर्तित ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" सेकंड ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d मिनट %d सेकंड ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s लाइनों\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"एचटीएमएल प्रलेखन खोलना %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"अमान्य डिफ़ॉल्ट विकल्प:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"अमान्य प्रोजेक्ट विकल्प:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"कमांड लाइन विकल्प अवैध:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"विकल्पों पर मदद के लिए प्रकार 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"डिफ़ॉल्ट विकल्प फ़ाइल नहीं खोल सकता");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"परियोजना विकल्प फ़ाइल नहीं खोल सकता");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"निर्देशिका नहीं खोल सकता");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"HTML फ़ाइल नहीं खोल सकता %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"आदेश विफलता निष्पादित");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"कमान स्थापित नहीं है");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"लापता में फ़ाइलनाम %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"कोई वाइल्डकार्ड साथ पुनरावर्ती विकल्प");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"क्या आप बोली फ़ाइलनाम का इरादा");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"कोई फ़ाइल %s प्रक्रिया के लिए\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"क्या आप उपयोग करना चाहते हैं --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"UTF-32 कूटबन्धन प्रक्रिया नहीं कर सकते");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style समाप्त किया है\n");
+}
+
+Hungarian::Hungarian() // Magyar
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formázott %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Változatlan %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Címjegyzék %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Alapértelmezett beállítási fájl %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Projekt opciófájl %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Kizár %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Escludere (senza pari) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formázott %s változatlan ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" másodperc ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d jeg %d más ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s vonalak\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Nyitó HTML dokumentáció %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Érvénytelen alapértelmezett beállítások:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Érvénytelen projektbeállítások:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Érvénytelen parancssori opciók:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Ha segítségre van lehetőség típus 'astyle-h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Nem lehet megnyitni az alapértelmezett beállítási fájlt");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Nem lehet megnyitni a projekt opció fájlt");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Nem lehet megnyitni könyvtár");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Nem lehet megnyitni a HTML fájlt %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Command végre hiba");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Parancs nincs telepítve");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Hiányzó fájlnév %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekurzív kapcsolót nem wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Esetleg kívánja idézni a fájlnév");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Nincs fájl feldolgozása %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Esetleg a használni kívánt --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Nem tudja feldolgozni UTF-32 kódolással");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style megszűnt\n");
+}
+
+Italian::Italian() // Italiano
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formattata %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Immutato %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Elenco %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"File di opzione predefinito %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"File di opzione del progetto %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Escludere %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Escludere (senza pari) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s ormattata %s immutato ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" secondo ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d seg ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linee\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Apertura di documenti HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Opzioni di default non valide:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Opzioni di progetto non valide:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Opzioni della riga di comando non valido:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Per informazioni sulle opzioni di tipo 'astyle-h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Impossibile aprire il file di opzione predefinito");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Impossibile aprire il file di opzione del progetto");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Impossibile aprire la directory");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Impossibile aprire il file HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Esegui fallimento comando");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Il comando non è installato");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Nome del file mancante in %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Opzione ricorsiva senza jolly");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Avete intenzione citare il nome del file");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Nessun file al processo %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Hai intenzione di utilizzare --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Non è possibile processo di codifica UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style ha terminato\n");
+}
+
+Japanese::Japanese() // 日本語
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"フォーマット済みの %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"変わりません %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"ディレクトリ %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"デフォルトオプションファイル %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"プロジェクトオプションファイル %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"除外する %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"除外する（一致しません） %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s フフォーマット済みの %s 変わりません ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" 秒 ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d 分 %d 秒 ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s ライン\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"オープニングHTMLドキュメント %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"無効なデフォルトオプション:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"無効なプロジェクトオプション:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"無効なコマンドラインオプション：");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"コオプションの種類のヘルプについて'astyle- h'を入力してください");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"デフォルトのオプションファイルを開くことができません");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"プロジェクトオプションファイルを開くことができません");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"ディレクトリを開くことができません。");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"HTMLファイルを開くことができません %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"コマンドが失敗を実行します");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"コマンドがインストールされていません");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"%s で、ファイル名がありません\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"無ワイルドカードを使用して再帰的なオプション");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"あなたはファイル名を引用するつもりでした");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"いいえファイルは処理しないように %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"あなたは--recursive使用するつもりでした");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"UTF - 32エンコーディングを処理できません");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style 終了しました\n");
+}
+
+Korean::Korean() // 한국의
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"수정됨 %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"변경없음 %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"디렉토리 %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"기본 옵션 파일 %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"프로젝트 옵션 파일 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"제외됨 %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"제외 (NO 일치) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s 수정됨 %s 변경없음 ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" 초 ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d 분 %d 초 ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s 라인\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"HTML 문서를 열기 %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"잘못된 기본 옵션:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"잘못된 프로젝트 옵션:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"잘못된 명령줄 옵션 :");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"도움말을 보려면 옵션 유형 'astyle - H'를 사용합니다");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"기본 옵션 파일을 열 수 없습니다.");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"프로젝트 옵션 파일을 열 수 없습니다.");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"디렉토리를 열지 못했습니다");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"HTML 파일을 열 수 없습니다 %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"명령 실패를 실행");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"명령이 설치되어 있지 않습니다");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"%s 에서 누락된 파일 이름\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"와일드 카드없이 재귀 옵션");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"당신은 파일 이름을 인용하고자하나요");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"처리할 파일이 없습니다 %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"--recursive 를 사용하고자 하십니까");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"UTF-32 인코딩을 처리할 수 없습니다");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style를 종료합니다\n");
+}
+
+Norwegian::Norwegian() // Norsk
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formatert %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Uendret %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Katalog %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Standard alternativfil %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Prosjekt opsjonsfil %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Ekskluder %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Ekskluder (uovertruffen) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formatert %s uendret ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekunder ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek? ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linjer\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Åpning HTML dokumentasjon %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Ugyldige standardalternativer:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Ugyldige prosjektalternativer:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Kommandolinjevalg Ugyldige:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"For hjelp til alternativer type 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Kan ikke åpne standardvalgsfilen");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Kan ikke åpne prosjektvalgsfilen");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Kan ikke åpne katalog");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Kan ikke åpne HTML-fil %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Command utføre svikt");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Command er ikke installert");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Mangler filnavn i %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekursiv alternativ uten wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Har du tenkt sitere filnavnet");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Ingen fil å behandle %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Har du tenkt å bruke --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Kan ikke behandle UTF-32 koding");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style har avsluttet\n");
+}
+
+Polish::Polish() // Polski
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Sformatowany %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Niezmienione %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Katalog %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Domyślny plik opcji %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Plik opcji projektu %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Wykluczać %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Wyklucz (niezrównany) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s sformatowany %s niezmienione ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekund ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linii\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Otwarcie dokumentacji HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Nieprawidłowe opcje domyślne:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Nieprawidłowe opcje projektu:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Nieprawidłowe opcje wiersza polecenia:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Aby uzyskać pomoc od rodzaju opcji 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Nie można otworzyć pliku opcji domyślnych");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Nie można otworzyć pliku opcji projektu");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Nie można otworzyć katalogu");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Nie można otworzyć pliku HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Wykonaj polecenia niepowodzenia");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Polecenie nie jest zainstalowany");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Brakuje pliku w %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekurencyjne opcja bez symboli");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Czy zamierza Pan podać nazwę pliku");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Brak pliku do procesu %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Czy masz zamiar używać --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Nie można procesu kodowania UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style został zakończony\n");
+}
+
+Portuguese::Portuguese() // Português
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formatado %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Inalterado %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Diretório %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Arquivo de opção padrão %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Arquivo de opção de projeto %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Excluir %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Excluir (incomparável) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formatado %s inalterado ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" segundo ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d seg ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linhas\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Abrindo a documentação HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Opções padrão inválidas:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Opções de projeto inválidas:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Opções de linha de comando inválida:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Para obter ajuda sobre as opções de tipo 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Não é possível abrir o arquivo de opção padrão");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Não é possível abrir o arquivo de opção do projeto");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Não é possível abrir diretório");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Não é possível abrir arquivo HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Executar falha de comando");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Comando não está instalado");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Filename faltando em %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Opção recursiva sem curinga");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Será que você pretende citar o nome do arquivo");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Nenhum arquivo para processar %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Será que você pretende usar --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Não pode processar a codificação UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style terminou\n");
+}
+
+Romanian::Romanian() // Română
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formatat %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Neschimbat %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Director %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Fișier opțional implicit %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Fișier opțiune proiect %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Excludeți %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Excludeți (necompensată) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formatat %s neschimbat ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" secunde ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sec ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linii\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Documentație HTML deschidere %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Opțiuni implicite nevalide:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Opțiunile de proiect nevalide:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Opțiuni de linie de comandă nevalide:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Pentru ajutor cu privire la tipul de opțiuni 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Nu se poate deschide fișierul cu opțiuni implicite");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Nu se poate deschide fișierul cu opțiuni de proiect");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Nu se poate deschide directorul");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Nu se poate deschide fișierul HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Comandă executa eșec");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Comanda nu este instalat");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Lipsă nume de fișier %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Opțiunea recursiv cu nici un wildcard");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"V-intentionati cita numele de fișier");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Nu există un fișier pentru a procesa %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"V-ați intenționați să utilizați --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Nu se poate procesa codificarea UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style a terminat\n");
+}
+
+Russian::Russian() // русский
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Форматированный %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"без изменений %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"каталог %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Файл с опцией по умолчанию %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Файл опций проекта %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"исключать %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Исключить (непревзойденный) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s Форматированный %s без изменений ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" секунды ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d мин %d сек ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s линий\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Открытие HTML документации %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Недействительные параметры по умолчанию:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Недопустимые параметры проекта:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Недопустимые параметры командной строки:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Для получения справки по 'astyle -h' опций типа");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Не удается открыть файл параметров по умолчанию");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Не удается открыть файл опций проекта");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Не могу открыть каталог");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Не удается открыть файл HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Выполнить команду недостаточности");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Не установлен Команда");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Отсутствует имя файла в %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Рекурсивный вариант без каких-либо шаблона");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Вы намерены цитатой файла");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Нет файлов для обработки %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Неужели вы собираетесь использовать --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Не удается обработать UTF-32 кодировке");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style прекратил\n");
+}
+
+Spanish::Spanish() // Español
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formato %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Inalterado %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Directorio %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Archivo de opciones predeterminado %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Archivo de opciones del proyecto %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Excluir %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Excluir (incomparable) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formato %s inalterado ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" segundo ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d seg ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s líneas\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Apertura de documentación HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Opciones predeterminadas no válidas:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Opciones de proyecto no válidas:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"No válido opciones de línea de comando:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Para obtener ayuda sobre las opciones tipo 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"No se puede abrir el archivo de opciones predeterminado");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"No se puede abrir el archivo de opciones del proyecto");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"No se puede abrir el directorio");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"No se puede abrir el archivo HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Ejecutar el fracaso de comandos");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"El comando no está instalado");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Falta nombre del archivo en %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Recursiva opción sin comodín");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Se tiene la intención de citar el nombre de archivo");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"No existe el fichero a procesar %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Se va a utilizar --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"No se puede procesar la codificación UTF-32");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style ha terminado\n");
+}
+
+Swedish::Swedish() // Svenska
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"Formaterade %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"Oförändrade %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Katalog %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Standardalternativsfil %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Projektalternativ fil %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Uteslut %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Uteslut (oöverträffad) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s formaterade %s oförändrade ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" sekunder ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d min %d sek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s linjer\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Öppna HTML-dokumentation %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Ogiltiga standardalternativ:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Ogiltiga projektalternativ:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Ogiltig kommandoraden alternativ:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"För hjälp om alternativ typ 'astyle -h'");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Kan inte öppna standardalternativsfilen");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Kan inte öppna projektalternativsfilen");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Kan inte öppna katalog");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Kan inte öppna HTML-filen %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Utför kommando misslyckande");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Kommandot är inte installerat");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Saknade filnamn i %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Rekursiva alternativ utan jokertecken");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Visste du tänker citera filnamnet");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Ingen fil att bearbeta %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Har du för avsikt att använda --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Kan inte hantera UTF-32 kodning");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style har upphört\n");
+}
+
+Ukrainian::Ukrainian() // Український
+// build the translation vector in the Translation base class
+{
+ addPair("Formatted %s\n", L"форматований %s\n"); // should align with unchanged
+ addPair("Unchanged %s\n", L"без змін %s\n"); // should align with formatted
+ addPair("Directory %s\n", L"Каталог %s\n");
+ addPair("Default option file %s\n", L"Файл параметра за замовчуванням %s\n");
+ addPair("Project option file %s\n", L"Файл варіанту проекту %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude %s\n", L"Виключити %s\n");
+ addPair("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n", L"Виключити (неперевершений) %s\n");
+ addPair(" %s formatted %s unchanged ", L" %s відформатований %s без змін ");
+ addPair(" seconds ", L" секунди ");
+ addPair("%d min %d sec ", L"%d хви %d cek ");
+ addPair("%s lines\n", L"%s ліній\n");
+ addPair("Opening HTML documentation %s\n", L"Відкриття HTML документації %s\n");
+ addPair("Invalid default options:", L"Недійсні параметри за умовчанням:");
+ addPair("Invalid project options:", L"Недійсні параметри проекту:");
+ addPair("Invalid command line options:", L"Неприпустима параметри командного рядка:");
+ addPair("For help on options type 'astyle -h'", L"Для отримання довідки по 'astyle -h' опцій типу");
+ addPair("Cannot open default option file", L"Неможливо відкрити файл параметрів за замовчуванням");
+ addPair("Cannot open project option file", L"Неможливо відкрити файл параметрів проекту");
+ addPair("Cannot open directory", L"Не можу відкрити каталог");
+ addPair("Cannot open HTML file %s\n", L"Не вдається відкрити файл HTML %s\n");
+ addPair("Command execute failure", L"Виконати команду недостатності");
+ addPair("Command is not installed", L"Не встановлений Команда");
+ addPair("Missing filename in %s\n", L"Відсутня назва файлу в %s\n");
+ addPair("Recursive option with no wildcard", L"Рекурсивний варіант без будь-яких шаблону");
+ addPair("Did you intend quote the filename", L"Ви маєте намір цитатою файлу");
+ addPair("No file to process %s\n", L"Немає файлів для обробки %s\n");
+ addPair("Did you intend to use --recursive", L"Невже ви збираєтеся використовувати --recursive");
+ addPair("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding", L"Не вдається обробити UTF-32 кодуванні");
+ addPair("Artistic Style has terminated\n", L"Artistic Style припинив\n");
+}
+
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+} // end of namespace astyle
+
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.h b/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..703092b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+// ASLocalizer.h
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+
+#ifndef ASLOCALIZER_H
+#define ASLOCALIZER_H
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+// library builds do not need ASLocalizer
+#ifdef ASTYLE_JNI
+ #ifndef ASTYLE_LIB // ASTYLE_LIB must be defined for ASTYLE_JNI
+ #define ASTYLE_LIB
+ #endif
+#endif // ASTYLE_JNI
+
+namespace astyle {
+
+using namespace std;
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASLocalizer class for console build.
+// This class encapsulates all language-dependent settings and is a
+// generalization of the C locale concept.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class Translation;
+
+class ASLocalizer
+{
+public: // functions
+ ASLocalizer();
+ virtual ~ASLocalizer();
+ string getLanguageID() const;
+ const Translation* getTranslationClass() const;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ void setLanguageFromLCID(size_t lcid);
+#endif
+ void setLanguageFromName(const char* langID);
+ const char* settext(const char* textIn) const;
+
+private: // functions
+ void setTranslationClass();
+
+private: // variables
+ Translation* m_translation; // pointer to a polymorphic Translation class
+ string m_langID; // language identifier from the locale
+ string m_subLangID; // sub language identifier, if needed
+ string m_localeName; // name of the current locale (Linux only)
+ size_t m_lcid; // LCID of the user locale (Windows only)
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Translation base class.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class Translation
+// This base class is inherited by the language translation classes.
+// Polymorphism is used to call the correct language translator.
+// This class contains the translation vector and settext translation method.
+// The language vector is built by the language sub classes.
+// NOTE: This class must have virtual methods for typeid() to work.
+// typeid() is used by AStyleTestI18n_Localizer.cpp.
+{
+public:
+ Translation() {}
+ virtual ~Translation() {}
+ string convertToMultiByte(const wstring& wideStr) const;
+ string getTranslationString(size_t i) const;
+ size_t getTranslationVectorSize() const;
+ bool getWideTranslation(const string& stringIn, wstring& wideOut) const;
+ string& translate(const string& stringIn) const;
+
+protected:
+ void addPair(const string& english, const wstring& translated);
+ // variables
+ vector<pair<string, wstring> > m_translation; // translation vector
+
+private:
+ mutable string m_mbTranslation;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Translation classes
+// One class for each language.
+// These classes have only a constructor which builds the language vector.
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class Bulgarian : public Translation
+{ public: Bulgarian(); };
+
+class ChineseSimplified : public Translation
+{ public: ChineseSimplified(); };
+
+class ChineseTraditional : public Translation
+{ public: ChineseTraditional(); };
+
+class Dutch : public Translation
+{ public: Dutch(); };
+
+class English : public Translation
+{ public: English(); };
+
+class Estonian : public Translation
+{ public: Estonian(); };
+
+class Finnish : public Translation
+{ public: Finnish(); };
+
+class French : public Translation
+{ public: French(); };
+
+class German : public Translation
+{ public: German(); };
+
+class Greek : public Translation
+{ public: Greek(); };
+
+class Hindi : public Translation
+{ public: Hindi(); };
+
+class Hungarian : public Translation
+{ public: Hungarian(); };
+
+class Italian : public Translation
+{ public: Italian(); };
+
+class Japanese : public Translation
+{ public: Japanese(); };
+
+class Korean : public Translation
+{ public: Korean(); };
+
+class Norwegian : public Translation
+{ public: Norwegian(); };
+
+class Polish : public Translation
+{ public: Polish(); };
+
+class Portuguese : public Translation
+{ public: Portuguese(); };
+
+class Romanian : public Translation
+{ public: Romanian(); };
+
+class Russian : public Translation
+{ public: Russian(); };
+
+class Spanish : public Translation
+{ public: Spanish(); };
+
+class Swedish : public Translation
+{ public: Swedish(); };
+
+class Ukrainian : public Translation
+{ public: Ukrainian(); };
+
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+} // namespace astyle
+
+#endif // ASLOCALIZER_H
diff --git a/tools/astyle/ASResource.cpp b/tools/astyle/ASResource.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e2fc772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/ASResource.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+// ASResource.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+const string ASResource::_AS_EXCEPT = string("__except");
+const string ASResource::_AS_FINALLY = string("__finally");
+const string ASResource::_AS_TRY = string("__try");
+const string ASResource::AS_ADD = string("add");
+const string ASResource::AS_AUTO = string("auto");
+const string ASResource::AS_AUTORELEASEPOOL = string("autoreleasepool");
+const string ASResource::AS_CASE = string("case");
+const string ASResource::AS_CATCH = string("catch");
+const string ASResource::AS_CLASS = string("class");
+const string ASResource::AS_CONST = string("const");
+const string ASResource::AS_CONST_CAST = string("const_cast");
+const string ASResource::AS_DEFAULT = string("default");
+const string ASResource::AS_DELEGATE = string("delegate");
+const string ASResource::AS_DELETE = string("delete");
+const string ASResource::AS_DO = string("do");
+const string ASResource::AS_DYNAMIC_CAST = string("dynamic_cast");
+const string ASResource::AS_ELSE = string("else");
+const string ASResource::AS_END = string("end");
+const string ASResource::AS_ENUM = string("enum");
+const string ASResource::AS_EXTERN = string("extern");
+const string ASResource::AS_FINAL = string("final");
+const string ASResource::AS_FINALLY = string("finally");
+const string ASResource::AS_FIXED = string("fixed");
+const string ASResource::AS_FOR = string("for");
+const string ASResource::AS_FOREACH = string("foreach");
+const string ASResource::AS_FOREVER = string("forever");
+const string ASResource::AS_GET = string("get");
+const string ASResource::AS_IF = string("if");
+const string ASResource::AS_INTERFACE = string("interface");
+const string ASResource::AS_INTERRUPT = string("interrupt");
+const string ASResource::AS_LET = string("let");
+const string ASResource::AS_LOCK = string("lock");
+const string ASResource::AS_MODULE = string("module"); // CORBA IDL module definition
+const string ASResource::AS_NAMESPACE = string("namespace");
+const string ASResource::AS_NEW = string("new");
+const string ASResource::AS_NOEXCEPT = string("noexcept");
+const string ASResource::AS_NS_DURING = string("NS_DURING");
+const string ASResource::AS_NS_HANDLER = string("NS_HANDLER");
+const string ASResource::AS_OPERATOR = string("operator");
+const string ASResource::AS_OVERRIDE = string("override");
+const string ASResource::AS_PRIVATE = string("private");
+const string ASResource::AS_PROTECTED = string("protected");
+const string ASResource::AS_PUBLIC = string("public");
+const string ASResource::AS_QFOREACH = string("Q_FOREACH");
+const string ASResource::AS_QFOREVER = string("Q_FOREVER");
+const string ASResource::AS_REINTERPRET_CAST = string("reinterpret_cast");
+const string ASResource::AS_REMOVE = string("remove");
+const string ASResource::AS_SEALED = string("sealed");
+const string ASResource::AS_SELECTOR = string("selector");
+const string ASResource::AS_SET = string("set");
+const string ASResource::AS_STATIC = string("static");
+const string ASResource::AS_STATIC_CAST = string("static_cast");
+const string ASResource::AS_STRUCT = string("struct");
+const string ASResource::AS_SWITCH = string("switch");
+const string ASResource::AS_SYNCHRONIZED = string("synchronized");
+const string ASResource::AS_TEMPLATE = string("template");
+const string ASResource::AS_THROW = string("throw");
+const string ASResource::AS_THROWS = string("throws");
+const string ASResource::AS_TRY = string("try");
+const string ASResource::AS_UNCHECKED = string("unchecked");
+const string ASResource::AS_UNION = string("union");
+const string ASResource::AS_UNSAFE = string("unsafe");
+const string ASResource::AS_USING = string("using");
+const string ASResource::AS_VOLATILE = string("volatile");
+const string ASResource::AS_WHERE = string("where");
+const string ASResource::AS_WHILE = string("while");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_ASM = string("asm");
+const string ASResource::AS__ASM__ = string("__asm__");
+const string ASResource::AS_MS_ASM = string("_asm");
+const string ASResource::AS_MS__ASM = string("__asm");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_BAR_DEFINE = string("#define");
+const string ASResource::AS_BAR_INCLUDE = string("#include");
+const string ASResource::AS_BAR_IF = string("#if");
+const string ASResource::AS_BAR_EL = string("#el");
+const string ASResource::AS_BAR_ENDIF = string("#endif");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_BRACE = string("{");
+const string ASResource::AS_CLOSE_BRACE = string("}");
+const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT = string("//");
+const string ASResource::AS_OPEN_COMMENT = string("/*");
+const string ASResource::AS_CLOSE_COMMENT = string("*/");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_ASSIGN = string("=");
+const string ASResource::AS_PLUS_ASSIGN = string("+=");
+const string ASResource::AS_MINUS_ASSIGN = string("-=");
+const string ASResource::AS_MULT_ASSIGN = string("*=");
+const string ASResource::AS_DIV_ASSIGN = string("/=");
+const string ASResource::AS_MOD_ASSIGN = string("%=");
+const string ASResource::AS_OR_ASSIGN = string("|=");
+const string ASResource::AS_AND_ASSIGN = string("&=");
+const string ASResource::AS_XOR_ASSIGN = string("^=");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN = string(">>=");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN = string("<<=");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN = string(">>>=");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN = string("<<<=");
+const string ASResource::AS_GCC_MIN_ASSIGN = string("<?");
+const string ASResource::AS_GCC_MAX_ASSIGN = string(">?");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_RETURN = string("return");
+const string ASResource::AS_CIN = string("cin");
+const string ASResource::AS_COUT = string("cout");
+const string ASResource::AS_CERR = string("cerr");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_EQUAL = string("==");
+const string ASResource::AS_PLUS_PLUS = string("++");
+const string ASResource::AS_MINUS_MINUS = string("--");
+const string ASResource::AS_NOT_EQUAL = string("!=");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR_EQUAL = string(">=");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR = string(">>");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR_GR_GR = string(">>>");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS_EQUAL = string("<=");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS = string("<<");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS_LS_LS = string("<<<");
+const string ASResource::AS_QUESTION_QUESTION = string("??");
+const string ASResource::AS_LAMBDA = string("=>"); // C# lambda expression arrow
+const string ASResource::AS_ARROW = string("->");
+const string ASResource::AS_AND = string("&&");
+const string ASResource::AS_OR = string("||");
+const string ASResource::AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION = string("::");
+
+const string ASResource::AS_PLUS = string("+");
+const string ASResource::AS_MINUS = string("-");
+const string ASResource::AS_MULT = string("*");
+const string ASResource::AS_DIV = string("/");
+const string ASResource::AS_MOD = string("%");
+const string ASResource::AS_GR = string(">");
+const string ASResource::AS_LS = string("<");
+const string ASResource::AS_NOT = string("!");
+const string ASResource::AS_BIT_OR = string("|");
+const string ASResource::AS_BIT_AND = string("&");
+const string ASResource::AS_BIT_NOT = string("~");
+const string ASResource::AS_BIT_XOR = string("^");
+const string ASResource::AS_QUESTION = string("?");
+const string ASResource::AS_COLON = string(":");
+const string ASResource::AS_COMMA = string(",");
+const string ASResource::AS_SEMICOLON = string(";");
+
+/**
+ * Sort comparison function.
+ * Compares the length of the value of pointers in the vectors.
+ * The LONGEST strings will be first in the vector.
+ *
+ * @param a and b, the string pointers to be compared.
+ */
+bool sortOnLength(const string* a, const string* b)
+{
+ return (*a).length() > (*b).length();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sort comparison function.
+ * Compares the value of pointers in the vectors.
+ *
+ * @param a and b, the string pointers to be compared.
+ */
+bool sortOnName(const string* a, const string* b)
+{
+ return *a < *b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of assignment operators.
+ * Used by BOTH ASFormatter.cpp and ASBeautifier.cpp
+ *
+ * @param assignmentOperators a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildAssignmentOperators(vector<const string*>* assignmentOperators)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 15;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ assignmentOperators->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_PLUS_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_MINUS_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_MULT_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_DIV_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_MOD_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_OR_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_AND_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_XOR_ASSIGN);
+
+ // Java
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
+
+ // Unknown
+ assignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
+
+ assert(assignmentOperators->size() < elements);
+ sort(assignmentOperators->begin(), assignmentOperators->end(), sortOnLength);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of C++ cast operators.
+ * Used by ONLY ASFormatter.cpp
+ *
+ * @param castOperators a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildCastOperators(vector<const string*>* castOperators)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 5;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ castOperators->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ castOperators->emplace_back(&AS_CONST_CAST);
+ castOperators->emplace_back(&AS_DYNAMIC_CAST);
+ castOperators->emplace_back(&AS_REINTERPRET_CAST);
+ castOperators->emplace_back(&AS_STATIC_CAST);
+
+ assert(castOperators->size() < elements);
+ sort(castOperators->begin(), castOperators->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of header words.
+ * Used by BOTH ASFormatter.cpp and ASBeautifier.cpp
+ *
+ * @param headers a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildHeaders(vector<const string*>* headers, int fileType, bool beautifier)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 25;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ headers->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_IF);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_ELSE);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FOR);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_WHILE);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_DO);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_SWITCH);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_CASE);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_DEFAULT);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_TRY);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_CATCH);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_QFOREACH); // QT
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_QFOREVER); // QT
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FOREACH); // QT & C#
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FOREVER); // Qt & Boost
+
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ headers->emplace_back(&_AS_TRY); // __try
+ headers->emplace_back(&_AS_FINALLY); // __finally
+ headers->emplace_back(&_AS_EXCEPT); // __except
+ }
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FINALLY);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_SYNCHRONIZED);
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == SHARP_TYPE)
+ {
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FINALLY);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_LOCK);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_FIXED);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_GET);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_SET);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_ADD);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_REMOVE);
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_USING);
+ }
+
+ if (beautifier)
+ {
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ headers->emplace_back(&AS_STATIC); // for static constructor
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert(headers->size() < elements);
+ sort(headers->begin(), headers->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of indentable headers.
+ * Used by ONLY ASBeautifier.cpp
+ *
+ * @param indentableHeaders a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildIndentableHeaders(vector<const string*>* indentableHeaders)
+{
+ indentableHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_RETURN);
+
+// sort(indentableHeaders->begin(), indentableHeaders->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+* Build the vector of indentable macros pairs.
+* Initialized by ASFormatter, used by ONLY ASEnhancer.cpp
+*
+* @param indentableMacros a reference to the vector to be built.
+*/
+void ASResource::buildIndentableMacros(vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >* indentableMacros)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 10;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ indentableMacros->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ // the pairs must be retained in memory because of pair pointers
+ typedef pair<const string, const string> macro_pair;
+ static const macro_pair macros[] =
+ {
+ // wxWidgets
+ macro_pair("BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE", "END_EVENT_TABLE"),
+ macro_pair("wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE", "wxEND_EVENT_TABLE"),
+ // MFC
+ macro_pair("BEGIN_DISPATCH_MAP", "END_DISPATCH_MAP"),
+ macro_pair("BEGIN_EVENT_MAP", "END_EVENT_MAP"),
+ macro_pair("BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP", "END_MESSAGE_MAP"),
+ macro_pair("BEGIN_PROPPAGEIDS", "END_PROPPAGEIDS"),
+ };
+
+ size_t entries = sizeof(macros) / sizeof(macros[0]);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < entries; i++)
+ indentableMacros->emplace_back(¯os[i]);
+
+ assert(indentableMacros->size() < elements);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of non-assignment operators.
+ * Used by ONLY ASBeautifier.cpp
+ *
+ * @param nonAssignmentOperators a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildNonAssignmentOperators(vector<const string*>* nonAssignmentOperators)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 15;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ nonAssignmentOperators->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_EQUAL);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_PLUS_PLUS);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_MINUS_MINUS);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_NOT_EQUAL);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_EQUAL);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_EQUAL);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_ARROW);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_AND);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_OR);
+ nonAssignmentOperators->emplace_back(&AS_LAMBDA);
+
+ assert(nonAssignmentOperators->size() < elements);
+ sort(nonAssignmentOperators->begin(), nonAssignmentOperators->end(), sortOnLength);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of header non-paren headers.
+ * Used by BOTH ASFormatter.cpp and ASBeautifier.cpp.
+ * NOTE: Non-paren headers should also be included in the headers vector.
+ *
+ * @param nonParenHeaders a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildNonParenHeaders(vector<const string*>* nonParenHeaders, int fileType, bool beautifier)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 20;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_ELSE);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_DO);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_TRY);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_CATCH); // can be paren or non-paren
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_CASE); // can be paren or non-paren
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_DEFAULT);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_QFOREVER); // QT
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_FOREVER); // Boost
+
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&_AS_TRY); // __try
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&_AS_FINALLY); // __finally
+ }
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_FINALLY);
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == SHARP_TYPE)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_FINALLY);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_GET);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_SET);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_ADD);
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_REMOVE);
+ }
+
+ if (beautifier)
+ {
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_TEMPLATE);
+ }
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ nonParenHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_STATIC);
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert(nonParenHeaders->size() < elements);
+ sort(nonParenHeaders->begin(), nonParenHeaders->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of operators.
+ * Used by ONLY ASFormatter.cpp
+ *
+ * @param operators a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildOperators(vector<const string*>* operators, int fileType)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 50;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ operators->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_PLUS_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MINUS_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MULT_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_DIV_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MOD_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_OR_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_AND_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_XOR_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_EQUAL);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_PLUS_PLUS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MINUS_MINUS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_NOT_EQUAL);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_EQUAL);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR_GR);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR_GR);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_EQUAL);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS_LS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS_LS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_QUESTION_QUESTION);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LAMBDA);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_ARROW);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_AND);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_OR);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_PLUS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MINUS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MULT);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_DIV);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_MOD);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_QUESTION);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_COLON);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_LS);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GR);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_NOT);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_BIT_OR);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_BIT_AND);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_BIT_NOT);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_BIT_XOR);
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GCC_MIN_ASSIGN);
+ operators->emplace_back(&AS_GCC_MAX_ASSIGN);
+ }
+
+ assert(operators->size() < elements);
+ sort(operators->begin(), operators->end(), sortOnLength);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of pre-block statements.
+ * Used by ONLY ASBeautifier.cpp
+ * NOTE: Cannot be both a header and a preBlockStatement.
+ *
+ * @param preBlockStatements a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildPreBlockStatements(vector<const string*>* preBlockStatements, int fileType)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 10;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ preBlockStatements->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_CLASS);
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_STRUCT);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_UNION);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_MODULE); // for CORBA IDL
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE); // for CORBA IDL
+ }
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_THROWS);
+ }
+ if (fileType == SHARP_TYPE)
+ {
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_WHERE);
+ preBlockStatements->emplace_back(&AS_STRUCT);
+ }
+
+ assert(preBlockStatements->size() < elements);
+ sort(preBlockStatements->begin(), preBlockStatements->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of pre-command headers.
+ * Used by BOTH ASFormatter.cpp and ASBeautifier.cpp.
+ * NOTE: Cannot be both a header and a preCommandHeader.
+ *
+ * A preCommandHeader is in a function definition between
+ * the closing paren and the opening brace.
+ * e.g. in "void foo() const {}", "const" is a preCommandHeader.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildPreCommandHeaders(vector<const string*>* preCommandHeaders, int fileType)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 10;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ preCommandHeaders->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_CONST);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_FINAL);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_INTERRUPT);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_NOEXCEPT);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_OVERRIDE);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_VOLATILE);
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_SEALED); // Visual C only
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_AUTORELEASEPOOL); // Obj-C only
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_THROWS);
+ }
+
+ if (fileType == SHARP_TYPE)
+ {
+ preCommandHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_WHERE);
+ }
+
+ assert(preCommandHeaders->size() < elements);
+ sort(preCommandHeaders->begin(), preCommandHeaders->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build the vector of pre-definition headers.
+ * Used by ONLY ASFormatter.cpp
+ * NOTE: Do NOT add 'enum' here. It is an array type brace.
+ * NOTE: Do NOT add 'extern' here. Do not want an extra indent.
+ *
+ * @param preDefinitionHeaders a reference to the vector to be built.
+ */
+void ASResource::buildPreDefinitionHeaders(vector<const string*>* preDefinitionHeaders, int fileType)
+{
+ const size_t elements = 10;
+ static bool reserved = false;
+ if (!reserved)
+ {
+ preDefinitionHeaders->reserve(elements);
+ reserved = true;
+ }
+
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_CLASS);
+ if (fileType == C_TYPE)
+ {
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_STRUCT);
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_UNION);
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_MODULE); // for CORBA IDL
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE); // for CORBA IDL
+ }
+ if (fileType == JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
+ }
+ if (fileType == SHARP_TYPE)
+ {
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_STRUCT);
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_INTERFACE);
+ preDefinitionHeaders->emplace_back(&AS_NAMESPACE);
+ }
+
+ assert(preDefinitionHeaders->size() < elements);
+ sort(preDefinitionHeaders->begin(), preDefinitionHeaders->end(), sortOnName);
+}
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+ * ASBase Functions
+ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
+
+// check if a specific line position contains a header.
+const string* ASBase::findHeader(const string& line, int i,
+ const vector<const string*>* possibleHeaders) const
+{
+ assert(isCharPotentialHeader(line, i));
+ // check the word
+ size_t maxHeaders = possibleHeaders->size();
+ for (size_t p = 0; p < maxHeaders; p++)
+ {
+ const string* header = (*possibleHeaders)[p];
+ const size_t wordEnd = i + header->length();
+ if (wordEnd > line.length())
+ continue;
+ int result = (line.compare(i, header->length(), *header));
+ if (result > 0)
+ continue;
+ if (result < 0)
+ break;
+ // check that this is not part of a longer word
+ if (wordEnd == line.length())
+ return header;
+ if (isLegalNameChar(line[wordEnd]))
+ continue;
+ const char peekChar = peekNextChar(line, wordEnd - 1);
+ // is not a header if part of a definition
+ if (peekChar == ',' || peekChar == ')')
+ break;
+ // the following accessor definitions are NOT headers
+ // goto default; is NOT a header
+ // default(int) keyword in C# is NOT a header
+ else if ((header == &AS_GET
+ || header == &AS_SET
+ || header == &AS_DEFAULT)
+ && (peekChar == ';' || peekChar == '(' || peekChar == '='))
+ break;
+ return header;
+ }
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+// check if a specific line position contains a keyword.
+bool ASBase::findKeyword(const string& line, int i, const string& keyword) const
+{
+ assert(isCharPotentialHeader(line, i));
+ // check the word
+ const size_t keywordLength = keyword.length();
+ const size_t wordEnd = i + keywordLength;
+ if (wordEnd > line.length())
+ return false;
+ if (line.compare(i, keywordLength, keyword) != 0)
+ return false;
+ // check that this is not part of a longer word
+ if (wordEnd == line.length())
+ return true;
+ if (isLegalNameChar(line[wordEnd]))
+ return false;
+ // is not a keyword if part of a definition
+ const char peekChar = peekNextChar(line, (int) wordEnd - 1);
+ if (peekChar == ',' || peekChar == ')')
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// check if a specific line position contains an operator.
+const string* ASBase::findOperator(const string& line, int i,
+ const vector<const string*>* possibleOperators) const
+{
+ assert(isCharPotentialOperator(line[i]));
+ // find the operator in the vector
+ // the vector contains the LONGEST operators first
+ // must loop thru the entire vector
+ size_t maxOperators = possibleOperators->size();
+ for (size_t p = 0; p < maxOperators; p++)
+ {
+ const size_t wordEnd = i + (*(*possibleOperators)[p]).length();
+ if (wordEnd > line.length())
+ continue;
+ if (line.compare(i, (*(*possibleOperators)[p]).length(), *(*possibleOperators)[p]) == 0)
+ return (*possibleOperators)[p];
+ }
+ return nullptr;
+}
+
+// get the current word on a line
+// index must point to the beginning of the word
+string ASBase::getCurrentWord(const string& line, size_t index) const
+{
+ assert(isCharPotentialHeader(line, index));
+ size_t lineLength = line.length();
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = index; i < lineLength; i++)
+ {
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(line[i]))
+ break;
+ }
+ return line.substr(index, i - index);
+}
+
+// check if a specific character can be used in a legal variable/method/class name
+bool ASBase::isLegalNameChar(char ch) const
+{
+ if (isWhiteSpace(ch))
+ return false;
+ if ((unsigned char) ch > 127)
+ return false;
+ return (isalnum((unsigned char) ch)
+ || ch == '.' || ch == '_'
+ || (isJavaStyle() && ch == '$')
+ || (isSharpStyle() && ch == '@')); // may be used as a prefix
+}
+
+// check if a specific character can be part of a header
+bool ASBase::isCharPotentialHeader(const string& line, size_t i) const
+{
+ assert(!isWhiteSpace(line[i]));
+ char prevCh = ' ';
+ if (i > 0)
+ prevCh = line[i - 1];
+ if (i > 1 && line[i - 2] == '\\')
+ prevCh = ' ';
+ if (!isLegalNameChar(prevCh) && isLegalNameChar(line[i]))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+// check if a specific character can be part of an operator
+bool ASBase::isCharPotentialOperator(char ch) const
+{
+ assert(!isWhiteSpace(ch));
+ if ((unsigned) ch > 127)
+ return false;
+ return (ispunct((unsigned char) ch)
+ && ch != '{' && ch != '}'
+ && ch != '(' && ch != ')'
+ && ch != '[' && ch != ']'
+ && ch != ';' && ch != ','
+ && ch != '#' && ch != '\\'
+ && ch != '\'' && ch != '\"');
+}
+
+// check if a specific character is a digit
+// NOTE: Visual C isdigit() gives assert error if char > 256
+bool ASBase::isDigit(char ch) const
+{
+ return (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9');
+}
+
+// check if a specific character is a digit separator
+bool ASBase::isDigitSeparator(const string& line, int i) const
+{
+ assert(line[i] == '\'');
+ // casting to (unsigned char) eliminates negative characters
+ // will get a "Debug Assertion Failed" if not cast
+ bool foundDigitSeparator = i > 0
+ && isxdigit((unsigned char) line[i - 1])
+ && i < (int) line.length() - 1
+ && isxdigit((unsigned char) line[i + 1]);
+ return foundDigitSeparator;
+}
+
+// peek at the next unread character.
+char ASBase::peekNextChar(const string& line, int i) const
+{
+ char ch = ' ';
+ size_t peekNum = line.find_first_not_of(" \t", i + 1);
+ if (peekNum == string::npos)
+ return ch;
+ ch = line[peekNum];
+ return ch;
+}
+
+} // end namespace astyle
diff --git a/tools/astyle/CMakeLists.txt b/tools/astyle/CMakeLists.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6ea8dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#################################################################################
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2019 Paul Ramsey <pramsey at cleverelephant.ca>
+#
+# This is free software; you can redistribute and/or modify it under
+# the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation.
+# See the COPYING file for more information.
+#
+#################################################################################
+
+include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+file(GLOB_RECURSE astyle_SOURCES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/*.cpp)
+add_executable(astyle ${astyle_SOURCES})
+# message(STATUS "Enable AStyle")
+
+#################################################################################
+# Group source files for IDE source explorers (e.g. Visual Studio)
+#################################################################################
+GenerateSourceGroups(tools/astyle)
diff --git a/tools/astyle/Makefile.am b/tools/astyle/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bf90d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#
+# This file is part of project GEOS (http://trac.osgeo.org/geos/)
+#
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS =
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+ ASLocalizer.h \
+ astyle.h \
+ astyle_main.h
+
+noinst_PROGRAMS = astyle
+#check_PROGRAMS =
+#bin_PROGRAMS = astyle
+
+geos_unit_LDADD = \
+ $(NULL)
+
+
+astyle_SOURCES = \
+ ASBeautifier.cpp \
+ ASEnhancer.cpp \
+ ASFormatter.cpp \
+ ASLocalizer.cpp \
+ ASResource.cpp \
+ astyle_main.cpp
+
+
+noinst_HEADERS =
diff --git a/tools/astyle/astyle.h b/tools/astyle/astyle.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d886aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/astyle.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1083 @@
+// astyle.h
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_H
+#define ASTYLE_H
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+ #define __USE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
+ #include <assert>
+#else
+ #include <cassert>
+#endif
+
+#include <cctype>
+#include <iostream> // for cout
+#include <memory>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ #include <cstring> // need both string and cstring for GCC
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ #pragma warning(disable: 4267) // conversion from size_t to int
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+ #pragma warn -8004 // variable is assigned a value that is never used
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ #pragma warning(disable: 383) // value copied to temporary, reference to temporary used
+ #pragma warning(disable: 981) // operands are evaluated in unspecified order
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wshorten-64-to-32"
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+using namespace std;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// definitions
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum FileType { C_TYPE = 0, JAVA_TYPE = 1, SHARP_TYPE = 2 };
+
+/* The enums below are not recognized by 'vectors' in Microsoft Visual C++
+ V5 when they are part of a namespace!!! Use Visual C++ V6 or higher.
+*/
+enum FormatStyle
+{
+ STYLE_NONE,
+ STYLE_ALLMAN,
+ STYLE_JAVA,
+ STYLE_KR,
+ STYLE_STROUSTRUP,
+ STYLE_WHITESMITH,
+ STYLE_VTK,
+ STYLE_RATLIFF,
+ STYLE_GNU,
+ STYLE_LINUX,
+ STYLE_HORSTMANN,
+ STYLE_1TBS,
+ STYLE_GOOGLE,
+ STYLE_MOZILLA,
+ STYLE_PICO,
+ STYLE_LISP
+};
+
+enum BraceMode
+{
+ NONE_MODE,
+ ATTACH_MODE,
+ BREAK_MODE,
+ LINUX_MODE,
+ RUN_IN_MODE // broken braces
+};
+
+// maximum value for int is 16,384 (total value of 32,767)
+enum BraceType
+{
+ NULL_TYPE = 0,
+ NAMESPACE_TYPE = 1, // also a DEFINITION_TYPE
+ CLASS_TYPE = 2, // also a DEFINITION_TYPE
+ STRUCT_TYPE = 4, // also a DEFINITION_TYPE
+ INTERFACE_TYPE = 8, // also a DEFINITION_TYPE
+ DEFINITION_TYPE = 16,
+ COMMAND_TYPE = 32,
+ ARRAY_NIS_TYPE = 64, // also an ARRAY_TYPE
+ ENUM_TYPE = 128, // also an ARRAY_TYPE
+ INIT_TYPE = 256, // also an ARRAY_TYPE
+ ARRAY_TYPE = 512,
+ EXTERN_TYPE = 1024, // extern "C", not a command type extern
+ EMPTY_BLOCK_TYPE = 2048, // also a SINGLE_LINE_TYPE
+ BREAK_BLOCK_TYPE = 4096, // also a SINGLE_LINE_TYPE
+ SINGLE_LINE_TYPE = 8192
+};
+
+enum MinConditional
+{
+ MINCOND_ZERO,
+ MINCOND_ONE,
+ MINCOND_TWO,
+ MINCOND_ONEHALF,
+ MINCOND_END
+};
+
+enum ObjCColonPad
+{
+ COLON_PAD_NO_CHANGE,
+ COLON_PAD_NONE,
+ COLON_PAD_ALL,
+ COLON_PAD_AFTER,
+ COLON_PAD_BEFORE
+};
+
+enum PointerAlign
+{
+ PTR_ALIGN_NONE,
+ PTR_ALIGN_TYPE,
+ PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE,
+ PTR_ALIGN_NAME
+};
+
+enum ReferenceAlign
+{
+ REF_ALIGN_NONE = PTR_ALIGN_NONE,
+ REF_ALIGN_TYPE = PTR_ALIGN_TYPE,
+ REF_ALIGN_MIDDLE = PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE,
+ REF_ALIGN_NAME = PTR_ALIGN_NAME,
+ REF_SAME_AS_PTR
+};
+
+enum FileEncoding
+{
+ ENCODING_8BIT, // includes UTF-8 without BOM
+ UTF_8BOM, // UTF-8 with BOM
+ UTF_16BE,
+ UTF_16LE, // Windows default
+ UTF_32BE,
+ UTF_32LE
+};
+
+enum LineEndFormat
+{
+ LINEEND_DEFAULT, // Use line break that matches most of the file
+ LINEEND_WINDOWS,
+ LINEEND_LINUX,
+ LINEEND_MACOLD,
+ LINEEND_CRLF = LINEEND_WINDOWS,
+ LINEEND_LF = LINEEND_LINUX,
+ LINEEND_CR = LINEEND_MACOLD
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASSourceIterator
+// A pure virtual class is used by ASFormatter and ASBeautifier instead of
+// ASStreamIterator. This allows programs using AStyle as a plug-in to define
+// their own ASStreamIterator. The ASStreamIterator class must inherit
+// this class.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASSourceIterator
+{
+public:
+ ASSourceIterator() {}
+ virtual ~ASSourceIterator() {}
+ virtual streamoff getPeekStart() const = 0;
+ virtual int getStreamLength() const = 0;
+ virtual bool hasMoreLines() const = 0;
+ virtual string nextLine(bool emptyLineWasDeleted = false) = 0;
+ virtual string peekNextLine() = 0;
+ virtual void peekReset() = 0;
+ virtual streamoff tellg() = 0;
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASPeekStream
+// A small class using RAII to peek ahead in the ASSourceIterator stream
+// and to reset the ASSourceIterator pointer in the destructor.
+// It enables a return from anywhere in the method.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASPeekStream
+{
+private:
+ ASSourceIterator* sourceIterator;
+ bool needReset; // reset sourceIterator to the original position
+
+public:
+ explicit ASPeekStream(ASSourceIterator* sourceIterator_)
+ { sourceIterator = sourceIterator_; needReset = false; }
+
+ ~ASPeekStream()
+ { if (needReset) sourceIterator->peekReset(); }
+
+ bool hasMoreLines() const
+ { return sourceIterator->hasMoreLines(); }
+
+ string peekNextLine()
+ { needReset = true; return sourceIterator->peekNextLine(); }
+};
+
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASResource
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASResource
+{
+public:
+ void buildAssignmentOperators(vector<const string*>* assignmentOperators);
+ void buildCastOperators(vector<const string*>* castOperators);
+ void buildHeaders(vector<const string*>* headers, int fileType, bool beautifier = false);
+ void buildIndentableMacros(vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >* indentableMacros);
+ void buildIndentableHeaders(vector<const string*>* indentableHeaders);
+ void buildNonAssignmentOperators(vector<const string*>* nonAssignmentOperators);
+ void buildNonParenHeaders(vector<const string*>* nonParenHeaders, int fileType, bool beautifier = false);
+ void buildOperators(vector<const string*>* operators, int fileType);
+ void buildPreBlockStatements(vector<const string*>* preBlockStatements, int fileType);
+ void buildPreCommandHeaders(vector<const string*>* preCommandHeaders, int fileType);
+ void buildPreDefinitionHeaders(vector<const string*>* preDefinitionHeaders, int fileType);
+
+public:
+ static const string AS_IF, AS_ELSE;
+ static const string AS_DO, AS_WHILE;
+ static const string AS_FOR;
+ static const string AS_SWITCH, AS_CASE, AS_DEFAULT;
+ static const string AS_TRY, AS_CATCH, AS_THROW, AS_THROWS, AS_FINALLY, AS_USING;
+ static const string _AS_TRY, _AS_FINALLY, _AS_EXCEPT;
+ static const string AS_PUBLIC, AS_PROTECTED, AS_PRIVATE;
+ static const string AS_CLASS, AS_STRUCT, AS_UNION, AS_INTERFACE, AS_NAMESPACE;
+ static const string AS_MODULE;
+ static const string AS_END;
+ static const string AS_SELECTOR;
+ static const string AS_EXTERN, AS_ENUM;
+ static const string AS_FINAL, AS_OVERRIDE;
+ static const string AS_STATIC, AS_CONST, AS_SEALED, AS_VOLATILE, AS_NEW, AS_DELETE;
+ static const string AS_NOEXCEPT, AS_INTERRUPT, AS_AUTORELEASEPOOL;
+ static const string AS_WHERE, AS_LET, AS_SYNCHRONIZED;
+ static const string AS_OPERATOR, AS_TEMPLATE;
+ static const string AS_OPEN_BRACE, AS_CLOSE_BRACE;
+ static const string AS_OPEN_LINE_COMMENT, AS_OPEN_COMMENT, AS_CLOSE_COMMENT;
+ static const string AS_BAR_DEFINE, AS_BAR_INCLUDE, AS_BAR_IF, AS_BAR_EL, AS_BAR_ENDIF;
+ static const string AS_AUTO, AS_RETURN;
+ static const string AS_CIN, AS_COUT, AS_CERR;
+ static const string AS_ASSIGN, AS_PLUS_ASSIGN, AS_MINUS_ASSIGN, AS_MULT_ASSIGN;
+ static const string AS_DIV_ASSIGN, AS_MOD_ASSIGN, AS_XOR_ASSIGN, AS_OR_ASSIGN, AS_AND_ASSIGN;
+ static const string AS_GR_GR_ASSIGN, AS_LS_LS_ASSIGN, AS_GR_GR_GR_ASSIGN, AS_LS_LS_LS_ASSIGN;
+ static const string AS_GCC_MIN_ASSIGN, AS_GCC_MAX_ASSIGN;
+ static const string AS_EQUAL, AS_PLUS_PLUS, AS_MINUS_MINUS, AS_NOT_EQUAL, AS_GR_EQUAL;
+ static const string AS_LS_EQUAL, AS_LS_LS_LS, AS_LS_LS, AS_GR_GR_GR, AS_GR_GR;
+ static const string AS_QUESTION_QUESTION, AS_LAMBDA;
+ static const string AS_ARROW, AS_AND, AS_OR;
+ static const string AS_SCOPE_RESOLUTION;
+ static const string AS_PLUS, AS_MINUS, AS_MULT, AS_DIV, AS_MOD, AS_GR, AS_LS;
+ static const string AS_NOT, AS_BIT_XOR, AS_BIT_OR, AS_BIT_AND, AS_BIT_NOT;
+ static const string AS_QUESTION, AS_COLON, AS_SEMICOLON, AS_COMMA;
+ static const string AS_ASM, AS__ASM__, AS_MS_ASM, AS_MS__ASM;
+ static const string AS_QFOREACH, AS_QFOREVER, AS_FOREVER;
+ static const string AS_FOREACH, AS_LOCK, AS_UNSAFE, AS_FIXED;
+ static const string AS_GET, AS_SET, AS_ADD, AS_REMOVE;
+ static const string AS_DELEGATE, AS_UNCHECKED;
+ static const string AS_CONST_CAST, AS_DYNAMIC_CAST, AS_REINTERPRET_CAST, AS_STATIC_CAST;
+ static const string AS_NS_DURING, AS_NS_HANDLER;
+}; // Class ASResource
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASBase
+// Functions definitions are at the end of ASResource.cpp.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASBase : protected ASResource
+{
+private:
+ // all variables should be set by the "init" function
+ int baseFileType; // a value from enum FileType
+
+protected:
+ ASBase() : baseFileType(C_TYPE) { }
+
+protected: // inline functions
+ void init(int fileTypeArg) { baseFileType = fileTypeArg; }
+ bool isCStyle() const { return (baseFileType == C_TYPE); }
+ bool isJavaStyle() const { return (baseFileType == JAVA_TYPE); }
+ bool isSharpStyle() const { return (baseFileType == SHARP_TYPE); }
+ bool isWhiteSpace(char ch) const { return (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t'); }
+
+protected: // functions definitions are at the end of ASResource.cpp
+ const string* findHeader(const string& line, int i,
+ const vector<const string*>* possibleHeaders) const;
+ bool findKeyword(const string& line, int i, const string& keyword) const;
+ const string* findOperator(const string& line, int i,
+ const vector<const string*>* possibleOperators) const;
+ string getCurrentWord(const string& line, size_t index) const;
+ bool isDigit(char ch) const;
+ bool isLegalNameChar(char ch) const;
+ bool isCharPotentialHeader(const string& line, size_t i) const;
+ bool isCharPotentialOperator(char ch) const;
+ bool isDigitSeparator(const string& line, int i) const;
+ char peekNextChar(const string& line, int i) const;
+
+}; // Class ASBase
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASBeautifier
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASBeautifier : protected ASBase
+{
+public:
+ ASBeautifier();
+ virtual ~ASBeautifier();
+ virtual void init(ASSourceIterator* iter);
+ virtual string beautify(const string& originalLine);
+ void setCaseIndent(bool state);
+ void setClassIndent(bool state);
+ void setContinuationIndentation(int indent = 1);
+ void setCStyle();
+ void setDefaultTabLength();
+ void setEmptyLineFill(bool state);
+ void setForceTabXIndentation(int length);
+ void setAfterParenIndent(bool state);
+ void setJavaStyle();
+ void setLabelIndent(bool state);
+ void setMaxContinuationIndentLength(int max);
+ void setMaxInStatementIndentLength(int max);
+ void setMinConditionalIndentOption(int min);
+ void setMinConditionalIndentLength();
+ void setModeManuallySet(bool state);
+ void setModifierIndent(bool state);
+ void setNamespaceIndent(bool state);
+ void setAlignMethodColon(bool state);
+ void setSharpStyle();
+ void setSpaceIndentation(int length = 4);
+ void setSwitchIndent(bool state);
+ void setTabIndentation(int length = 4, bool forceTabs = false);
+ void setPreprocDefineIndent(bool state);
+ void setPreprocConditionalIndent(bool state);
+ int getBeautifierFileType() const;
+ int getFileType() const;
+ int getIndentLength() const;
+ int getTabLength() const;
+ string getIndentString() const;
+ string getNextWord(const string& line, size_t currPos) const;
+ bool getAlignMethodColon() const;
+ bool getBraceIndent() const;
+ bool getBlockIndent() const;
+ bool getCaseIndent() const;
+ bool getClassIndent() const;
+ bool getEmptyLineFill() const;
+ bool getForceTabIndentation() const;
+ bool getModeManuallySet() const;
+ bool getModifierIndent() const;
+ bool getNamespaceIndent() const;
+ bool getPreprocDefineIndent() const;
+ bool getSwitchIndent() const;
+
+protected:
+ void deleteBeautifierVectors();
+ int getNextProgramCharDistance(const string& line, int i) const;
+ int indexOf(const vector<const string*>& container, const string* element) const;
+ void setBlockIndent(bool state);
+ void setBraceIndent(bool state);
+ void setBraceIndentVtk(bool state);
+ string extractPreprocessorStatement(const string& line) const;
+ string trim(const string& str) const;
+ string rtrim(const string& str) const;
+
+ // variables set by ASFormatter - must be updated in activeBeautifierStack
+ int inLineNumber;
+ int runInIndentContinuation;
+ int nonInStatementBrace;
+ int objCColonAlignSubsequent; // for subsequent lines not counting indent
+ bool lineCommentNoBeautify;
+ bool isElseHeaderIndent;
+ bool isCaseHeaderCommentIndent;
+ bool isNonInStatementArray;
+ bool isSharpAccessor;
+ bool isSharpDelegate;
+ bool isInExternC;
+ bool isInBeautifySQL;
+ bool isInIndentableStruct;
+ bool isInIndentablePreproc;
+
+private: // functions
+ ASBeautifier(const ASBeautifier& other); // inline functions
+ ASBeautifier& operator=(ASBeautifier&); // not to be implemented
+
+ void adjustObjCMethodDefinitionIndentation(const string& line_);
+ void adjustObjCMethodCallIndentation(const string& line_);
+ void adjustParsedLineIndentation(size_t iPrelim, bool isInExtraHeaderIndent);
+ void computePreliminaryIndentation();
+ void parseCurrentLine(const string& line);
+ void popLastContinuationIndent();
+ void processPreprocessor(const string& preproc, const string& line);
+ void registerContinuationIndent(const string& line, int i, int spaceIndentCount_,
+ int tabIncrementIn, int minIndent, bool updateParenStack);
+ void registerContinuationIndentColon(const string& line, int i, int tabIncrementIn);
+ void initVectors();
+ void initTempStacksContainer(vector<vector<const string*>*>*& container,
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>* value);
+ void clearObjCMethodDefinitionAlignment();
+ void deleteBeautifierContainer(vector<ASBeautifier*>*& container);
+ void deleteTempStacksContainer(vector<vector<const string*>*>*& container);
+ int adjustIndentCountForBreakElseIfComments() const;
+ int computeObjCColonAlignment(const string& line, int colonAlignPosition) const;
+ int convertTabToSpaces(int i, int tabIncrementIn) const;
+ int findObjCColonAlignment(const string& line) const;
+ int getContinuationIndentAssign(const string& line, size_t currPos) const;
+ int getContinuationIndentComma(const string& line, size_t currPos) const;
+ int getObjCFollowingKeyword(const string& line, int bracePos) const;
+ bool isIndentedPreprocessor(const string& line, size_t currPos) const;
+ bool isLineEndComment(const string& line, int startPos) const;
+ bool isPreprocessorConditionalCplusplus(const string& line) const;
+ bool isInPreprocessorUnterminatedComment(const string& line);
+ bool isTopLevel() const;
+ bool statementEndsWithComma(const string& line, int index) const;
+ const string& getIndentedLineReturn(const string& newLine, const string& originalLine) const;
+ string getIndentedSpaceEquivalent(const string& line_) const;
+ string preLineWS(int lineIndentCount, int lineSpaceIndentCount) const;
+ template<typename T> void deleteContainer(T& container);
+ template<typename T> void initContainer(T& container, T value);
+ vector<vector<const string*>*>* copyTempStacks(const ASBeautifier& other) const;
+ pair<int, int> computePreprocessorIndent();
+
+private: // variables
+ int beautifierFileType;
+ vector<const string*>* headers;
+ vector<const string*>* nonParenHeaders;
+ vector<const string*>* preBlockStatements;
+ vector<const string*>* preCommandHeaders;
+ vector<const string*>* assignmentOperators;
+ vector<const string*>* nonAssignmentOperators;
+ vector<const string*>* indentableHeaders;
+
+ vector<ASBeautifier*>* waitingBeautifierStack;
+ vector<ASBeautifier*>* activeBeautifierStack;
+ vector<int>* waitingBeautifierStackLengthStack;
+ vector<int>* activeBeautifierStackLengthStack;
+ vector<const string*>* headerStack;
+ vector<vector<const string*>* >* tempStacks;
+ vector<int>* parenDepthStack;
+ vector<bool>* blockStatementStack;
+ vector<bool>* parenStatementStack;
+ vector<bool>* braceBlockStateStack;
+ vector<int>* continuationIndentStack;
+ vector<int>* continuationIndentStackSizeStack;
+ vector<int>* parenIndentStack;
+ vector<pair<int, int> >* preprocIndentStack;
+
+ ASSourceIterator* sourceIterator;
+ const string* currentHeader;
+ const string* previousLastLineHeader;
+ const string* probationHeader;
+ const string* lastLineHeader;
+ string indentString;
+ string verbatimDelimiter;
+ bool isInQuote;
+ bool isInVerbatimQuote;
+ bool haveLineContinuationChar;
+ bool isInAsm;
+ bool isInAsmOneLine;
+ bool isInAsmBlock;
+ bool isInComment;
+ bool isInPreprocessorComment;
+ bool isInRunInComment;
+ bool isInCase;
+ bool isInQuestion;
+ bool isContinuation;
+ bool isInHeader;
+ bool isInTemplate;
+ bool isInDefine;
+ bool isInDefineDefinition;
+ bool classIndent;
+ bool isIndentModeOff;
+ bool isInClassHeader; // is in a class before the opening brace
+ bool isInClassHeaderTab; // is in an indentable class header line
+ bool isInClassInitializer; // is in a class after the ':' initializer
+ bool isInClass; // is in a class after the opening brace
+ bool isInObjCMethodDefinition;
+ bool isInObjCMethodCall;
+ bool isInObjCMethodCallFirst;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodDefinition;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodCall;
+ bool isInIndentablePreprocBlock;
+ bool isInObjCInterface;
+ bool isInEnum;
+ bool isInEnumTypeID;
+ bool isInLet;
+ bool isInTrailingReturnType;
+ bool modifierIndent;
+ bool switchIndent;
+ bool caseIndent;
+ bool namespaceIndent;
+ bool blockIndent;
+ bool braceIndent;
+ bool braceIndentVtk;
+ bool shouldIndentAfterParen;
+ bool labelIndent;
+ bool shouldIndentPreprocDefine;
+ bool isInConditional;
+ bool isModeManuallySet;
+ bool shouldForceTabIndentation;
+ bool emptyLineFill;
+ bool backslashEndsPrevLine;
+ bool lineOpensWithLineComment;
+ bool lineOpensWithComment;
+ bool lineStartsInComment;
+ bool blockCommentNoIndent;
+ bool blockCommentNoBeautify;
+ bool previousLineProbationTab;
+ bool lineBeginsWithOpenBrace;
+ bool lineBeginsWithCloseBrace;
+ bool lineBeginsWithComma;
+ bool lineIsCommentOnly;
+ bool lineIsLineCommentOnly;
+ bool shouldIndentBracedLine;
+ bool isInSwitch;
+ bool foundPreCommandHeader;
+ bool foundPreCommandMacro;
+ bool shouldAlignMethodColon;
+ bool shouldIndentPreprocConditional;
+ int indentCount;
+ int spaceIndentCount;
+ int spaceIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ int bracePosObjCMethodAlignment;
+ int colonIndentObjCMethodAlignment;
+ int lineOpeningBlocksNum;
+ int lineClosingBlocksNum;
+ int fileType;
+ int minConditionalOption;
+ int minConditionalIndent;
+ int parenDepth;
+ int indentLength;
+ int tabLength;
+ int continuationIndent;
+ int blockTabCount;
+ int maxContinuationIndent;
+ int classInitializerIndents;
+ int templateDepth;
+ int squareBracketCount;
+ int prevFinalLineSpaceIndentCount;
+ int prevFinalLineIndentCount;
+ int defineIndentCount;
+ int preprocBlockIndent;
+ char quoteChar;
+ char prevNonSpaceCh;
+ char currentNonSpaceCh;
+ char currentNonLegalCh;
+ char prevNonLegalCh;
+}; // Class ASBeautifier
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASEnhancer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASEnhancer : protected ASBase
+{
+public: // functions
+ ASEnhancer();
+ virtual ~ASEnhancer();
+ void init(int, int, int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
+ vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >*);
+ void enhance(string& line, bool isInNamespace, bool isInPreprocessor, bool isInSQL);
+
+private: // functions
+ void convertForceTabIndentToSpaces(string& line) const;
+ void convertSpaceIndentToForceTab(string& line) const;
+ size_t findCaseColon(const string& line, size_t caseIndex) const;
+ int indentLine(string& line, int indent) const;
+ bool isBeginDeclareSectionSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const;
+ bool isEndDeclareSectionSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const;
+ bool isOneLineBlockReached(const string& line, int startChar) const;
+ void parseCurrentLine(string& line, bool isInPreprocessor, bool isInSQL);
+ size_t processSwitchBlock(string& line, size_t index);
+ int unindentLine(string& line, int unindent) const;
+
+private:
+ // options from command line or options file
+ int indentLength;
+ int tabLength;
+ bool useTabs;
+ bool forceTab;
+ bool namespaceIndent;
+ bool caseIndent;
+ bool preprocBlockIndent;
+ bool preprocDefineIndent;
+ bool emptyLineFill;
+
+ // parsing variables
+ int lineNumber;
+ bool isInQuote;
+ bool isInComment;
+ char quoteChar;
+
+ // unindent variables
+ int braceCount;
+ int switchDepth;
+ int eventPreprocDepth;
+ bool lookingForCaseBrace;
+ bool unindentNextLine;
+ bool shouldUnindentLine;
+ bool shouldUnindentComment;
+
+ // struct used by ParseFormattedLine function
+ // contains variables used to unindent the case blocks
+ struct SwitchVariables
+ {
+ int switchBraceCount;
+ int unindentDepth;
+ bool unindentCase;
+ };
+
+ SwitchVariables sw; // switch variables struct
+ vector<SwitchVariables> switchStack; // stack vector of switch variables
+
+ // event table variables
+ bool nextLineIsEventIndent; // begin event table indent is reached
+ bool isInEventTable; // need to indent an event table
+ vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >* indentableMacros;
+
+ // SQL variables
+ bool nextLineIsDeclareIndent; // begin declare section indent is reached
+ bool isInDeclareSection; // need to indent a declare section
+
+}; // Class ASEnhancer
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class ASFormatter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASFormatter : public ASBeautifier
+{
+public: // functions
+ ASFormatter();
+ virtual ~ASFormatter();
+ virtual void init(ASSourceIterator* si);
+ virtual bool hasMoreLines() const;
+ virtual string nextLine();
+ LineEndFormat getLineEndFormat() const;
+ bool getIsLineReady() const;
+ void setFormattingStyle(FormatStyle style);
+ void setAddBracesMode(bool state);
+ void setAddOneLineBracesMode(bool state);
+ void setRemoveBracesMode(bool state);
+ void setAttachClass(bool state);
+ void setAttachClosingWhile(bool state);
+ void setAttachExternC(bool state);
+ void setAttachNamespace(bool state);
+ void setAttachInline(bool state);
+ void setBraceFormatMode(BraceMode mode);
+ void setBreakAfterMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakClosingHeaderBracesMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakBlocksMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakElseIfsMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakOneLineHeadersMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakOneLineStatementsMode(bool state);
+ void setMethodPrefixPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setMethodPrefixUnPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setReturnTypePaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setReturnTypeUnPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParamTypePaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParamTypeUnPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setCloseTemplatesMode(bool state);
+ void setCommaPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setDeleteEmptyLinesMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakReturnType(bool state);
+ void setBreakReturnTypeDecl(bool state);
+ void setAttachReturnType(bool state);
+ void setAttachReturnTypeDecl(bool state);
+ void setIndentCol1CommentsMode(bool state);
+ void setLineEndFormat(LineEndFormat fmt);
+ void setMaxCodeLength(int max);
+ void setObjCColonPaddingMode(ObjCColonPad mode);
+ void setOperatorPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParensOutsidePaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParensFirstPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParensInsidePaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParensHeaderPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setParensUnPaddingMode(bool state);
+ void setPointerAlignment(PointerAlign alignment);
+ void setPreprocBlockIndent(bool state);
+ void setReferenceAlignment(ReferenceAlign alignment);
+ void setStripCommentPrefix(bool state);
+ void setTabSpaceConversionMode(bool state);
+ size_t getChecksumIn() const;
+ size_t getChecksumOut() const;
+ int getChecksumDiff() const;
+ int getFormatterFileType() const;
+ // retained for compatibility with release 2.06
+ // "Brackets" have been changed to "Braces" in 3.0
+ // they are referenced only by the old "bracket" options
+ void setAddBracketsMode(bool state);
+ void setAddOneLineBracketsMode(bool state);
+ void setRemoveBracketsMode(bool state);
+ void setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(bool state);
+
+
+private: // functions
+ ASFormatter(const ASFormatter& copy); // not to be implemented
+ ASFormatter& operator=(ASFormatter&); // not to be implemented
+ template<typename T> void deleteContainer(T& container);
+ template<typename T> void initContainer(T& container, T value);
+ char peekNextChar() const;
+ BraceType getBraceType();
+ bool adjustChecksumIn(int adjustment);
+ bool computeChecksumIn(const string& currentLine_);
+ bool computeChecksumOut(const string& beautifiedLine);
+ bool addBracesToStatement();
+ bool removeBracesFromStatement();
+ bool commentAndHeaderFollows();
+ bool getNextChar();
+ bool getNextLine(bool emptyLineWasDeleted = false);
+ bool isArrayOperator() const;
+ bool isBeforeComment() const;
+ bool isBeforeAnyComment() const;
+ bool isBeforeAnyLineEndComment(int startPos) const;
+ bool isBeforeMultipleLineEndComments(int startPos) const;
+ bool isBraceType(BraceType a, BraceType b) const;
+ bool isClassInitializer() const;
+ bool isClosingHeader(const string* header) const;
+ bool isCurrentBraceBroken() const;
+ bool isDereferenceOrAddressOf() const;
+ bool isExecSQL(const string& line, size_t index) const;
+ bool isEmptyLine(const string& line) const;
+ bool isExternC() const;
+ bool isMultiStatementLine() const;
+ bool isNextWordSharpNonParenHeader(int startChar) const;
+ bool isNonInStatementArrayBrace() const;
+ bool isNumericVariable(string word) const;
+ bool isOkToSplitFormattedLine();
+ bool isPointerOrReference() const;
+ bool isPointerOrReferenceCentered() const;
+ bool isPointerOrReferenceVariable(const string& word) const;
+ bool isPointerToPointer(const string& line, int currPos) const;
+ bool isSharpStyleWithParen(const string* header) const;
+ bool isStructAccessModified(const string& firstLine, size_t index) const;
+ bool isIndentablePreprocessorBlock(const string& firstLine, size_t index);
+ bool isNDefPreprocStatement(const string& nextLine_, const string& preproc) const;
+ bool isUnaryOperator() const;
+ bool isUniformInitializerBrace() const;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostCast() const;
+ bool isInExponent() const;
+ bool isInSwitchStatement() const;
+ bool isNextCharOpeningBrace(int startChar) const;
+ bool isOkToBreakBlock(BraceType braceType) const;
+ bool isOperatorPaddingDisabled() const;
+ bool pointerSymbolFollows() const;
+ int findObjCColonAlignment() const;
+ int getCurrentLineCommentAdjustment();
+ int getNextLineCommentAdjustment();
+ int isOneLineBlockReached(const string& line, int startChar) const;
+ void adjustComments();
+ void appendChar(char ch, bool canBreakLine);
+ void appendCharInsideComments();
+ void appendClosingHeader();
+ void appendOperator(const string& sequence, bool canBreakLine = true);
+ void appendSequence(const string& sequence, bool canBreakLine = true);
+ void appendSpacePad();
+ void appendSpaceAfter();
+ void breakLine(bool isSplitLine = false);
+ void buildLanguageVectors();
+ void updateFormattedLineSplitPoints(char appendedChar);
+ void updateFormattedLineSplitPointsOperator(const string& sequence);
+ void checkIfTemplateOpener();
+ void clearFormattedLineSplitPoints();
+ void convertTabToSpaces();
+ void deleteContainer(vector<BraceType>*& container);
+ void findReturnTypeSplitPoint(const string& firstLine);
+ void formatArrayRunIn();
+ void formatRunIn();
+ void formatArrayBraces(BraceType braceType, bool isOpeningArrayBrace);
+ void formatClosingBrace(BraceType braceType);
+ void formatCommentBody();
+ void formatCommentOpener();
+ void formatCommentCloser();
+ void formatLineCommentBody();
+ void formatLineCommentOpener();
+ void formatOpeningBrace(BraceType braceType);
+ void formatQuoteBody();
+ void formatQuoteOpener();
+ void formatPointerOrReference();
+ void formatPointerOrReferenceCast();
+ void formatPointerOrReferenceToMiddle();
+ void formatPointerOrReferenceToName();
+ void formatPointerOrReferenceToType();
+ void fixOptionVariableConflicts();
+ void goForward(int i);
+ void isLineBreakBeforeClosingHeader();
+ void initContainer(vector<BraceType>*& container, vector<BraceType>* value);
+ void initNewLine();
+ void padObjCMethodColon();
+ void padObjCMethodPrefix();
+ void padObjCParamType();
+ void padObjCReturnType();
+ void padOperators(const string* newOperator);
+ void padParens();
+ void processPreprocessor();
+ void resetEndOfStatement();
+ void setAttachClosingBraceMode(bool state);
+ void stripCommentPrefix();
+ void testForTimeToSplitFormattedLine();
+ void trimContinuationLine();
+ void updateFormattedLineSplitPointsPointerOrReference(size_t index);
+ size_t findFormattedLineSplitPoint() const;
+ size_t findNextChar(const string& line, char searchChar, int searchStart = 0) const;
+ const string* checkForHeaderFollowingComment(const string& firstLine) const;
+ const string* getFollowingOperator() const;
+ string getPreviousWord(const string& line, int currPos) const;
+ string peekNextText(const string& firstLine,
+ bool endOnEmptyLine = false,
+ shared_ptr<ASPeekStream> streamArg = nullptr) const;
+
+private: // variables
+ int formatterFileType;
+ vector<const string*>* headers;
+ vector<const string*>* nonParenHeaders;
+ vector<const string*>* preDefinitionHeaders;
+ vector<const string*>* preCommandHeaders;
+ vector<const string*>* operators;
+ vector<const string*>* assignmentOperators;
+ vector<const string*>* castOperators;
+ vector<const pair<const string, const string>* >* indentableMacros; // for ASEnhancer
+
+ ASSourceIterator* sourceIterator;
+ ASEnhancer* enhancer;
+
+ vector<const string*>* preBraceHeaderStack;
+ vector<BraceType>* braceTypeStack;
+ vector<int>* parenStack;
+ vector<bool>* structStack;
+ vector<bool>* questionMarkStack;
+
+ string currentLine;
+ string formattedLine;
+ string readyFormattedLine;
+ string verbatimDelimiter;
+ const string* currentHeader;
+ char currentChar;
+ char previousChar;
+ char previousNonWSChar;
+ char previousCommandChar;
+ char quoteChar;
+ streamoff preprocBlockEnd;
+ int charNum;
+ int runInIndentChars;
+ int nextLineSpacePadNum;
+ int objCColonAlign;
+ int preprocBraceTypeStackSize;
+ int spacePadNum;
+ int tabIncrementIn;
+ int templateDepth;
+ int squareBracketCount;
+ size_t checksumIn;
+ size_t checksumOut;
+ size_t currentLineFirstBraceNum; // first brace location on currentLine
+ size_t formattedLineCommentNum; // comment location on formattedLine
+ size_t leadingSpaces;
+ size_t maxCodeLength;
+ size_t methodAttachCharNum;
+ size_t methodAttachLineNum;
+ size_t methodBreakCharNum;
+ size_t methodBreakLineNum;
+
+ // possible split points
+ size_t maxSemi; // probably a 'for' statement
+ size_t maxAndOr; // probably an 'if' statement
+ size_t maxComma;
+ size_t maxParen;
+ size_t maxWhiteSpace;
+ size_t maxSemiPending;
+ size_t maxAndOrPending;
+ size_t maxCommaPending;
+ size_t maxParenPending;
+ size_t maxWhiteSpacePending;
+
+ size_t previousReadyFormattedLineLength;
+ FormatStyle formattingStyle;
+ BraceMode braceFormatMode;
+ BraceType previousBraceType;
+ PointerAlign pointerAlignment;
+ ReferenceAlign referenceAlignment;
+ ObjCColonPad objCColonPadMode;
+ LineEndFormat lineEnd;
+ bool isVirgin;
+ bool isInVirginLine;
+ bool shouldPadCommas;
+ bool shouldPadOperators;
+ bool shouldPadParensOutside;
+ bool shouldPadFirstParen;
+ bool shouldPadParensInside;
+ bool shouldPadHeader;
+ bool shouldStripCommentPrefix;
+ bool shouldUnPadParens;
+ bool shouldConvertTabs;
+ bool shouldIndentCol1Comments;
+ bool shouldIndentPreprocBlock;
+ bool shouldCloseTemplates;
+ bool shouldAttachExternC;
+ bool shouldAttachNamespace;
+ bool shouldAttachClass;
+ bool shouldAttachClosingWhile;
+ bool shouldAttachInline;
+ bool isInLineComment;
+ bool isInComment;
+ bool isInCommentStartLine;
+ bool noTrimCommentContinuation;
+ bool isInPreprocessor;
+ bool isInPreprocessorBeautify;
+ bool isInTemplate;
+ bool doesLineStartComment;
+ bool lineEndsInCommentOnly;
+ bool lineIsCommentOnly;
+ bool lineIsLineCommentOnly;
+ bool lineIsEmpty;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostCommentOnly;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostEmptyLine;
+ bool isInClassInitializer;
+ bool isInQuote;
+ bool isInVerbatimQuote;
+ bool haveLineContinuationChar;
+ bool isInQuoteContinuation;
+ bool isHeaderInMultiStatementLine;
+ bool isSpecialChar;
+ bool isNonParenHeader;
+ bool foundQuestionMark;
+ bool foundPreDefinitionHeader;
+ bool foundNamespaceHeader;
+ bool foundClassHeader;
+ bool foundStructHeader;
+ bool foundInterfaceHeader;
+ bool foundPreCommandHeader;
+ bool foundPreCommandMacro;
+ bool foundTrailingReturnType;
+ bool foundCastOperator;
+ bool isInLineBreak;
+ bool endOfAsmReached;
+ bool endOfCodeReached;
+ bool lineCommentNoIndent;
+ bool isFormattingModeOff;
+ bool isInEnum;
+ bool isInExecSQL;
+ bool isInAsm;
+ bool isInAsmOneLine;
+ bool isInAsmBlock;
+ bool isLineReady;
+ bool elseHeaderFollowsComments;
+ bool caseHeaderFollowsComments;
+ bool isPreviousBraceBlockRelated;
+ bool isInPotentialCalculation;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostComment;
+ bool isPreviousCharPostComment;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostLineComment;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostOpenBlock;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostCloseBlock;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostTemplate;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostReturn;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostThrow;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostNewDelete;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostOperator;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference;
+ bool isInObjCMethodDefinition;
+ bool isInObjCInterface;
+ bool isInObjCReturnType;
+ bool isInObjCParam;
+ bool isInObjCSelector;
+ bool breakCurrentOneLineBlock;
+ bool shouldRemoveNextClosingBrace;
+ bool isInBraceRunIn;
+ bool returnTypeChecked;
+ bool currentLineBeginsWithBrace;
+ bool attachClosingBraceMode;
+ bool shouldBreakOneLineBlocks;
+ bool shouldBreakOneLineHeaders;
+ bool shouldBreakOneLineStatements;
+ bool shouldBreakClosingHeaderBraces;
+ bool shouldBreakElseIfs;
+ bool shouldBreakLineAfterLogical;
+ bool shouldAddBraces;
+ bool shouldAddOneLineBraces;
+ bool shouldRemoveBraces;
+ bool shouldPadMethodColon;
+ bool shouldPadMethodPrefix;
+ bool shouldReparseCurrentChar;
+ bool shouldUnPadMethodPrefix;
+ bool shouldPadReturnType;
+ bool shouldUnPadReturnType;
+ bool shouldPadParamType;
+ bool shouldUnPadParamType;
+ bool shouldDeleteEmptyLines;
+ bool shouldBreakReturnType;
+ bool shouldBreakReturnTypeDecl;
+ bool shouldAttachReturnType;
+ bool shouldAttachReturnTypeDecl;
+ bool needHeaderOpeningBrace;
+ bool shouldBreakLineAtNextChar;
+ bool shouldKeepLineUnbroken;
+ bool passedSemicolon;
+ bool passedColon;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostNonInStmt;
+ bool isCharImmediatelyPostNonInStmt;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostComment;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostLineComment;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostEmptyBlock;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostObjCMethodPrefix;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostPreprocessor;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostReturn;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostThrow;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostNewDelete;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostOperator;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostTemplate;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostPointerOrReference;
+ bool shouldBreakBlocks;
+ bool shouldBreakClosingHeaderBlocks;
+ bool isPrependPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
+ bool isAppendPostBlockEmptyLineRequested;
+ bool isIndentableProprocessor;
+ bool isIndentableProprocessorBlock;
+ bool prependEmptyLine;
+ bool appendOpeningBrace;
+ bool foundClosingHeader;
+ bool isInHeader;
+ bool isImmediatelyPostHeader;
+ bool isInCase;
+ bool isFirstPreprocConditional;
+ bool processedFirstConditional;
+ bool isJavaStaticConstructor;
+
+private: // inline functions
+ // append the CURRENT character (curentChar) to the current formatted line.
+ void appendCurrentChar(bool canBreakLine = true)
+ { appendChar(currentChar, canBreakLine); }
+
+ // check if a specific sequence exists in the current placement of the current line
+ bool isSequenceReached(const char* sequence) const
+ { return currentLine.compare(charNum, strlen(sequence), sequence) == 0; }
+
+ // call ASBase::findHeader for the current character
+ const string* findHeader(const vector<const string*>* headers_)
+ { return ASBase::findHeader(currentLine, charNum, headers_); }
+
+ // call ASBase::findOperator for the current character
+ const string* findOperator(const vector<const string*>* operators_)
+ { return ASBase::findOperator(currentLine, charNum, operators_); }
+}; // Class ASFormatter
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace global declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// sort comparison functions for ASResource
+bool sortOnLength(const string* a, const string* b);
+bool sortOnName(const string* a, const string* b);
+
+} // namespace astyle
+
+// end of astyle namespace --------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // closes ASTYLE_H
diff --git a/tools/astyle/astyle_main.cpp b/tools/astyle/astyle_main.cpp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..96ae075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/astyle_main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,4312 @@
+// astyle_main.cpp
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+ * AStyle_main source file map.
+ * This source file contains several classes.
+ * They are arranged as follows.
+ * ---------------------------------------
+ * namespace astyle {
+ * ASStreamIterator methods
+ * ASConsole methods
+ * // Windows specific
+ * // Linux specific
+ * ASLibrary methods
+ * // Windows specific
+ * // Linux specific
+ * ASOptions methods
+ * ASEncoding methods
+ * } // end of astyle namespace
+ * Global Area ---------------------------
+ * Java Native Interface functions
+ * AStyleMainUtf16 entry point
+ * AStyleMain entry point
+ * AStyleGetVersion entry point
+ * main entry point
+ * ---------------------------------------
+ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+ */
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle_main.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <cerrno>
+#include <clocale> // needed by some compilers
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <fstream>
+#include <sstream>
+
+// includes for recursive getFileNames() function
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ #undef UNICODE // use ASCII windows functions
+ #include <windows.h>
+#else
+ #include <dirent.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+ #ifdef __VMS
+ #include <unixlib.h>
+ #include <rms.h>
+ #include <ssdef.h>
+ #include <stsdef.h>
+ #include <lib$routines.h>
+ #include <starlet.h>
+ #endif /* __VMS */
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// turn off MinGW automatic file globbing
+// this CANNOT be in the astyle namespace
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+ int _CRT_glob = 0;
+#endif
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+// console build variables
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+ #ifdef _WIN32
+ char g_fileSeparator = '\\'; // Windows file separator
+ bool g_isCaseSensitive = false; // Windows IS NOT case sensitive
+ #else
+ char g_fileSeparator = '/'; // Linux file separator
+ bool g_isCaseSensitive = true; // Linux IS case sensitive
+ #endif // _WIN32
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+// java library build variables
+#ifdef ASTYLE_JNI
+ JNIEnv* g_env;
+ jobject g_obj;
+ jmethodID g_mid;
+#endif
+
+const char* g_version = "3.1";
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASStreamIterator class
+// typename will be stringstream for AStyle
+// it could be istream or wxChar for plug-ins
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+template<typename T>
+ASStreamIterator<T>::ASStreamIterator(T* in)
+{
+ inStream = in;
+ buffer.reserve(200);
+ eolWindows = 0;
+ eolLinux = 0;
+ eolMacOld = 0;
+ peekStart = 0;
+ prevLineDeleted = false;
+ checkForEmptyLine = false;
+ // get length of stream
+ inStream->seekg(0, inStream->end);
+ streamLength = inStream->tellg();
+ inStream->seekg(0, inStream->beg);
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+ASStreamIterator<T>::~ASStreamIterator()
+{
+}
+
+/**
+* get the length of the input stream.
+* streamLength variable is set by the constructor.
+*
+* @return length of the input file stream, converted to an int.
+*/
+template<typename T>
+int ASStreamIterator<T>::getStreamLength() const
+{
+ return static_cast<int>(streamLength);
+}
+
+/**
+ * read the input stream, delete any end of line characters,
+ * and build a string that contains the input line.
+ *
+ * @return string containing the next input line minus any end of line characters
+ */
+template<typename T>
+string ASStreamIterator<T>::nextLine(bool emptyLineWasDeleted)
+{
+ // verify that the current position is correct
+ assert(peekStart == 0);
+
+ // a deleted line may be replaced if break-blocks is requested
+ // this sets up the compare to check for a replaced empty line
+ if (prevLineDeleted)
+ {
+ prevLineDeleted = false;
+ checkForEmptyLine = true;
+ }
+ if (!emptyLineWasDeleted)
+ prevBuffer = buffer;
+ else
+ prevLineDeleted = true;
+
+ // read the next record
+ buffer.clear();
+ char ch;
+ inStream->get(ch);
+
+ while (!inStream->eof() && ch != '\n' && ch != '\r')
+ {
+ buffer.append(1, ch);
+ inStream->get(ch);
+ }
+
+ if (inStream->eof())
+ {
+ return buffer;
+ }
+
+ int peekCh = inStream->peek();
+
+ // find input end-of-line characters
+ if (!inStream->eof())
+ {
+ if (ch == '\r') // CR+LF is windows otherwise Mac OS 9
+ {
+ if (peekCh == '\n')
+ {
+ inStream->get();
+ eolWindows++;
+ }
+ else
+ eolMacOld++;
+ }
+ else // LF is Linux, allow for improbable LF/CR
+ {
+ if (peekCh == '\r')
+ {
+ inStream->get();
+ eolWindows++;
+ }
+ else
+ eolLinux++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ inStream->clear();
+ }
+
+ // has not detected an input end of line
+ if (!eolWindows && !eolLinux && !eolMacOld)
+ {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ eolWindows++;
+#else
+ eolLinux++;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ // set output end of line characters
+ if (eolWindows >= eolLinux)
+ {
+ if (eolWindows >= eolMacOld)
+ outputEOL = "\r\n"; // Windows (CR+LF)
+ else
+ outputEOL = "\r"; // MacOld (CR)
+ }
+ else if (eolLinux >= eolMacOld)
+ outputEOL = "\n"; // Linux (LF)
+ else
+ outputEOL = "\r"; // MacOld (CR)
+
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+// save the current position and get the next line
+// this can be called for multiple reads
+// when finished peeking you MUST call peekReset()
+// call this function from ASFormatter ONLY
+template<typename T>
+string ASStreamIterator<T>::peekNextLine()
+{
+ assert(hasMoreLines());
+ string nextLine_;
+ char ch;
+
+ if (peekStart == 0)
+ peekStart = inStream->tellg();
+
+ // read the next record
+ inStream->get(ch);
+ while (!inStream->eof() && ch != '\n' && ch != '\r')
+ {
+ nextLine_.append(1, ch);
+ inStream->get(ch);
+ }
+
+ if (inStream->eof())
+ {
+ return nextLine_;
+ }
+
+ int peekCh = inStream->peek();
+
+ // remove end-of-line characters
+ if (!inStream->eof())
+ {
+ if ((peekCh == '\n' || peekCh == '\r') && peekCh != ch)
+ inStream->get();
+ }
+
+ return nextLine_;
+}
+
+// reset current position and EOF for peekNextLine()
+template<typename T>
+void ASStreamIterator<T>::peekReset()
+{
+ assert(peekStart != 0);
+ inStream->clear();
+ inStream->seekg(peekStart);
+ peekStart = 0;
+}
+
+// save the last input line after input has reached EOF
+template<typename T>
+void ASStreamIterator<T>::saveLastInputLine()
+{
+ assert(inStream->eof());
+ prevBuffer = buffer;
+}
+
+// return position of the get pointer
+template<typename T>
+streamoff ASStreamIterator<T>::tellg()
+{
+ return inStream->tellg();
+}
+
+// check for a change in line ends
+template<typename T>
+bool ASStreamIterator<T>::getLineEndChange(int lineEndFormat) const
+{
+ assert(lineEndFormat == LINEEND_DEFAULT
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_WINDOWS
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_LINUX
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_MACOLD);
+
+ bool lineEndChange = false;
+ if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_WINDOWS)
+ lineEndChange = (eolLinux + eolMacOld != 0);
+ else if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_LINUX)
+ lineEndChange = (eolWindows + eolMacOld != 0);
+ else if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_MACOLD)
+ lineEndChange = (eolWindows + eolLinux != 0);
+ else
+ {
+ if (eolWindows > 0)
+ lineEndChange = (eolLinux + eolMacOld != 0);
+ else if (eolLinux > 0)
+ lineEndChange = (eolWindows + eolMacOld != 0);
+ else if (eolMacOld > 0)
+ lineEndChange = (eolWindows + eolLinux != 0);
+ }
+ return lineEndChange;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASConsole class
+// main function will be included only in the console build
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+ASConsole::ASConsole(ASFormatter& formatterArg) : formatter(formatterArg)
+{
+ errorStream = &cerr;
+ // command line options
+ isRecursive = false;
+ isDryRun = false;
+ noBackup = false;
+ preserveDate = false;
+ isVerbose = false;
+ isQuiet = false;
+ isFormattedOnly = false;
+ ignoreExcludeErrors = false;
+ ignoreExcludeErrorsDisplay = false;
+ useAscii = false;
+ // other variables
+ bypassBrowserOpen = false;
+ hasWildcard = false;
+ filesAreIdentical = true;
+ lineEndsMixed = false;
+ origSuffix = ".orig";
+ mainDirectoryLength = 0;
+ filesFormatted = 0;
+ filesUnchanged = 0;
+ linesOut = 0;
+}
+
+ASConsole::~ASConsole()
+{}
+
+// rewrite a stringstream converting the line ends
+void ASConsole::convertLineEnds(ostringstream& out, int lineEnd)
+{
+ assert(lineEnd == LINEEND_WINDOWS || lineEnd == LINEEND_LINUX || lineEnd == LINEEND_MACOLD);
+ const string& inStr = out.str(); // avoids strange looking syntax
+ string outStr; // the converted output
+ int inLength = (int) inStr.length();
+ for (int pos = 0; pos < inLength; pos++)
+ {
+ if (inStr[pos] == '\r')
+ {
+ if (inStr[pos + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ // CRLF
+ if (lineEnd == LINEEND_CR)
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Delete the LF
+ pos++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (lineEnd == LINEEND_LF)
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos + 1]; // Delete the CR
+ pos++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Do not change
+ outStr += inStr[pos + 1];
+ pos++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // CR
+ if (lineEnd == LINEEND_CRLF)
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Insert the CR
+ outStr += '\n'; // Insert the LF
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (lineEnd == LINEEND_LF)
+ {
+ outStr += '\n'; // Insert the LF
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Do not change
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (inStr[pos] == '\n')
+ {
+ // LF
+ if (lineEnd == LINEEND_CRLF)
+ {
+ outStr += '\r'; // Insert the CR
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Insert the LF
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (lineEnd == LINEEND_CR)
+ {
+ outStr += '\r'; // Insert the CR
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Do not change
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ outStr += inStr[pos]; // Write the current char
+ }
+ }
+ // replace the stream
+ out.str(outStr);
+}
+
+void ASConsole::correctMixedLineEnds(ostringstream& out)
+{
+ LineEndFormat lineEndFormat = LINEEND_DEFAULT;
+ if (outputEOL == "\r\n")
+ lineEndFormat = LINEEND_WINDOWS;
+ if (outputEOL == "\n")
+ lineEndFormat = LINEEND_LINUX;
+ if (outputEOL == "\r")
+ lineEndFormat = LINEEND_MACOLD;
+ convertLineEnds(out, lineEndFormat);
+}
+
+// check files for 16 or 32 bit encoding
+// the file must have a Byte Order Mark (BOM)
+// NOTE: some string functions don't work with NULLs (e.g. length())
+FileEncoding ASConsole::detectEncoding(const char* data, size_t dataSize) const
+{
+ FileEncoding encoding = ENCODING_8BIT;
+
+ if (dataSize >= 3 && memcmp(data, "\xEF\xBB\xBF", 3) == 0)
+ encoding = UTF_8BOM;
+ else if (dataSize >= 4 && memcmp(data, "\x00\x00\xFE\xFF", 4) == 0)
+ encoding = UTF_32BE;
+ else if (dataSize >= 4 && memcmp(data, "\xFF\xFE\x00\x00", 4) == 0)
+ encoding = UTF_32LE;
+ else if (dataSize >= 2 && memcmp(data, "\xFE\xFF", 2) == 0)
+ encoding = UTF_16BE;
+ else if (dataSize >= 2 && memcmp(data, "\xFF\xFE", 2) == 0)
+ encoding = UTF_16LE;
+
+ return encoding;
+}
+
+// error exit without a message
+void ASConsole::error() const
+{
+ (*errorStream) << _("Artistic Style has terminated\n") << endl;
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+// error exit with a message
+void ASConsole::error(const char* why, const char* what) const
+{
+ (*errorStream) << why << ' ' << what << endl;
+ error();
+}
+
+/**
+ * If no files have been given, use cin for input and cout for output.
+ *
+ * This is used to format text for text editors.
+ * Do NOT display any console messages when this function is used.
+ */
+void ASConsole::formatCinToCout()
+{
+ // check for files from --stdin= and --stdout=
+ if (!stdPathIn.empty())
+ {
+ if (!freopen(stdPathIn.c_str(), "r", stdin))
+ error("Cannot open input file", stdPathIn.c_str());
+ }
+ if (!stdPathOut.empty())
+ {
+ if (!freopen(stdPathOut.c_str(), "w", stdout))
+ error("Cannot open output file", stdPathOut.c_str());
+
+ }
+ // Using cin.tellg() causes problems with both Windows and Linux.
+ // The Windows problem occurs when the input is not Windows line-ends.
+ // The tellg() will be out of sequence with the get() statements.
+ // The Linux cin.tellg() will return -1 (invalid).
+ // Copying the input sequentially to a stringstream before
+ // formatting solves the problem for both.
+ istream* inStream = &cin;
+ stringstream outStream;
+ char ch;
+ inStream->get(ch);
+ while (!inStream->eof() && !inStream->fail())
+ {
+ outStream.put(ch);
+ inStream->get(ch);
+ }
+ ASStreamIterator<stringstream> streamIterator(&outStream);
+ // Windows pipe or redirection always outputs Windows line-ends.
+ // Linux pipe or redirection will output any line end.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ LineEndFormat lineEndFormat = LINEEND_DEFAULT;
+#else
+ LineEndFormat lineEndFormat = formatter.getLineEndFormat();
+#endif // _WIN32
+ initializeOutputEOL(lineEndFormat);
+ formatter.init(&streamIterator);
+
+ while (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ cout << formatter.nextLine();
+ if (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ setOutputEOL(lineEndFormat, streamIterator.getOutputEOL());
+ cout << outputEOL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // this can happen if the file if missing a closing brace and break-blocks is requested
+ if (formatter.getIsLineReady())
+ {
+ setOutputEOL(lineEndFormat, streamIterator.getOutputEOL());
+ cout << outputEOL;
+ cout << formatter.nextLine();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ cout.flush();
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open input file, format it, and close the output.
+ *
+ * @param fileName_ The path and name of the file to be processed.
+ */
+void ASConsole::formatFile(const string& fileName_)
+{
+ stringstream in;
+ ostringstream out;
+ FileEncoding encoding = readFile(fileName_, in);
+
+ // Unless a specific language mode has been set, set the language mode
+ // according to the file's suffix.
+ if (!formatter.getModeManuallySet())
+ {
+ if (stringEndsWith(fileName_, string(".java")))
+ formatter.setJavaStyle();
+ else if (stringEndsWith(fileName_, string(".cs")))
+ formatter.setSharpStyle();
+ else
+ formatter.setCStyle();
+ }
+
+ // set line end format
+ string nextLine; // next output line
+ filesAreIdentical = true; // input and output files are identical
+ LineEndFormat lineEndFormat = formatter.getLineEndFormat();
+ initializeOutputEOL(lineEndFormat);
+ // do this AFTER setting the file mode
+ ASStreamIterator<stringstream> streamIterator(&in);
+ formatter.init(&streamIterator);
+
+ // format the file
+ while (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ nextLine = formatter.nextLine();
+ out << nextLine;
+ linesOut++;
+ if (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ setOutputEOL(lineEndFormat, streamIterator.getOutputEOL());
+ out << outputEOL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ streamIterator.saveLastInputLine(); // to compare the last input line
+ // this can happen if the file if missing a closing brace and break-blocks is requested
+ if (formatter.getIsLineReady())
+ {
+ setOutputEOL(lineEndFormat, streamIterator.getOutputEOL());
+ out << outputEOL;
+ nextLine = formatter.nextLine();
+ out << nextLine;
+ linesOut++;
+ streamIterator.saveLastInputLine();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (filesAreIdentical)
+ {
+ if (streamIterator.checkForEmptyLine)
+ {
+ if (nextLine.find_first_not_of(" \t") != string::npos)
+ filesAreIdentical = false;
+ }
+ else if (!streamIterator.compareToInputBuffer(nextLine))
+ filesAreIdentical = false;
+ streamIterator.checkForEmptyLine = false;
+ }
+ }
+ // correct for mixed line ends
+ if (lineEndsMixed)
+ {
+ correctMixedLineEnds(out);
+ filesAreIdentical = false;
+ }
+
+ // remove targetDirectory from filename if required by print
+ string displayName;
+ if (hasWildcard)
+ displayName = fileName_.substr(targetDirectory.length() + 1);
+ else
+ displayName = fileName_;
+
+ // if file has changed, write the new file
+ if (!filesAreIdentical || streamIterator.getLineEndChange(lineEndFormat))
+ {
+ if (!isDryRun)
+ writeFile(fileName_, encoding, out);
+ printMsg(_("Formatted %s\n"), displayName);
+ filesFormatted++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!isFormattedOnly)
+ printMsg(_("Unchanged %s\n"), displayName);
+ filesUnchanged++;
+ }
+
+ assert(formatter.getChecksumDiff() == 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Searches for a file named fileName_ in the current directory. If it is not
+ * found, recursively searches for fileName_ in the current directory's parent
+ * directories, returning the location of the first instance of fileName_
+ * found. If fileName_ is not found, an empty string is returned.
+ *
+ * @param fileName_ The filename the function should attempt to locate.
+ * @return The full path to fileName_ in the current directory or
+ * nearest parent directory if found, otherwise an empty
+ * string.
+ */
+string ASConsole::findProjectOptionFilePath(const string& fileName_) const
+{
+ string parent;
+
+ if (!fileNameVector.empty())
+ parent = getFullPathName(fileNameVector.front());
+ else if (!stdPathIn.empty())
+ parent = getFullPathName(stdPathIn);
+ else
+ parent = getFullPathName(getCurrentDirectory(fileName_));
+
+ // remove filename from path
+ size_t endPath = parent.find_last_of(g_fileSeparator);
+ if (endPath != string::npos)
+ parent = parent.substr(0, endPath + 1);
+
+ while (!parent.empty())
+ {
+ string filepath = parent + fileName_;
+ if (fileExists(filepath.c_str()))
+ return filepath;
+ else if (fileName_ == ".astylerc")
+ {
+ filepath = parent + "_astylerc";
+ if (fileExists(filepath.c_str()))
+ return filepath;
+ }
+ parent = getParentDirectory(parent);
+ }
+ return string();
+}
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<bool> ASConsole::getExcludeHitsVector() const
+{ return excludeHitsVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getExcludeVector() const
+{ return excludeVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getFileName() const
+{ return fileName; }
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getFileNameVector() const
+{ return fileNameVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getFileOptionsVector() const
+{ return fileOptionsVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getFilesAreIdentical() const
+{ return filesAreIdentical; }
+
+// for unit testing
+int ASConsole::getFilesFormatted() const
+{ return filesFormatted; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIgnoreExcludeErrors() const
+{ return ignoreExcludeErrors; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIgnoreExcludeErrorsDisplay() const
+{ return ignoreExcludeErrorsDisplay; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIsDryRun() const
+{ return isDryRun; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIsFormattedOnly() const
+{ return isFormattedOnly; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getLanguageID() const
+{ return localizer.getLanguageID(); }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIsQuiet() const
+{ return isQuiet; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIsRecursive() const
+{ return isRecursive; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getIsVerbose() const
+{ return isVerbose; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getLineEndsMixed() const
+{ return lineEndsMixed; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getNoBackup() const
+{ return noBackup; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getOptionFileName() const
+{ return optionFileName; }
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getOptionsVector() const
+{ return optionsVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getOrigSuffix() const
+{ return origSuffix; }
+
+// for unit testing
+bool ASConsole::getPreserveDate() const
+{ return preserveDate; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getProjectOptionFileName() const
+{
+ assert(projectOptionFileName.length() > 0);
+ // remove the directory path
+ size_t start = projectOptionFileName.find_last_of(g_fileSeparator);
+ if (start == string::npos)
+ start = 0;
+ return projectOptionFileName.substr(start + 1);
+}
+
+// for unit testing
+vector<string> ASConsole::getProjectOptionsVector() const
+{ return projectOptionsVector; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getStdPathIn() const
+{ return stdPathIn; }
+
+// for unit testing
+string ASConsole::getStdPathOut() const
+{ return stdPathOut; }
+
+// for unit testing
+void ASConsole::setBypassBrowserOpen(bool state)
+{ bypassBrowserOpen = state; }
+
+// for unit testing
+ostream* ASConsole::getErrorStream() const
+{
+ return errorStream;
+}
+
+void ASConsole::setErrorStream(ostream* errStreamPtr)
+{
+ errorStream = errStreamPtr;
+}
+
+// build a vector of argv options
+// the program path argv[0] is excluded
+vector<string> ASConsole::getArgvOptions(int argc, char** argv) const
+{
+ vector<string> argvOptions;
+ for (int i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ argvOptions.emplace_back(string(argv[i]));
+ }
+ return argvOptions;
+}
+
+string ASConsole::getParam(const string& arg, const char* op)
+{
+ return arg.substr(strlen(op));
+}
+
+void ASConsole::getTargetFilenames(string& targetFilename_,
+ vector<string>& targetFilenameVector) const
+{
+ size_t beg = 0;
+ size_t sep = 0;
+ while (beg < targetFilename_.length())
+ {
+ // find next target
+ sep = targetFilename_.find_first_of(",;", beg);
+ if (sep == string::npos)
+ sep = targetFilename_.length();
+ string fileExtension = targetFilename_.substr(beg, sep - beg);
+ beg = sep + 1;
+ // remove whitespace
+ while (fileExtension.length() > 0
+ && (fileExtension[0] == ' ' || fileExtension[0] == '\t'))
+ fileExtension = fileExtension.erase(0, 1);
+ while (fileExtension.length() > 0
+ && (fileExtension[fileExtension.length() - 1] == ' '
+ || fileExtension[fileExtension.length() - 1] == '\t'))
+ fileExtension = fileExtension.erase(fileExtension.length() - 1, 1);
+ if (fileExtension.length() > 0)
+ targetFilenameVector.emplace_back(fileExtension);
+ }
+ if (targetFilenameVector.size() == 0)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Missing filename in %s\n"), targetFilename_.c_str());
+ error();
+ }
+}
+
+// initialize output end of line
+void ASConsole::initializeOutputEOL(LineEndFormat lineEndFormat)
+{
+ assert(lineEndFormat == LINEEND_DEFAULT
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_WINDOWS
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_LINUX
+ || lineEndFormat == LINEEND_MACOLD);
+
+ outputEOL.clear(); // current line end
+ prevEOL.clear(); // previous line end
+ lineEndsMixed = false; // output has mixed line ends, LINEEND_DEFAULT only
+
+ if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_WINDOWS)
+ outputEOL = "\r\n";
+ else if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_LINUX)
+ outputEOL = "\n";
+ else if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_MACOLD)
+ outputEOL = "\r";
+ else
+ outputEOL.clear();
+}
+
+// read a file into the stringstream 'in'
+FileEncoding ASConsole::readFile(const string& fileName_, stringstream& in) const
+{
+ const int blockSize = 65536; // 64 KB
+ ifstream fin(fileName_.c_str(), ios::binary);
+ if (!fin)
+ error("Cannot open file", fileName_.c_str());
+ char* data = new (nothrow) char[blockSize];
+ if (data == nullptr)
+ error("Cannot allocate memory to open file", fileName_.c_str());
+ fin.read(data, blockSize);
+ if (fin.bad())
+ error("Cannot read file", fileName_.c_str());
+ size_t dataSize = static_cast<size_t>(fin.gcount());
+ FileEncoding encoding = detectEncoding(data, dataSize);
+ if (encoding == UTF_32BE || encoding == UTF_32LE)
+ error(_("Cannot process UTF-32 encoding"), fileName_.c_str());
+ bool firstBlock = true;
+ bool isBigEndian = (encoding == UTF_16BE);
+ while (dataSize != 0)
+ {
+ if (encoding == UTF_16LE || encoding == UTF_16BE)
+ {
+ // convert utf-16 to utf-8
+ size_t utf8Size = encode.utf8LengthFromUtf16(data, dataSize, isBigEndian);
+ char* utf8Out = new (nothrow) char[utf8Size];
+ if (utf8Out == nullptr)
+ error("Cannot allocate memory for utf-8 conversion", fileName_.c_str());
+ size_t utf8Len = encode.utf16ToUtf8(data, dataSize, isBigEndian, firstBlock, utf8Out);
+ assert(utf8Len <= utf8Size);
+ in << string(utf8Out, utf8Len);
+ delete[] utf8Out;
+ }
+ else
+ in << string(data, dataSize);
+ fin.read(data, blockSize);
+ if (fin.bad())
+ error("Cannot read file", fileName_.c_str());
+ dataSize = static_cast<size_t>(fin.gcount());
+ firstBlock = false;
+ }
+ fin.close();
+ delete[] data;
+ return encoding;
+}
+
+void ASConsole::setIgnoreExcludeErrors(bool state)
+{ ignoreExcludeErrors = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIgnoreExcludeErrorsAndDisplay(bool state)
+{ ignoreExcludeErrors = state; ignoreExcludeErrorsDisplay = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIsFormattedOnly(bool state)
+{ isFormattedOnly = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIsQuiet(bool state)
+{ isQuiet = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIsRecursive(bool state)
+{ isRecursive = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIsDryRun(bool state)
+{ isDryRun = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setIsVerbose(bool state)
+{ isVerbose = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setNoBackup(bool state)
+{ noBackup = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setOptionFileName(const string& name)
+{ optionFileName = name; }
+
+void ASConsole::setOrigSuffix(const string& suffix)
+{ origSuffix = suffix; }
+
+void ASConsole::setPreserveDate(bool state)
+{ preserveDate = state; }
+
+void ASConsole::setProjectOptionFileName(const string& optfilepath)
+{ projectOptionFileName = optfilepath; }
+
+void ASConsole::setStdPathIn(const string& path)
+{ stdPathIn = path; }
+
+void ASConsole::setStdPathOut(const string& path)
+{ stdPathOut = path; }
+
+// set outputEOL variable
+void ASConsole::setOutputEOL(LineEndFormat lineEndFormat, const string& currentEOL)
+{
+ if (lineEndFormat == LINEEND_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ outputEOL = currentEOL;
+ if (prevEOL.empty())
+ prevEOL = outputEOL;
+ if (prevEOL != outputEOL)
+ {
+ lineEndsMixed = true;
+ filesAreIdentical = false;
+ prevEOL = outputEOL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prevEOL = currentEOL;
+ if (prevEOL != outputEOL)
+ filesAreIdentical = false;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32 // Windows specific
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to display the last system error.
+ */
+void ASConsole::displayLastError()
+{
+ LPSTR msgBuf;
+ DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+ FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
+ nullptr,
+ lastError,
+ MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), // Default language
+ (LPSTR) &msgBuf,
+ 0,
+ nullptr
+ );
+ // Display the string.
+ (*errorStream) << "Error (" << lastError << ") " << msgBuf << endl;
+ // Free the buffer.
+ LocalFree(msgBuf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to get the current directory.
+ * NOTE: getenv("CD") does not work for Windows Vista.
+ * The Windows function GetCurrentDirectory is used instead.
+ *
+ * @return The path of the current directory
+ */
+string ASConsole::getCurrentDirectory(const string& fileName_) const
+{
+ char currdir[MAX_PATH];
+ currdir[0] = '\0';
+ if (!GetCurrentDirectory(sizeof(currdir), currdir))
+ error("Cannot find file", fileName_.c_str());
+ return string(currdir);
+}
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to resolve wildcards and recurse into sub directories.
+ * The fileName vector is filled with the path and names of files to process.
+ *
+ * @param directory The path of the directory to be processed.
+ * @param wildcards A vector of wildcards to be processed (e.g. *.cpp).
+ */
+void ASConsole::getFileNames(const string& directory, const vector<string>& wildcards)
+{
+ vector<string> subDirectory; // sub directories of directory
+ WIN32_FIND_DATA findFileData; // for FindFirstFile and FindNextFile
+
+ // Find the first file in the directory
+ // Find will get at least "." and "..".
+ string firstFile = directory + "\\*";
+ HANDLE hFind = FindFirstFile(firstFile.c_str(), &findFileData);
+
+ if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+ {
+ // Error (3) The system cannot find the path specified.
+ // Error (123) The filename, directory name, or volume label syntax is incorrect.
+ // ::FindClose(hFind); before exiting
+ displayLastError();
+ error(_("Cannot open directory"), directory.c_str());
+ }
+
+ // save files and sub directories
+ do
+ {
+ // skip hidden or read only
+ if (findFileData.cFileName[0] == '.'
+ || (findFileData.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN)
+ || (findFileData.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY))
+ continue;
+
+ // is this a sub directory
+ if (findFileData.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)
+ {
+ if (!isRecursive)
+ continue;
+ // if a sub directory and recursive, save sub directory
+ string subDirectoryPath = directory + g_fileSeparator + findFileData.cFileName;
+ if (isPathExclued(subDirectoryPath))
+ printMsg(_("Exclude %s\n"), subDirectoryPath.substr(mainDirectoryLength));
+ else
+ subDirectory.emplace_back(subDirectoryPath);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ string filePathName = directory + g_fileSeparator + findFileData.cFileName;
+ // check exclude before wildcmp to avoid "unmatched exclude" error
+ bool isExcluded = isPathExclued(filePathName);
+ // save file name if wildcard match
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < wildcards.size(); i++)
+ {
+ if (wildcmp(wildcards[i].c_str(), findFileData.cFileName))
+ {
+ if (isExcluded)
+ printMsg(_("Exclude %s\n"), filePathName.substr(mainDirectoryLength));
+ else
+ fileName.emplace_back(filePathName);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ while (FindNextFile(hFind, &findFileData) != 0);
+
+ // check for processing error
+ ::FindClose(hFind);
+ DWORD dwError = GetLastError();
+ if (dwError != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
+ error("Error processing directory", directory.c_str());
+
+ // recurse into sub directories
+ // if not doing recursive subDirectory is empty
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < subDirectory.size(); i++)
+ getFileNames(subDirectory[i], wildcards);
+
+ return;
+}
+
+// WINDOWS function to get the full path name from the relative path name
+// Return the full path name or an empty string if failed.
+string ASConsole::getFullPathName(const string& relativePath) const
+{
+ char fullPath[MAX_PATH];
+ GetFullPathName(relativePath.c_str(), MAX_PATH, fullPath, NULL);
+ return fullPath;
+}
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to format a number according to the current locale.
+ * This formats positive integers only, no float.
+ *
+ * @param num The number to be formatted.
+ * @param lcid The LCID of the locale to be used for testing.
+ * @return The formatted number.
+ */
+string ASConsole::getNumberFormat(int num, size_t lcid) const
+{
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__GNUC__)
+ // Compilers that don't support C++ locales should still support this assert.
+ // The C locale should be set but not the C++.
+ // This function is not necessary if the C++ locale is set.
+ // The locale().name() return value is not portable to all compilers.
+ assert(locale().name() == "C");
+#endif
+ // convert num to a string
+ stringstream alphaNum;
+ alphaNum << num;
+ string number = alphaNum.str();
+ if (useAscii)
+ return number;
+
+ // format the number using the Windows API
+ if (lcid == 0)
+ lcid = LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT;
+ int outSize = ::GetNumberFormat(lcid, 0, number.c_str(), nullptr, nullptr, 0);
+ char* outBuf = new (nothrow) char[outSize];
+ if (outBuf == nullptr)
+ return number;
+ ::GetNumberFormat(lcid, 0, number.c_str(), nullptr, outBuf, outSize);
+ string formattedNum(outBuf);
+ delete[] outBuf;
+ // remove the decimal
+ int decSize = ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_SDECIMAL, nullptr, 0);
+ char* decBuf = new (nothrow) char[decSize];
+ if (decBuf == nullptr)
+ return number;
+ ::GetLocaleInfo(lcid, LOCALE_SDECIMAL, decBuf, decSize);
+ size_t i = formattedNum.rfind(decBuf);
+ delete[] decBuf;
+ if (i != string::npos)
+ formattedNum.erase(i);
+ if (!formattedNum.length())
+ formattedNum = "0";
+ return formattedNum;
+}
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to check for a HOME directory
+ *
+ * @param absPath The path to be evaluated.
+ * @returns true if absPath is HOME or is an invalid absolute
+ * path, false otherwise.
+ */
+bool ASConsole::isHomeOrInvalidAbsPath(const string& absPath) const
+{
+ char* env = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+ if (env == nullptr)
+ return true;
+
+ if (absPath.c_str() == env)
+ return true;
+
+ if (absPath.compare(0, strlen(env), env) != 0)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * WINDOWS function to open a HTML file in the default browser.
+ */
+void ASConsole::launchDefaultBrowser(const char* filePathIn /*nullptr*/) const
+{
+ struct stat statbuf;
+ const char* envPaths[] = { "PROGRAMFILES(X86)", "PROGRAMFILES" };
+ size_t pathsLen = sizeof(envPaths) / sizeof(envPaths[0]);
+ string htmlDefaultPath;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < pathsLen; i++)
+ {
+ const char* envPath = getenv(envPaths[i]);
+ if (envPath == nullptr)
+ continue;
+ htmlDefaultPath = envPath;
+ if (htmlDefaultPath.length() > 0
+ && htmlDefaultPath[htmlDefaultPath.length() - 1] == g_fileSeparator)
+ htmlDefaultPath.erase(htmlDefaultPath.length() - 1);
+ htmlDefaultPath.append("\\AStyle\\doc");
+ if (stat(htmlDefaultPath.c_str(), &statbuf) == 0 && statbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR)
+ break;
+ }
+ htmlDefaultPath.append("\\");
+
+ // build file path
+ string htmlFilePath;
+ if (filePathIn == nullptr)
+ htmlFilePath = htmlDefaultPath + "astyle.html";
+ else
+ {
+ if (strpbrk(filePathIn, "\\/") == nullptr)
+ htmlFilePath = htmlDefaultPath + filePathIn;
+ else
+ htmlFilePath = filePathIn;
+ }
+ standardizePath(htmlFilePath);
+ if (stat(htmlFilePath.c_str(), &statbuf) != 0 || !(statbuf.st_mode & S_IFREG))
+ {
+ printf(_("Cannot open HTML file %s\n"), htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SHELLEXECUTEINFO sei = { sizeof(sei), 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+ sei.fMask = SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI;
+ sei.lpVerb = "open";
+ sei.lpFile = htmlFilePath.c_str();
+ sei.nShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL;
+
+ // browser open will be bypassed in test programs
+ printf(_("Opening HTML documentation %s\n"), htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ if (!bypassBrowserOpen)
+ {
+ int ret = ShellExecuteEx(&sei);
+ if (!ret)
+ error(_("Command execute failure"), htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ }
+}
+
+#else // Linux specific
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to get the current directory.
+ * This is done if the fileName does not contain a path.
+ * It is probably from an editor sending a single file.
+ *
+ * @param fileName_ The filename is used only for the error message.
+ * @return The path of the current directory
+ */
+string ASConsole::getCurrentDirectory(const string& fileName_) const
+{
+ char* currdir = getenv("PWD");
+ if (currdir == nullptr)
+ error("Cannot find file", fileName_.c_str());
+ return string(currdir);
+}
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to resolve wildcards and recurse into sub directories.
+ * The fileName vector is filled with the path and names of files to process.
+ *
+ * @param directory The path of the directory to be processed.
+ * @param wildcards A vector of wildcards to be processed (e.g. *.cpp).
+ */
+void ASConsole::getFileNames(const string& directory, const vector<string>& wildcards)
+{
+ struct dirent* entry; // entry from readdir()
+ struct stat statbuf; // entry from stat()
+ vector<string> subDirectory; // sub directories of this directory
+
+ // errno is defined in <errno.h> and is set for errors in opendir, readdir, or stat
+ errno = 0;
+
+ DIR* dp = opendir(directory.c_str());
+ if (dp == nullptr)
+ error(_("Cannot open directory"), directory.c_str());
+
+ // save the first fileName entry for this recursion
+ const unsigned firstEntry = fileName.size();
+
+ // save files and sub directories
+ while ((entry = readdir(dp)) != nullptr)
+ {
+ // get file status
+ string entryFilepath = directory + g_fileSeparator + entry->d_name;
+ if (stat(entryFilepath.c_str(), &statbuf) != 0)
+ {
+ if (errno == EOVERFLOW) // file over 2 GB is OK
+ {
+ errno = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ perror("errno message");
+ error("Error getting file status in directory", directory.c_str());
+ }
+ // skip hidden or read only
+ if (entry->d_name[0] == '.' || !(statbuf.st_mode & S_IWUSR))
+ continue;
+ // if a sub directory and recursive, save sub directory
+ if (S_ISDIR(statbuf.st_mode) && isRecursive)
+ {
+ if (isPathExclued(entryFilepath))
+ printMsg(_("Exclude %s\n"), entryFilepath.substr(mainDirectoryLength));
+ else
+ subDirectory.emplace_back(entryFilepath);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // if a file, save file name
+ if (S_ISREG(statbuf.st_mode))
+ {
+ // check exclude before wildcmp to avoid "unmatched exclude" error
+ bool isExcluded = isPathExclued(entryFilepath);
+ // save file name if wildcard match
+ for (string wildcard : wildcards)
+ {
+ if (wildcmp(wildcard.c_str(), entry->d_name) != 0)
+ {
+ if (isExcluded)
+ printMsg(_("Exclude %s\n"), entryFilepath.substr(mainDirectoryLength));
+ else
+ fileName.emplace_back(entryFilepath);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (closedir(dp) != 0)
+ {
+ perror("errno message");
+ error("Error reading directory", directory.c_str());
+ }
+
+ // sort the current entries for fileName
+ if (firstEntry < fileName.size())
+ sort(&fileName[firstEntry], &fileName[fileName.size()]);
+
+ // recurse into sub directories
+ // if not doing recursive, subDirectory is empty
+ if (subDirectory.size() > 1)
+ sort(subDirectory.begin(), subDirectory.end());
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < subDirectory.size(); i++)
+ {
+ getFileNames(subDirectory[i], wildcards);
+ }
+}
+
+// LINUX function to get the full path name from the relative path name
+// Return the full path name or an empty string if failed.
+string ASConsole::getFullPathName(const string& relativePath) const
+{
+ // ignore realPath attribute warning
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-result"
+ char fullPath[PATH_MAX];
+ realpath(relativePath.c_str(), fullPath);
+ return fullPath;
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+}
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to get locale information and call getNumberFormat.
+ * This formats positive integers only, no float.
+ *
+ * @param num The number to be formatted.
+ * size_t is for compatibility with the Windows function.
+ * @return The formatted number.
+ */
+string ASConsole::getNumberFormat(int num, size_t /*lcid*/) const
+{
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__GNUC__)
+ // Compilers that don't support C++ locales should still support this assert.
+ // The C locale should be set but not the C++.
+ // This function is not necessary if the C++ locale is set.
+ // The locale().name() return value is not portable to all compilers.
+ assert(locale().name() == "C");
+#endif
+
+ // get the locale info
+ struct lconv* lc;
+ lc = localeconv();
+
+ // format the number
+ return getNumberFormat(num, lc->grouping, lc->thousands_sep);
+}
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to format a number according to the current locale.
+ * This formats positive integers only, no float.
+ *
+ * @param num The number to be formatted.
+ * @param groupingArg The grouping string from the locale.
+ * @param separator The thousands group separator from the locale.
+ * @return The formatted number.
+ */
+string ASConsole::getNumberFormat(int num, const char* groupingArg, const char* separator) const
+{
+ // convert num to a string
+ stringstream alphaNum;
+ alphaNum << num;
+ string number = alphaNum.str();
+ // format the number from right to left
+ string formattedNum;
+ size_t ig = 0; // grouping index
+ int grouping = groupingArg[ig];
+ int i = number.length();
+ // check for no grouping
+ if (grouping == 0)
+ grouping = number.length();
+ while (i > 0)
+ {
+ // extract a group of numbers
+ string group;
+ if (i < grouping)
+ group = number;
+ else
+ group = number.substr(i - grouping);
+ // update formatted number
+ formattedNum.insert(0, group);
+ i -= grouping;
+ if (i < 0)
+ i = 0;
+ if (i > 0)
+ formattedNum.insert(0, separator);
+ number.erase(i);
+ // update grouping
+ if (groupingArg[ig] != '\0'
+ && groupingArg[ig + 1] != '\0')
+ grouping = groupingArg[++ig];
+ }
+ return formattedNum;
+}
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to check for a HOME directory
+ *
+ * @param absPath The path to be evaluated.
+ * @returns true if absPath is HOME or is an invalid absolute
+ * path, false otherwise.
+ */
+bool ASConsole::isHomeOrInvalidAbsPath(const string& absPath) const
+{
+ char* env = getenv("HOME");
+ if (env == nullptr)
+ return true;
+
+ if (absPath.c_str() == env)
+ return true;
+
+ if (absPath.compare(0, strlen(env), env) != 0)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * LINUX function to open a HTML file in the default browser.
+ * Use xdg-open from freedesktop.org cross-desktop compatibility suite xdg-utils.
+ * see http://portland.freedesktop.org/wiki/
+ * This is installed on most modern distributions.
+ */
+void ASConsole::launchDefaultBrowser(const char* filePathIn /*nullptr*/) const
+{
+ struct stat statbuf;
+ string htmlDefaultPath = "/usr/share/doc/astyle/html/";
+ string htmlDefaultFile = "astyle.html";
+
+ // build file path
+ string htmlFilePath;
+ if (filePathIn == nullptr)
+ htmlFilePath = htmlDefaultPath + htmlDefaultFile;
+ else
+ {
+ if (strpbrk(filePathIn, "\\/") == nullptr)
+ htmlFilePath = htmlDefaultPath + filePathIn;
+ else
+ htmlFilePath = filePathIn;
+ }
+ standardizePath(htmlFilePath);
+ if (stat(htmlFilePath.c_str(), &statbuf) != 0 || !(statbuf.st_mode & S_IFREG))
+ {
+ printf(_("Cannot open HTML file %s\n"), htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // get search paths
+ const char* envPaths = getenv("PATH");
+ if (envPaths == nullptr)
+ envPaths = "?";
+ size_t envlen = strlen(envPaths);
+ char* paths = new char[envlen + 1];
+ strcpy(paths, envPaths);
+ // find xdg-open (usually in /usr/bin)
+ // Mac uses open instead
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+ const char* fileOpen = "open";
+#else
+ const char* fileOpen = "xdg-open";
+#endif
+ string searchPath;
+ char* searchDir = strtok(paths, ":");
+ while (searchDir != nullptr)
+ {
+ searchPath = searchDir;
+ if (searchPath.length() > 0
+ && searchPath[searchPath.length() - 1] != g_fileSeparator)
+ searchPath.append(string(1, g_fileSeparator));
+ searchPath.append(fileOpen);
+ if (stat(searchPath.c_str(), &statbuf) == 0 && (statbuf.st_mode & S_IFREG))
+ break;
+ searchDir = strtok(nullptr, ":");
+ }
+ delete[] paths;
+ if (searchDir == nullptr)
+ error(_("Command is not installed"), fileOpen);
+
+ // browser open will be bypassed in test programs
+ printf(_("Opening HTML documentation %s\n"), htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ if (!bypassBrowserOpen)
+ {
+ execlp(fileOpen, fileOpen, htmlFilePath.c_str(), nullptr);
+ // execlp will NOT return if successful
+ error(_("Command execute failure"), fileOpen);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // _WIN32
+
+/**
+ * Returns the parent directory of absPath. If absPath is not a valid absolute
+ * path or if it does not have a parent, an empty string is returned.
+ *
+ * @param absPath The initial directory.
+ * @return The parent directory of absPath, or an empty string if
+ * one cannot be found.
+ */
+string ASConsole::getParentDirectory(const string& absPath) const
+{
+ if (isHomeOrInvalidAbsPath(absPath))
+ {
+ return string();
+ }
+ size_t offset = absPath.size() - 1;
+ if (absPath[absPath.size() - 1] == g_fileSeparator)
+ {
+ offset -= 1;
+ }
+ size_t idx = absPath.rfind(g_fileSeparator, offset);
+ if (idx == string::npos)
+ {
+ return string();
+ }
+ string str = absPath.substr(0, idx + 1);
+ return str;
+}
+
+// get individual file names from the command-line file path
+void ASConsole::getFilePaths(const string& filePath)
+{
+ fileName.clear();
+ targetDirectory = string();
+ targetFilename = string();
+ vector<string> targetFilenameVector;
+
+ // separate directory and file name
+ size_t separator = filePath.find_last_of(g_fileSeparator);
+ if (separator == string::npos)
+ {
+ // if no directory is present, use the currently active directory
+ targetDirectory = getCurrentDirectory(filePath);
+ targetFilename = filePath;
+ mainDirectoryLength = targetDirectory.length() + 1; // +1 includes trailing separator
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ targetDirectory = filePath.substr(0, separator);
+ targetFilename = filePath.substr(separator + 1);
+ mainDirectoryLength = targetDirectory.length() + 1; // +1 includes trailing separator
+ }
+
+ if (targetFilename.length() == 0)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Missing filename in %s\n"), filePath.c_str());
+ error();
+ }
+
+ // check filename for wildcards
+ hasWildcard = false;
+ if (targetFilename.find_first_of("*?") != string::npos)
+ hasWildcard = true;
+
+ // If the filename is not quoted on Linux, bash will replace the
+ // wildcard instead of passing it to the program.
+ if (isRecursive && !hasWildcard)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", _("Recursive option with no wildcard"));
+#ifndef _WIN32
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", _("Did you intend quote the filename"));
+#endif
+ error();
+ }
+
+ bool hasMultipleTargets = false;
+ if (targetFilename.find_first_of(",;") != string::npos)
+ hasMultipleTargets = true;
+
+ // display directory name for wildcard processing
+ if (hasWildcard)
+ {
+ printSeparatingLine();
+ printMsg(_("Directory %s\n"), targetDirectory + g_fileSeparator + targetFilename);
+ }
+
+ // clear exclude hits vector
+ size_t excludeHitsVectorSize = excludeHitsVector.size();
+ for (size_t ix = 0; ix < excludeHitsVectorSize; ix++)
+ excludeHitsVector[ix] = false;
+
+ // create a vector of paths and file names to process
+ if (hasWildcard || isRecursive || hasMultipleTargets)
+ {
+ getTargetFilenames(targetFilename, targetFilenameVector);
+ getFileNames(targetDirectory, targetFilenameVector);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // verify a single file is not a directory (needed on Linux)
+ string entryFilepath = targetDirectory + g_fileSeparator + targetFilename;
+ struct stat statbuf;
+ if (stat(entryFilepath.c_str(), &statbuf) == 0 && (statbuf.st_mode & S_IFREG))
+ fileName.emplace_back(entryFilepath);
+ }
+
+ // check for unprocessed excludes
+ bool excludeErr = false;
+ for (size_t ix = 0; ix < excludeHitsVector.size(); ix++)
+ {
+ if (!excludeHitsVector[ix])
+ {
+ excludeErr = true;
+ if (!ignoreExcludeErrorsDisplay)
+ {
+ if (ignoreExcludeErrors)
+ printMsg(_("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n"), excludeVector[ix]);
+ else
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n"), excludeVector[ix].c_str());
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!ignoreExcludeErrors)
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Exclude (unmatched) %s\n"), excludeVector[ix].c_str());
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (excludeErr && !ignoreExcludeErrors)
+ {
+ if (hasWildcard && !isRecursive)
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", _("Did you intend to use --recursive"));
+ error();
+ }
+
+ // check if files were found (probably an input error if not)
+ if (fileName.empty())
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, _("No file to process %s\n"), filePath.c_str());
+ if (hasWildcard && !isRecursive)
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", _("Did you intend to use --recursive"));
+ error();
+ }
+
+ if (hasWildcard)
+ printSeparatingLine();
+}
+
+// Check if a file exists
+bool ASConsole::fileExists(const char* file) const
+{
+ struct stat buf;
+ return (stat(file, &buf) == 0);
+}
+
+bool ASConsole::fileNameVectorIsEmpty() const
+{
+ return fileNameVector.empty();
+}
+
+bool ASConsole::isOption(const string& arg, const char* op)
+{
+ return arg.compare(op) == 0;
+}
+
+bool ASConsole::isOption(const string& arg, const char* a, const char* b)
+{
+ return (isOption(arg, a) || isOption(arg, b));
+}
+
+bool ASConsole::isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option)
+{
+ bool retVal = arg.compare(0, strlen(option), option) == 0;
+ // if comparing for short option, 2nd char of arg must be numeric
+ if (retVal && strlen(option) == 1 && arg.length() > 1)
+ if (!isdigit((unsigned char) arg[1]))
+ retVal = false;
+ return retVal;
+}
+
+// compare a path to the exclude vector
+// used for both directories and filenames
+// updates the g_excludeHitsVector
+// return true if a match
+bool ASConsole::isPathExclued(const string& subPath)
+{
+ bool retVal = false;
+
+ // read the exclude vector checking for a match
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < excludeVector.size(); i++)
+ {
+ string exclude = excludeVector[i];
+
+ if (subPath.length() < exclude.length())
+ continue;
+
+ size_t compareStart = subPath.length() - exclude.length();
+ // subPath compare must start with a directory name
+ if (compareStart > 0)
+ {
+ char lastPathChar = subPath[compareStart - 1];
+ if (lastPathChar != g_fileSeparator)
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ string compare = subPath.substr(compareStart);
+ if (!g_isCaseSensitive)
+ {
+ // make it case insensitive for Windows
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < compare.length(); j++)
+ compare[j] = (char) tolower(compare[j]);
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < exclude.length(); j++)
+ exclude[j] = (char) tolower(exclude[j]);
+ }
+ // compare sub directory to exclude data - must check them all
+ if (compare == exclude)
+ {
+ excludeHitsVector[i] = true;
+ retVal = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return retVal;
+}
+
+void ASConsole::printHelp() const
+{
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " Artistic Style " << g_version << endl;
+ cout << " Maintained by: Jim Pattee\n";
+ cout << " Original Author: Tal Davidson\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Usage:\n";
+ cout << "------\n";
+ cout << " astyle [OPTIONS] File1 File2 File3 [...]\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " astyle [OPTIONS] < Original > Beautified\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " When indenting a specific file, the resulting indented file RETAINS\n";
+ cout << " the original file-name. The original pre-indented file is renamed,\n";
+ cout << " with a suffix of \'.orig\' added to the original filename.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " Wildcards (* and ?) may be used in the filename.\n";
+ cout << " A \'recursive\' option can process directories recursively.\n";
+ cout << " Multiple file extensions may be separated by a comma.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " By default, astyle is set up to indent with four spaces per indent,\n";
+ cout << " a maximal indentation of 40 spaces inside continuous statements,\n";
+ cout << " a minimum indentation of eight spaces inside conditional statements,\n";
+ cout << " and NO formatting options.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Options:\n";
+ cout << "--------\n";
+ cout << " This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax.\n";
+ cout << " Long options (starting with '--') must be written one at a time.\n";
+ cout << " Short options (starting with '-') may be appended together.\n";
+ cout << " Thus, -bps4 is the same as -b -p -s4.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Option Files:\n";
+ cout << "-------------\n";
+ cout << " Artistic Style looks for a default option file and/or a project\n";
+ cout << " option file in the following order:\n";
+ cout << " 1. The command line options have precedence.\n";
+ cout << " 2. The project option file has precedence over the default file\n";
+ cout << " o the file name indicated by the --project= command line option.\n";
+ cout << " o the file named .astylerc or _ astylerc.\n";
+ cout << " o the file name identified by ARTISTIC_STYLE_PROJECT_OPTIONS.\n";
+ cout << " o the file is disabled by --project=none on the command line.\n";
+ cout << " 3. The default option file that can be used for all projects.\n";
+ cout << " o the file path indicated by the --options= command line option.\n";
+ cout << " o the file path indicated by ARTISTIC_STYLE_OPTIONS.\n";
+ cout << " o the file named .astylerc in the HOME directory (for Linux).\n";
+ cout << " o the file name astylerc in the APPDATA directory (for Windows).\n";
+ cout << " o the file is disabled by --project=none on the command line.\n";
+ cout << " Long options within the option files may be written without '--'.\n";
+ cout << " Line-end comments begin with a '#'.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Disable Formatting:\n";
+ cout << "-------------------\n";
+ cout << " Disable Block\n";
+ cout << " Blocks of code can be disabled with the comment tags *INDENT-OFF*\n";
+ cout << " and *INDENT-ON*. It must be contained in a one-line comment.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " Disable Line\n";
+ cout << " Padding of operators can be disabled on a single line using the\n";
+ cout << " comment tag *NOPAD*. It must be contained in a line-end comment.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Brace Style Options:\n";
+ cout << "--------------------\n";
+ cout << " default brace style\n";
+ cout << " If no brace style is requested, the opening braces will not be\n";
+ cout << " changed and closing braces will be broken from the preceding line.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=allman OR --style=bsd OR --style=break OR -A1\n";
+ cout << " Allman style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Broken braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=java OR --style=attach OR -A2\n";
+ cout << " Java style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Attached braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=kr OR --style=k&r OR --style=k/r OR -A3\n";
+ cout << " Kernighan & Ritchie style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Linux braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=stroustrup OR -A4\n";
+ cout << " Stroustrup style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Linux braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=whitesmith OR -A5\n";
+ cout << " Whitesmith style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Broken, indented braces.\n";
+ cout << " Indented class blocks and switch blocks.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=vtk OR -A15\n";
+ cout << " VTK style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Broken, indented braces except for the opening braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=ratliff OR --style=banner OR -A6\n";
+ cout << " Ratliff style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Attached, indented braces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=gnu OR -A7\n";
+ cout << " GNU style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Broken braces, indented blocks.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=linux OR --style=knf OR -A8\n";
+ cout << " Linux style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Linux braces, minimum conditional indent is one-half indent.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=horstmann OR --style=run-in OR -A9\n";
+ cout << " Horstmann style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Run-in braces, indented switches.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=1tbs OR --style=otbs OR -A10\n";
+ cout << " One True Brace Style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Linux braces, add braces to all conditionals.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=google OR -A14\n";
+ cout << " Google style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Attached braces, indented class modifiers.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=mozilla OR -A16\n";
+ cout << " Mozilla style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Linux braces, with broken braces for structs and enums,\n";
+ cout << " and attached braces for namespaces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=pico OR -A11\n";
+ cout << " Pico style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Run-in opening braces and attached closing braces.\n";
+ cout << " Uses keep one line blocks and keep one line statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --style=lisp OR -A12\n";
+ cout << " Lisp style formatting/indenting.\n";
+ cout << " Attached opening braces and attached closing braces.\n";
+ cout << " Uses keep one line statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Tab Options:\n";
+ cout << "------------\n";
+ cout << " default indent option\n";
+ cout << " If no indentation option is set, the default\n";
+ cout << " option of 4 spaces per indent will be used.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent=spaces=# OR -s#\n";
+ cout << " Indent using # spaces per indent. Not specifying #\n";
+ cout << " will result in a default of 4 spaces per indent.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent=tab OR --indent=tab=# OR -t OR -t#\n";
+ cout << " Indent using tab characters, assuming that each\n";
+ cout << " indent is # spaces long. Not specifying # will result\n";
+ cout << " in a default assumption of 4 spaces per indent.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent=force-tab=# OR -T#\n";
+ cout << " Indent using tab characters, assuming that each\n";
+ cout << " indent is # spaces long. Force tabs to be used in areas\n";
+ cout << " AStyle would prefer to use spaces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent=force-tab-x=# OR -xT#\n";
+ cout << " Allows the tab length to be set to a length that is different\n";
+ cout << " from the indent length. This may cause the indentation to be\n";
+ cout << " a mix of both spaces and tabs. This option sets the tab length.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Brace Modify Options:\n";
+ cout << "---------------------\n";
+ cout << " --attach-namespaces OR -xn\n";
+ cout << " Attach braces to a namespace statement.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --attach-classes OR -xc\n";
+ cout << " Attach braces to a class statement.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --attach-inlines OR -xl\n";
+ cout << " Attach braces to class inline function definitions.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --attach-extern-c OR -xk\n";
+ cout << " Attach braces to an extern \"C\" statement.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --attach-closing-while OR -xV\n";
+ cout << " Attach closing while of do-while to the closing brace.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Indentation Options:\n";
+ cout << "--------------------\n";
+ cout << " --indent-classes OR -C\n";
+ cout << " Indent 'class' blocks so that the entire block is indented.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-modifiers OR -xG\n";
+ cout << " Indent 'class' access modifiers, 'public:', 'protected:' or\n";
+ cout << " 'private:', one half indent. The rest of the class is not\n";
+ cout << " indented. \n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-switches OR -S\n";
+ cout << " Indent 'switch' blocks, so that the inner 'case XXX:'\n";
+ cout << " headers are indented in relation to the switch block.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-cases OR -K\n";
+ cout << " Indent case blocks from the 'case XXX:' headers.\n";
+ cout << " Case statements not enclosed in blocks are NOT indented.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-namespaces OR -N\n";
+ cout << " Indent the contents of namespace blocks.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-after-parens OR -xU\n";
+ cout << " Indent, instead of align, continuation lines following lines\n";
+ cout << " that contain an opening paren '(' or an assignment '='. \n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-continuation=# OR -xt#\n";
+ cout << " Indent continuation lines an additional # indents.\n";
+ cout << " The valid values are 0 thru 4 indents.\n";
+ cout << " The default value is 1 indent.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-labels OR -L\n";
+ cout << " Indent labels so that they appear one indent less than\n";
+ cout << " the current indentation level, rather than being\n";
+ cout << " flushed completely to the left (which is the default).\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-preproc-block OR -xW\n";
+ cout << " Indent preprocessor blocks at brace level 0.\n";
+ cout << " Without this option the preprocessor block is not indented.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-preproc-cond OR -xw\n";
+ cout << " Indent preprocessor conditional statements #if/#else/#endif\n";
+ cout << " to the same level as the source code.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-preproc-define OR -w\n";
+ cout << " Indent multi-line preprocessor #define statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --indent-col1-comments OR -Y\n";
+ cout << " Indent line comments that start in column one.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --min-conditional-indent=# OR -m#\n";
+ cout << " Indent a minimal # spaces in a continuous conditional\n";
+ cout << " belonging to a conditional header.\n";
+ cout << " The valid values are:\n";
+ cout << " 0 - no minimal indent.\n";
+ cout << " 1 - indent at least one additional indent.\n";
+ cout << " 2 - indent at least two additional indents.\n";
+ cout << " 3 - indent at least one-half an additional indent.\n";
+ cout << " The default value is 2, two additional indents.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --max-continuation-indent=# OR -M#\n";
+ cout << " Indent a maximal # spaces in a continuation line,\n";
+ cout << " relative to the previous line.\n";
+ cout << " The valid values are 40 thru 120.\n";
+ cout << " The default value is 40.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Padding Options:\n";
+ cout << "----------------\n";
+ cout << " --break-blocks OR -f\n";
+ cout << " Insert empty lines around unrelated blocks, labels, classes, ...\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --break-blocks=all OR -F\n";
+ cout << " Like --break-blocks, except also insert empty lines \n";
+ cout << " around closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ...).\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-oper OR -p\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding around operators.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-comma OR -xg\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding after commas.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-paren OR -P\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding around parenthesis on both the outside\n";
+ cout << " and the inside.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-paren-out OR -d\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding around parenthesis on the outside only.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-first-paren-out OR -xd\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding around first parenthesis in a series on\n";
+ cout << " the outside only.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-paren-in OR -D\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding around parenthesis on the inside only.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-header OR -H\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding after paren headers (e.g. 'if', 'for'...).\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --unpad-paren OR -U\n";
+ cout << " Remove unnecessary space padding around parenthesis. This\n";
+ cout << " can be used in combination with the 'pad' options above.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --delete-empty-lines OR -xd\n";
+ cout << " Delete empty lines within a function or method.\n";
+ cout << " It will NOT delete lines added by the break-blocks options.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --fill-empty-lines OR -E\n";
+ cout << " Fill empty lines with the white space of their\n";
+ cout << " previous lines.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --align-pointer=type OR -k1\n";
+ cout << " --align-pointer=middle OR -k2\n";
+ cout << " --align-pointer=name OR -k3\n";
+ cout << " Attach a pointer or reference operator (*, &, or ^) to either\n";
+ cout << " the operator type (left), middle, or operator name (right).\n";
+ cout << " To align the reference separately use --align-reference.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --align-reference=none OR -W0\n";
+ cout << " --align-reference=type OR -W1\n";
+ cout << " --align-reference=middle OR -W2\n";
+ cout << " --align-reference=name OR -W3\n";
+ cout << " Attach a reference operator (&) to either\n";
+ cout << " the operator type (left), middle, or operator name (right).\n";
+ cout << " If not set, follow pointer alignment.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Formatting Options:\n";
+ cout << "-------------------\n";
+ cout << " --break-closing-braces OR -y\n";
+ cout << " Break braces before closing headers (e.g. 'else', 'catch', ...).\n";
+ cout << " Use with --style=java, --style=kr, --style=stroustrup,\n";
+ cout << " --style=linux, or --style=1tbs.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --break-elseifs OR -e\n";
+ cout << " Break 'else if()' statements into two different lines.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --break-one-line-headers OR -xb\n";
+ cout << " Break one line headers (e.g. 'if', 'while', 'else', ...) from a\n";
+ cout << " statement residing on the same line.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --add-braces OR -j\n";
+ cout << " Add braces to unbraced one line conditional statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --add-one-line-braces OR -J\n";
+ cout << " Add one line braces to unbraced one line conditional\n";
+ cout << " statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --remove-braces OR -xj\n";
+ cout << " Remove braces from a braced one line conditional statements.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --break-return-type OR -xB\n";
+ cout << " --break-return-type-decl OR -xD\n";
+ cout << " Break the return type from the function name. Options are\n";
+ cout << " for the function definitions and the function declarations.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --attach-return-type OR -xf\n";
+ cout << " --attach-return-type-decl OR -xh\n";
+ cout << " Attach the return type to the function name. Options are\n";
+ cout << " for the function definitions and the function declarations.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --keep-one-line-blocks OR -O\n";
+ cout << " Don't break blocks residing completely on one line.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --keep-one-line-statements OR -o\n";
+ cout << " Don't break lines containing multiple statements into\n";
+ cout << " multiple single-statement lines.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --convert-tabs OR -c\n";
+ cout << " Convert tabs to the appropriate number of spaces.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --close-templates OR -xy\n";
+ cout << " Close ending angle brackets on template definitions.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --remove-comment-prefix OR -xp\n";
+ cout << " Remove the leading '*' prefix on multi-line comments and\n";
+ cout << " indent the comment text one indent.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --max-code-length=# OR -xC#\n";
+ cout << " --break-after-logical OR -xL\n";
+ cout << " max-code-length=# will break the line if it exceeds more than\n";
+ cout << " # characters. The valid values are 50 thru 200.\n";
+ cout << " If the line contains logical conditionals they will be placed\n";
+ cout << " first on the new line. The option break-after-logical will\n";
+ cout << " cause the logical conditional to be placed last on the\n";
+ cout << " previous line.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --mode=c\n";
+ cout << " Indent a C or C++ source file (this is the default).\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --mode=java\n";
+ cout << " Indent a Java source file.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --mode=cs\n";
+ cout << " Indent a C# source file.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Objective-C Options:\n";
+ cout << "--------------------\n";
+ cout << " --pad-method-prefix OR -xQ\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding after the '-' or '+' Objective-C\n";
+ cout << " method prefix.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --unpad-method-prefix OR -xR\n";
+ cout << " Remove all space padding after the '-' or '+' Objective-C\n";
+ cout << " method prefix.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-return-type OR -xq\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding after the Objective-C return type.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --unpad-return-type OR -xr\n";
+ cout << " Remove all space padding after the Objective-C return type.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-param-type OR -xS\n";
+ cout << " Insert space padding after the Objective-C return type.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --unpad-param-type OR -xs\n";
+ cout << " Remove all space padding after the Objective-C return type.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --align-method-colon OR -xM\n";
+ cout << " Align the colons in an Objective-C method definition.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --pad-method-colon=none OR -xP\n";
+ cout << " --pad-method-colon=all OR -xP1\n";
+ cout << " --pad-method-colon=after OR -xP2\n";
+ cout << " --pad-method-colon=before OR -xP3\n";
+ cout << " Add or remove space padding before or after the colons in an\n";
+ cout << " Objective-C method call.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Other Options:\n";
+ cout << "--------------\n";
+ cout << " --suffix=####\n";
+ cout << " Append the suffix #### instead of '.orig' to original filename.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --suffix=none OR -n\n";
+ cout << " Do not retain a backup of the original file.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --recursive OR -r OR -R\n";
+ cout << " Process subdirectories recursively.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --dry-run\n";
+ cout << " Perform a trial run with no changes made to check for formatting.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --exclude=####\n";
+ cout << " Specify a file or directory #### to be excluded from processing.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --ignore-exclude-errors OR -i\n";
+ cout << " Allow processing to continue if there are errors in the exclude=####\n";
+ cout << " options. It will display the unmatched excludes.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --ignore-exclude-errors-x OR -xi\n";
+ cout << " Allow processing to continue if there are errors in the exclude=####\n";
+ cout << " options. It will NOT display the unmatched excludes.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --errors-to-stdout OR -X\n";
+ cout << " Print errors and help information to standard-output rather than\n";
+ cout << " to standard-error.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --preserve-date OR -Z\n";
+ cout << " Preserve the original file's date and time modified. The time\n";
+ cout << " modified will be changed a few micro seconds to force a compile.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --verbose OR -v\n";
+ cout << " Verbose mode. Extra informational messages will be displayed.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --formatted OR -Q\n";
+ cout << " Formatted display mode. Display only the files that have been\n";
+ cout << " formatted.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --quiet OR -q\n";
+ cout << " Quiet mode. Suppress all output except error messages.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --lineend=windows OR -z1\n";
+ cout << " --lineend=linux OR -z2\n";
+ cout << " --lineend=macold OR -z3\n";
+ cout << " Force use of the specified line end style. Valid options\n";
+ cout << " are windows (CRLF), linux (LF), and macold (CR).\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << "Command Line Only:\n";
+ cout << "------------------\n";
+ cout << " --options=####\n";
+ cout << " --options=none\n";
+ cout << " Specify a default option file #### to read and use.\n";
+ cout << " It must contain a file path and a file name.\n";
+ cout << " 'none' disables the default option file.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --project\n";
+ cout << " --project=####\n";
+ cout << " --project=none\n";
+ cout << " Specify a project option file #### to read and use.\n";
+ cout << " It must contain a file name only, without a directory path.\n";
+ cout << " The file should be included in the project top-level directory.\n";
+ cout << " The default file name is .astylerc or _astylerc.\n";
+ cout << " 'none' disables the project or environment variable file.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --ascii OR -I\n";
+ cout << " The displayed output will be ascii characters only.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --version OR -V\n";
+ cout << " Print version number.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --help OR -h OR -?\n";
+ cout << " Print this help message.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --html OR -!\n";
+ cout << " Open the HTML help file \"astyle.html\" in the default browser.\n";
+ cout << " The documentation must be installed in the standard install path.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --html=####\n";
+ cout << " Open a HTML help file in the default browser using the file path\n";
+ cout << " ####. The path may include a directory path and a file name, or a\n";
+ cout << " file name only. Paths containing spaces must be enclosed in quotes.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --stdin=####\n";
+ cout << " Use the file path #### as input to single file formatting.\n";
+ cout << " This is a replacement for redirection.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << " --stdout=####\n";
+ cout << " Use the file path #### as output from single file formatting.\n";
+ cout << " This is a replacement for redirection.\n";
+ cout << endl;
+ cout << endl;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Process files in the fileNameVector.
+ */
+void ASConsole::processFiles()
+{
+ if (isVerbose)
+ printVerboseHeader();
+
+ clock_t startTime = clock(); // start time of file formatting
+
+ // loop thru input fileNameVector and process the files
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < fileNameVector.size(); i++)
+ {
+ getFilePaths(fileNameVector[i]);
+
+ // loop thru fileName vector formatting the files
+ for (size_t j = 0; j < fileName.size(); j++)
+ formatFile(fileName[j]);
+ }
+
+ // files are processed, display stats
+ if (isVerbose)
+ printVerboseStats(startTime);
+}
+
+// process options from the command line and option files
+// build the vectors fileNameVector, excludeVector, optionsVector,
+// projectOptionsVector and fileOptionsVector
+void ASConsole::processOptions(const vector<string>& argvOptions)
+{
+ string arg;
+ bool ok = true;
+ bool optionFileRequired = false;
+ bool shouldParseOptionFile = true;
+ bool projectOptionFileRequired = false;
+ bool shouldParseProjectOptionFile = true;
+ string projectOptionArg; // save for display
+
+ // get command line options
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < argvOptions.size(); i++)
+ {
+ arg = argvOptions[i];
+
+ if (isOption(arg, "-I")
+ || isOption(arg, "--ascii"))
+ {
+ useAscii = true;
+ setlocale(LC_ALL, "C"); // use English decimal indicator
+ localizer.setLanguageFromName("en");
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "--options=none"))
+ {
+ optionFileRequired = false;
+ shouldParseOptionFile = false;
+ optionFileName = "";
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "--options="))
+ {
+ optionFileName = getParam(arg, "--options=");
+ standardizePath(optionFileName);
+ optionFileName = getFullPathName(optionFileName);
+ optionFileRequired = true;
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "--project=none"))
+ {
+ projectOptionFileRequired = false;
+ shouldParseProjectOptionFile = false;
+ setProjectOptionFileName("");
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "--project="))
+ {
+ projectOptionFileName = getParam(arg, "--project=");
+ standardizePath(projectOptionFileName);
+ projectOptionFileRequired = true;
+ shouldParseProjectOptionFile = false;
+ projectOptionArg = projectOptionFileName;
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "--project"))
+ {
+ projectOptionFileName = ".astylerc";
+ projectOptionFileRequired = true;
+ shouldParseProjectOptionFile = false;
+ projectOptionArg = projectOptionFileName;
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "-h")
+ || isOption(arg, "--help")
+ || isOption(arg, "-?"))
+ {
+ printHelp();
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "-!")
+ || isOption(arg, "--html"))
+ {
+ launchDefaultBrowser();
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "--html="))
+ {
+ string htmlFilePath = getParam(arg, "--html=");
+ launchDefaultBrowser(htmlFilePath.c_str());
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "-V")
+ || isOption(arg, "--version"))
+ {
+ printf("Artistic Style Version %s\n", g_version);
+ exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "--stdin="))
+ {
+ string path = getParam(arg, "--stdin=");
+ standardizePath(path);
+ setStdPathIn(path);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "--stdout="))
+ {
+ string path = getParam(arg, "--stdout=");
+ standardizePath(path);
+ setStdPathOut(path);
+ }
+ else if (arg[0] == '-')
+ {
+ optionsVector.emplace_back(arg);
+ }
+ else // file-name
+ {
+ standardizePath(arg);
+ fileNameVector.emplace_back(arg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // get option file path and name
+ if (shouldParseOptionFile)
+ {
+ if (optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("ARTISTIC_STYLE_OPTIONS");
+ if (env != nullptr)
+ {
+ setOptionFileName(env);
+ standardizePath(optionFileName);
+ optionFileName = getFullPathName(optionFileName);
+ }
+ }
+ // for Linux
+ if (optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("HOME");
+ if (env != nullptr)
+ {
+ string name = string(env) + "/.astylerc";
+ if (fileExists(name.c_str()))
+ setOptionFileName(name);
+ }
+ }
+ // for Windows
+ if (optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("APPDATA");
+ if (env != nullptr)
+ {
+ string name = string(env) + "\\astylerc";
+ if (fileExists(name.c_str()))
+ setOptionFileName(name);
+ }
+ }
+ // for Windows
+ // NOTE: depreciated with release 3.1, remove when appropriate
+ // there is NO test data for this option
+ if (optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+ if (env != nullptr)
+ {
+ string name = string(env) + "\\astylerc";
+ if (fileExists(name.c_str()))
+ setOptionFileName(name);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // find project option file
+ if (projectOptionFileRequired)
+ {
+ string optfilepath = findProjectOptionFilePath(projectOptionFileName);
+ if (optfilepath.empty() || projectOptionArg.empty())
+ error(_("Cannot open project option file"), projectOptionArg.c_str());
+ standardizePath(optfilepath);
+ setProjectOptionFileName(optfilepath);
+ }
+ if (shouldParseProjectOptionFile)
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("ARTISTIC_STYLE_PROJECT_OPTIONS");
+ if (env != nullptr)
+ {
+ string optfilepath = findProjectOptionFilePath(env);
+ standardizePath(optfilepath);
+ setProjectOptionFileName(optfilepath);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ASOptions options(formatter, *this);
+ if (!optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ stringstream optionsIn;
+ if (!fileExists(optionFileName.c_str()))
+ error(_("Cannot open default option file"), optionFileName.c_str());
+ FileEncoding encoding = readFile(optionFileName, optionsIn);
+ // bypass a BOM, all BOMs have been converted to utf-8
+ if (encoding == UTF_8BOM || encoding == UTF_16LE || encoding == UTF_16BE)
+ {
+ char buf[4];
+ optionsIn.get(buf, 4);
+ assert(strcmp(buf, "\xEF\xBB\xBF") == 0);
+ }
+ options.importOptions(optionsIn, fileOptionsVector);
+ ok = options.parseOptions(fileOptionsVector,
+ string(_("Invalid default options:")));
+ }
+ else if (optionFileRequired)
+ error(_("Cannot open default option file"), optionFileName.c_str());
+
+ if (!ok)
+ {
+ (*errorStream) << options.getOptionErrors();
+ (*errorStream) << _("For help on options type 'astyle -h'") << endl;
+ error();
+ }
+
+ if (!projectOptionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ stringstream projectOptionsIn;
+ if (!fileExists(projectOptionFileName.c_str()))
+ error(_("Cannot open project option file"), projectOptionFileName.c_str());
+ FileEncoding encoding = readFile(projectOptionFileName, projectOptionsIn);
+ // bypass a BOM, all BOMs have been converted to utf-8
+ if (encoding == UTF_8BOM || encoding == UTF_16LE || encoding == UTF_16BE)
+ {
+ char buf[4];
+ projectOptionsIn.get(buf, 4);
+ assert(strcmp(buf, "\xEF\xBB\xBF") == 0);
+ }
+ options.importOptions(projectOptionsIn, projectOptionsVector);
+ ok = options.parseOptions(projectOptionsVector,
+ string(_("Invalid project options:")));
+ }
+
+ if (!ok)
+ {
+ (*errorStream) << options.getOptionErrors();
+ (*errorStream) << _("For help on options type 'astyle -h'") << endl;
+ error();
+ }
+
+ // parse the command line options vector for errors
+ ok = options.parseOptions(optionsVector,
+ string(_("Invalid command line options:")));
+ if (!ok)
+ {
+ (*errorStream) << options.getOptionErrors();
+ (*errorStream) << _("For help on options type 'astyle -h'") << endl;
+ error();
+ }
+}
+
+// remove a file and check for an error
+void ASConsole::removeFile(const char* fileName_, const char* errMsg) const
+{
+ if (remove(fileName_) != 0)
+ {
+ if (errno == ENOENT) // no file is OK
+ errno = 0;
+ if (errno)
+ {
+ perror("errno message");
+ error(errMsg, fileName_);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// rename a file and check for an error
+void ASConsole::renameFile(const char* oldFileName, const char* newFileName, const char* errMsg) const
+{
+ int result = rename(oldFileName, newFileName);
+ if (result != 0)
+ {
+ // if file still exists the remove needs more time - retry
+ if (errno == EEXIST)
+ {
+ errno = 0;
+ waitForRemove(newFileName);
+ result = rename(oldFileName, newFileName);
+ }
+ if (result != 0)
+ {
+ perror("errno message");
+ error(errMsg, oldFileName);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// make sure file separators are correct type (Windows or Linux)
+// remove ending file separator
+// remove beginning file separator if requested and NOT a complete file path
+void ASConsole::standardizePath(string& path, bool removeBeginningSeparator /*false*/) const
+{
+#ifdef __VMS
+ struct FAB fab;
+ struct NAML naml;
+ char less[NAML$C_MAXRSS];
+ char sess[NAM$C_MAXRSS];
+ int r0_status;
+
+ // If we are on a VMS system, translate VMS style filenames to unix
+ // style.
+ fab = cc$rms_fab;
+ fab.fab$l_fna = (char*) -1;
+ fab.fab$b_fns = 0;
+ fab.fab$l_naml = &naml;
+ naml = cc$rms_naml;
+ strcpy(sess, path.c_str());
+ naml.naml$l_long_filename = (char*) sess;
+ naml.naml$l_long_filename_size = path.length();
+ naml.naml$l_long_expand = less;
+ naml.naml$l_long_expand_alloc = sizeof(less);
+ naml.naml$l_esa = sess;
+ naml.naml$b_ess = sizeof(sess);
+ naml.naml$v_no_short_upcase = 1;
+ r0_status = sys$parse(&fab);
+ if (r0_status == RMS$_SYN)
+ {
+ error("File syntax error", path.c_str());
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!$VMS_STATUS_SUCCESS(r0_status))
+ {
+ (void) lib$signal(r0_status);
+ }
+ }
+ less[naml.naml$l_long_expand_size - naml.naml$b_ver] = '\0';
+ sess[naml.naml$b_esl - naml.naml$b_ver] = '\0';
+ if (naml.naml$l_long_expand_size > naml.naml$b_esl)
+ {
+ path = decc$translate_vms(less);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ path = decc$translate_vms(sess);
+ }
+#endif /* __VMS */
+
+ // make sure separators are correct type (Windows or Linux)
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < path.length(); i++)
+ {
+ i = path.find_first_of("/\\", i);
+ if (i == string::npos)
+ break;
+ path[i] = g_fileSeparator;
+ }
+ // remove beginning separator if requested
+ if (removeBeginningSeparator && (path[0] == g_fileSeparator))
+ path.erase(0, 1);
+}
+
+void ASConsole::printMsg(const char* msg, const string& data) const
+{
+ if (isQuiet)
+ return;
+ printf(msg, data.c_str());
+}
+
+void ASConsole::printSeparatingLine() const
+{
+ string line;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < 60; i++)
+ line.append("-");
+ printMsg("%s\n", line);
+}
+
+void ASConsole::printVerboseHeader() const
+{
+ assert(isVerbose);
+ if (isQuiet)
+ return;
+ // get the date
+ time_t lt;
+ char str[20];
+ lt = time(nullptr);
+ struct tm* ptr = localtime(<);
+ strftime(str, 20, "%x", ptr);
+ // print the header
+ // 60 is the length of the separator in printSeparatingLine()
+ string header = "Artistic Style " + string(g_version);
+ size_t numSpaces = 60 - header.length() - strlen(str);
+ header.append(numSpaces, ' ');
+ header.append(str);
+ header.append("\n");
+ printf("%s", header.c_str());
+ // print option files
+ if (!optionFileName.empty())
+ printf(_("Default option file %s\n"), optionFileName.c_str());
+ // NOTE: depreciated with release 3.1, remove when appropriate
+ if (!optionFileName.empty())
+ {
+ char* env = getenv("USERPROFILE");
+ if (env != nullptr && optionFileName == string(env) + "\\astylerc")
+ printf("The above option file has been DEPRECIATED\n");
+ }
+ // end depreciated
+ if (!projectOptionFileName.empty())
+ printf(_("Project option file %s\n"), projectOptionFileName.c_str());
+}
+
+void ASConsole::printVerboseStats(clock_t startTime) const
+{
+ assert(isVerbose);
+ if (isQuiet)
+ return;
+ if (hasWildcard)
+ printSeparatingLine();
+ string formatted = getNumberFormat(filesFormatted);
+ string unchanged = getNumberFormat(filesUnchanged);
+ printf(_(" %s formatted %s unchanged "), formatted.c_str(), unchanged.c_str());
+
+ // show processing time
+ clock_t stopTime = clock();
+ double secs = (stopTime - startTime) / double(CLOCKS_PER_SEC);
+ if (secs < 60)
+ {
+ if (secs < 2.0)
+ printf("%.2f", secs);
+ else if (secs < 20.0)
+ printf("%.1f", secs);
+ else
+ printf("%.0f", secs);
+ printf("%s", _(" seconds "));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // show minutes and seconds if time is greater than one minute
+ int min = (int) secs / 60;
+ secs -= min * 60;
+ int minsec = int(secs + .5);
+ printf(_("%d min %d sec "), min, minsec);
+ }
+
+ string lines = getNumberFormat(linesOut);
+ printf(_("%s lines\n"), lines.c_str());
+ printf("\n");
+}
+
+void ASConsole::sleep(int seconds) const
+{
+ clock_t endwait;
+ endwait = clock_t(clock() + seconds * CLOCKS_PER_SEC);
+ while (clock() < endwait) {}
+}
+
+bool ASConsole::stringEndsWith(const string& str, const string& suffix) const
+{
+ int strIndex = (int) str.length() - 1;
+ int suffixIndex = (int) suffix.length() - 1;
+
+ while (strIndex >= 0 && suffixIndex >= 0)
+ {
+ if (tolower(str[strIndex]) != tolower(suffix[suffixIndex]))
+ return false;
+
+ --strIndex;
+ --suffixIndex;
+ }
+ // suffix longer than string
+ if (strIndex < 0 && suffixIndex >= 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ASConsole::updateExcludeVector(const string& suffixParam)
+{
+ excludeVector.emplace_back(suffixParam);
+ standardizePath(excludeVector.back(), true);
+ excludeHitsVector.push_back(false);
+}
+
+int ASConsole::waitForRemove(const char* newFileName) const
+{
+ struct stat stBuf;
+ int seconds;
+ // sleep a max of 20 seconds for the remove
+ for (seconds = 1; seconds <= 20; seconds++)
+ {
+ sleep(1);
+ if (stat(newFileName, &stBuf) != 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ errno = 0;
+ return seconds;
+}
+
+// From The Code Project http://www.codeproject.com/string/wildcmp.asp
+// Written by Jack Handy - jakkhandy at hotmail.com
+// Modified to compare case insensitive for Windows
+int ASConsole::wildcmp(const char* wild, const char* data) const
+{
+ const char* cp = nullptr, *mp = nullptr;
+ bool cmpval;
+
+ while ((*data) && (*wild != '*'))
+ {
+ if (!g_isCaseSensitive)
+ cmpval = (tolower(*wild) != tolower(*data)) && (*wild != '?');
+ else
+ cmpval = (*wild != *data) && (*wild != '?');
+
+ if (cmpval)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ wild++;
+ data++;
+ }
+
+ while (*data)
+ {
+ if (*wild == '*')
+ {
+ if (!*++wild)
+ {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ mp = wild;
+ cp = data + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!g_isCaseSensitive)
+ cmpval = (tolower(*wild) == tolower(*data) || (*wild == '?'));
+ else
+ cmpval = (*wild == *data) || (*wild == '?');
+
+ if (cmpval)
+ {
+ wild++;
+ data++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ wild = mp;
+ data = cp++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (*wild == '*')
+ {
+ wild++;
+ }
+ return !*wild;
+}
+
+void ASConsole::writeFile(const string& fileName_, FileEncoding encoding, ostringstream& out) const
+{
+ // save date accessed and date modified of original file
+ struct stat stBuf;
+ bool statErr = false;
+ if (stat(fileName_.c_str(), &stBuf) == -1)
+ statErr = true;
+
+ // create a backup
+ if (!noBackup)
+ {
+ string origFileName = fileName_ + origSuffix;
+ removeFile(origFileName.c_str(), "Cannot remove pre-existing backup file");
+ renameFile(fileName_.c_str(), origFileName.c_str(), "Cannot create backup file");
+ }
+
+ // write the output file
+ ofstream fout(fileName_.c_str(), ios::binary | ios::trunc);
+ if (!fout)
+ error("Cannot open output file", fileName_.c_str());
+ if (encoding == UTF_16LE || encoding == UTF_16BE)
+ {
+ // convert utf-8 to utf-16
+ bool isBigEndian = (encoding == UTF_16BE);
+ size_t utf16Size = encode.utf16LengthFromUtf8(out.str().c_str(), out.str().length());
+ char* utf16Out = new char[utf16Size];
+ size_t utf16Len = encode.utf8ToUtf16(const_cast<char*>(out.str().c_str()),
+ out.str().length(), isBigEndian, utf16Out);
+ assert(utf16Len <= utf16Size);
+ fout << string(utf16Out, utf16Len);
+ delete[] utf16Out;
+ }
+ else
+ fout << out.str();
+
+ fout.close();
+
+ // change date modified to original file date
+ // Embarcadero must be linked with cw32mt not cw32
+ if (preserveDate)
+ {
+ if (!statErr)
+ {
+ struct utimbuf outBuf;
+ outBuf.actime = stBuf.st_atime;
+ // add ticks so 'make' will recognize a change
+ // Visual Studio 2008 needs more than 1
+ outBuf.modtime = stBuf.st_mtime + 10;
+ if (utime(fileName_.c_str(), &outBuf) == -1)
+ statErr = true;
+ }
+ if (statErr)
+ {
+ perror("errno message");
+ (*errorStream) << "********* Cannot preserve file date" << endl;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#else // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASLibrary class
+// used by shared object (DLL) calls
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+char16_t* ASLibrary::formatUtf16(const char16_t* pSourceIn, // the source to be formatted
+ const char16_t* pOptions, // AStyle options
+ fpError fpErrorHandler, // error handler function
+ fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc) const // memory allocation function)
+{
+ const char* utf8In = convertUtf16ToUtf8(pSourceIn);
+ if (utf8In == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(121, "Cannot convert input utf-16 to utf-8.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ const char* utf8Options = convertUtf16ToUtf8(pOptions);
+ if (utf8Options == nullptr)
+ {
+ delete[] utf8In;
+ fpErrorHandler(122, "Cannot convert options utf-16 to utf-8.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ // call the Artistic Style formatting function
+ // cannot use the callers memory allocation here
+ char* utf8Out = AStyleMain(utf8In,
+ utf8Options,
+ fpErrorHandler,
+ ASLibrary::tempMemoryAllocation);
+ // finished with these
+ delete[] utf8In;
+ delete[] utf8Options;
+ utf8In = nullptr;
+ utf8Options = nullptr;
+ // AStyle error has already been sent
+ if (utf8Out == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+ // convert text to wide char and return it
+ char16_t* utf16Out = convertUtf8ToUtf16(utf8Out, fpMemoryAlloc);
+ delete[] utf8Out;
+ utf8Out = nullptr;
+ if (utf16Out == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(123, "Cannot convert output utf-8 to utf-16.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ return utf16Out;
+}
+
+// STATIC method to allocate temporary memory for AStyle formatting.
+// The data will be converted before being returned to the calling program.
+char* STDCALL ASLibrary::tempMemoryAllocation(unsigned long memoryNeeded)
+{
+ char* buffer = new (nothrow) char[memoryNeeded];
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert utf-8 strings to utf16 strings.
+ * Memory is allocated by the calling program memory allocation function.
+ * The calling function must check for errors.
+ */
+char16_t* ASLibrary::convertUtf8ToUtf16(const char* utf8In, fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc) const
+{
+ if (utf8In == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+ char* data = const_cast<char*>(utf8In);
+ size_t dataSize = strlen(utf8In);
+ bool isBigEndian = encode.getBigEndian();
+ // return size is in number of CHARs, not char16_t
+ size_t utf16Size = (encode.utf16LengthFromUtf8(data, dataSize) + sizeof(char16_t));
+ char* utf16Out = fpMemoryAlloc((long) utf16Size);
+ if (utf16Out == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+ encode.utf8ToUtf16(data, dataSize + 1, isBigEndian, utf16Out);
+#else
+ size_t utf16Len = encode.utf8ToUtf16(data, dataSize + 1, isBigEndian, utf16Out);
+ assert(utf16Len == utf16Size);
+#endif
+ assert(utf16Size == (encode.utf16len(reinterpret_cast<char16_t*>(utf16Out)) + 1) * sizeof(char16_t));
+ return reinterpret_cast<char16_t*>(utf16Out);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert utf16 strings to utf-8.
+ * The calling function must check for errors and delete the
+ * allocated memory.
+ */
+char* ASLibrary::convertUtf16ToUtf8(const char16_t* utf16In) const
+{
+ if (utf16In == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+ char* data = reinterpret_cast<char*>(const_cast<char16_t*>(utf16In));
+ // size must be in chars
+ size_t dataSize = encode.utf16len(utf16In) * sizeof(char16_t);
+ bool isBigEndian = encode.getBigEndian();
+ size_t utf8Size = encode.utf8LengthFromUtf16(data, dataSize, isBigEndian) + 1;
+ char* utf8Out = new (nothrow) char[utf8Size];
+ if (utf8Out == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+ encode.utf16ToUtf8(data, dataSize + 1, isBigEndian, true, utf8Out);
+#else
+ size_t utf8Len = encode.utf16ToUtf8(data, dataSize + 1, isBigEndian, true, utf8Out);
+ assert(utf8Len == utf8Size);
+#endif
+ assert(utf8Size == strlen(utf8Out) + 1);
+ return utf8Out;
+}
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASOptions class
+// used by both console and library builds
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+ASOptions::ASOptions(ASFormatter& formatterArg)
+ : formatter(formatterArg)
+{ }
+#else
+ASOptions::ASOptions(ASFormatter& formatterArg, ASConsole& consoleArg)
+ : formatter(formatterArg), console(consoleArg)
+{ }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * parse the options vector
+ * optionsVector can be either a fileOptionsVector (option file),
+ * a projectOptionsVector (project option file),
+ * or an optionsVector (command line)
+ *
+ * @return true if no errors, false if errors
+ */
+bool ASOptions::parseOptions(vector<string>& optionsVector, const string& errorInfo)
+{
+ vector<string>::iterator option;
+ string arg, subArg;
+ optionErrors.clear();
+
+ for (option = optionsVector.begin(); option != optionsVector.end(); ++option)
+ {
+ arg = *option;
+
+ if (arg.compare(0, 2, "--") == 0)
+ parseOption(arg.substr(2), errorInfo);
+ else if (arg[0] == '-')
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 1; i < arg.length(); ++i)
+ {
+ if (i > 1
+ && isalpha((unsigned char) arg[i])
+ && arg[i - 1] != 'x')
+ {
+ // parse the previous option in subArg
+ parseOption(subArg, errorInfo);
+ subArg = "";
+ }
+ // append the current option to subArg
+ subArg.append(1, arg[i]);
+ }
+ // parse the last option
+ parseOption(subArg, errorInfo);
+ subArg = "";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ parseOption(arg, errorInfo);
+ subArg = "";
+ }
+ }
+ if (optionErrors.str().length() > 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ASOptions::parseOption(const string& arg, const string& errorInfo)
+{
+ if (isOption(arg, "A1", "style=allman") || isOption(arg, "style=bsd") || isOption(arg, "style=break"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_ALLMAN);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A2", "style=java") || isOption(arg, "style=attach"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_JAVA);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A3", "style=k&r") || isOption(arg, "style=kr") || isOption(arg, "style=k/r"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_KR);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A4", "style=stroustrup"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_STROUSTRUP);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A5", "style=whitesmith"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_WHITESMITH);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A15", "style=vtk"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_VTK);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A6", "style=ratliff") || isOption(arg, "style=banner"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_RATLIFF);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A7", "style=gnu"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_GNU);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A8", "style=linux") || isOption(arg, "style=knf"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_LINUX);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A9", "style=horstmann") || isOption(arg, "style=run-in"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_HORSTMANN);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A10", "style=1tbs") || isOption(arg, "style=otbs"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_1TBS);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A14", "style=google"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_GOOGLE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A16", "style=mozilla"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_MOZILLA);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A11", "style=pico"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_PICO);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "A12", "style=lisp") || isOption(arg, "style=python"))
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_LISP);
+ }
+ // must check for mode=cs before mode=c !!!
+ else if (isOption(arg, "mode=cs"))
+ {
+ formatter.setSharpStyle();
+ formatter.setModeManuallySet(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "mode=c"))
+ {
+ formatter.setCStyle();
+ formatter.setModeManuallySet(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "mode=java"))
+ {
+ formatter.setJavaStyle();
+ formatter.setModeManuallySet(true);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "t", "indent=tab="))
+ {
+ int spaceNum = 4;
+ string spaceNumParam = getParam(arg, "t", "indent=tab=");
+ if (spaceNumParam.length() > 0)
+ spaceNum = atoi(spaceNumParam.c_str());
+ if (spaceNum < 2 || spaceNum > 20)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ {
+ formatter.setTabIndentation(spaceNum, false);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "indent=tab"))
+ {
+ formatter.setTabIndentation(4);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "T", "indent=force-tab="))
+ {
+ int spaceNum = 4;
+ string spaceNumParam = getParam(arg, "T", "indent=force-tab=");
+ if (spaceNumParam.length() > 0)
+ spaceNum = atoi(spaceNumParam.c_str());
+ if (spaceNum < 2 || spaceNum > 20)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ {
+ formatter.setTabIndentation(spaceNum, true);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "indent=force-tab"))
+ {
+ formatter.setTabIndentation(4, true);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "xT", "indent=force-tab-x="))
+ {
+ int tabNum = 8;
+ string tabNumParam = getParam(arg, "xT", "indent=force-tab-x=");
+ if (tabNumParam.length() > 0)
+ tabNum = atoi(tabNumParam.c_str());
+ if (tabNum < 2 || tabNum > 20)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ {
+ formatter.setForceTabXIndentation(tabNum);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "indent=force-tab-x"))
+ {
+ formatter.setForceTabXIndentation(8);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "s", "indent=spaces="))
+ {
+ int spaceNum = 4;
+ string spaceNumParam = getParam(arg, "s", "indent=spaces=");
+ if (spaceNumParam.length() > 0)
+ spaceNum = atoi(spaceNumParam.c_str());
+ if (spaceNum < 2 || spaceNum > 20)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ {
+ formatter.setSpaceIndentation(spaceNum);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "indent=spaces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setSpaceIndentation(4);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "xt", "indent-continuation="))
+ {
+ int contIndent = 1;
+ string contIndentParam = getParam(arg, "xt", "indent-continuation=");
+ if (contIndentParam.length() > 0)
+ contIndent = atoi(contIndentParam.c_str());
+ if (contIndent < 0)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (contIndent > 4)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setContinuationIndentation(contIndent);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "m", "min-conditional-indent="))
+ {
+ int minIndent = MINCOND_TWO;
+ string minIndentParam = getParam(arg, "m", "min-conditional-indent=");
+ if (minIndentParam.length() > 0)
+ minIndent = atoi(minIndentParam.c_str());
+ if (minIndent >= MINCOND_END)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setMinConditionalIndentOption(minIndent);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "M", "max-continuation-indent="))
+ {
+ int maxIndent = 40;
+ string maxIndentParam = getParam(arg, "M", "max-continuation-indent=");
+ if (maxIndentParam.length() > 0)
+ maxIndent = atoi(maxIndentParam.c_str());
+ if (maxIndent < 40)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (maxIndent > 120)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setMaxContinuationIndentLength(maxIndent);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "N", "indent-namespaces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setNamespaceIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "C", "indent-classes"))
+ {
+ formatter.setClassIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xG", "indent-modifiers"))
+ {
+ formatter.setModifierIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "S", "indent-switches"))
+ {
+ formatter.setSwitchIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "K", "indent-cases"))
+ {
+ formatter.setCaseIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xU", "indent-after-parens"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAfterParenIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "L", "indent-labels"))
+ {
+ formatter.setLabelIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xW", "indent-preproc-block"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPreprocBlockIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "w", "indent-preproc-define"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPreprocDefineIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xw", "indent-preproc-cond"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPreprocConditionalIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "y", "break-closing-braces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakClosingHeaderBracesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "O", "keep-one-line-blocks"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakOneLineBlocksMode(false);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "o", "keep-one-line-statements"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakOneLineStatementsMode(false);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "P", "pad-paren"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensOutsidePaddingMode(true);
+ formatter.setParensInsidePaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "d", "pad-paren-out"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensOutsidePaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xd", "pad-first-paren-out"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensFirstPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "D", "pad-paren-in"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensInsidePaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "H", "pad-header"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensHeaderPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "U", "unpad-paren"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParensUnPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "p", "pad-oper"))
+ {
+ formatter.setOperatorPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xg", "pad-comma"))
+ {
+ formatter.setCommaPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xe", "delete-empty-lines"))
+ {
+ formatter.setDeleteEmptyLinesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "E", "fill-empty-lines"))
+ {
+ formatter.setEmptyLineFill(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "c", "convert-tabs"))
+ {
+ formatter.setTabSpaceConversionMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xy", "close-templates"))
+ {
+ formatter.setCloseTemplatesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "F", "break-blocks=all"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakBlocksMode(true);
+ formatter.setBreakClosingHeaderBlocksMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "f", "break-blocks"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakBlocksMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "e", "break-elseifs"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakElseIfsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xb", "break-one-line-headers"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakOneLineHeadersMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "j", "add-braces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAddBracesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "J", "add-one-line-braces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAddOneLineBracesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xj", "remove-braces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setRemoveBracesMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "Y", "indent-col1-comments"))
+ {
+ formatter.setIndentCol1CommentsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-pointer=type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_TYPE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-pointer=middle"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-pointer=name"))
+ {
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_NAME);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "k"))
+ {
+ int align = 0;
+ string styleParam = getParam(arg, "k");
+ if (styleParam.length() > 0)
+ align = atoi(styleParam.c_str());
+ if (align < 1 || align > 3)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (align == 1)
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_TYPE);
+ else if (align == 2)
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_MIDDLE);
+ else if (align == 3)
+ formatter.setPointerAlignment(PTR_ALIGN_NAME);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-reference=none"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_NONE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-reference=type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_TYPE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-reference=middle"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_MIDDLE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "align-reference=name"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_NAME);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "W"))
+ {
+ int align = 0;
+ string styleParam = getParam(arg, "W");
+ if (styleParam.length() > 0)
+ align = atoi(styleParam.c_str());
+ if (align < 0 || align > 3)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (align == 0)
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_NONE);
+ else if (align == 1)
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_TYPE);
+ else if (align == 2)
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_MIDDLE);
+ else if (align == 3)
+ formatter.setReferenceAlignment(REF_ALIGN_NAME);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "max-code-length="))
+ {
+ int maxLength = 50;
+ string maxLengthParam = getParam(arg, "max-code-length=");
+ if (maxLengthParam.length() > 0)
+ maxLength = atoi(maxLengthParam.c_str());
+ if (maxLength < 50)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (maxLength > 200)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setMaxCodeLength(maxLength);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "xC"))
+ {
+ int maxLength = 50;
+ string maxLengthParam = getParam(arg, "xC");
+ if (maxLengthParam.length() > 0)
+ maxLength = atoi(maxLengthParam.c_str());
+ if (maxLength > 200)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setMaxCodeLength(maxLength);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xL", "break-after-logical"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakAfterMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xc", "attach-classes"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachClass(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xV", "attach-closing-while"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachClosingWhile(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xk", "attach-extern-c"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachExternC(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xn", "attach-namespaces"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachNamespace(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xl", "attach-inlines"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachInline(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xp", "remove-comment-prefix"))
+ {
+ formatter.setStripCommentPrefix(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xB", "break-return-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakReturnType(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xD", "break-return-type-decl"))
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakReturnTypeDecl(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xf", "attach-return-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachReturnType(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xh", "attach-return-type-decl"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAttachReturnTypeDecl(true);
+ }
+ // Objective-C options
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xQ", "pad-method-prefix"))
+ {
+ formatter.setMethodPrefixPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xR", "unpad-method-prefix"))
+ {
+ formatter.setMethodPrefixUnPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xq", "pad-return-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReturnTypePaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xr", "unpad-return-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setReturnTypeUnPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xS", "pad-param-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParamTypePaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xs", "unpad-param-type"))
+ {
+ formatter.setParamTypeUnPaddingMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xM", "align-method-colon"))
+ {
+ formatter.setAlignMethodColon(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xP0", "pad-method-colon=none"))
+ {
+ formatter.setObjCColonPaddingMode(COLON_PAD_NONE);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xP1", "pad-method-colon=all"))
+ {
+ formatter.setObjCColonPaddingMode(COLON_PAD_ALL);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xP2", "pad-method-colon=after"))
+ {
+ formatter.setObjCColonPaddingMode(COLON_PAD_AFTER);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xP3", "pad-method-colon=before"))
+ {
+ formatter.setObjCColonPaddingMode(COLON_PAD_BEFORE);
+ }
+ // NOTE: depreciated options - remove when appropriate
+ // depreciated options ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ else if (isOption(arg, "indent-preprocessor")) // depreciated release 2.04
+ {
+ formatter.setPreprocDefineIndent(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "style=ansi")) // depreciated release 2.05
+ {
+ formatter.setFormattingStyle(STYLE_ALLMAN);
+ }
+ // depreciated in release 3.0 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ else if (isOption(arg, "break-closing-brackets")) // depreciated release 3.0
+ {
+ formatter.setBreakClosingHeaderBracketsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "add-brackets")) // depreciated release 3.0
+ {
+ formatter.setAddBracketsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "add-one-line-brackets")) // depreciated release 3.0
+ {
+ formatter.setAddOneLineBracketsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "remove-brackets")) // depreciated release 3.0
+ {
+ formatter.setRemoveBracketsMode(true);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "max-instatement-indent=")) // depreciated release 3.0
+ {
+ int maxIndent = 40;
+ string maxIndentParam = getParam(arg, "max-instatement-indent=");
+ if (maxIndentParam.length() > 0)
+ maxIndent = atoi(maxIndentParam.c_str());
+ if (maxIndent < 40)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (maxIndent > 120)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else
+ formatter.setMaxInStatementIndentLength(maxIndent);
+ }
+ // end depreciated options ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+ // End of options used by GUI /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ else
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+#else
+ // Options used by only console ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+ else if (isOption(arg, "n", "suffix=none"))
+ {
+ console.setNoBackup(true);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "suffix="))
+ {
+ string suffixParam = getParam(arg, "suffix=");
+ if (suffixParam.length() > 0)
+ {
+ console.setOrigSuffix(suffixParam);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "exclude="))
+ {
+ string suffixParam = getParam(arg, "exclude=");
+ if (suffixParam.length() > 0)
+ console.updateExcludeVector(suffixParam);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "r", "R") || isOption(arg, "recursive"))
+ {
+ console.setIsRecursive(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "dry-run"))
+ {
+ console.setIsDryRun(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "Z", "preserve-date"))
+ {
+ console.setPreserveDate(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "v", "verbose"))
+ {
+ console.setIsVerbose(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "Q", "formatted"))
+ {
+ console.setIsFormattedOnly(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "q", "quiet"))
+ {
+ console.setIsQuiet(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "i", "ignore-exclude-errors"))
+ {
+ console.setIgnoreExcludeErrors(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "xi", "ignore-exclude-errors-x"))
+ {
+ console.setIgnoreExcludeErrorsAndDisplay(true);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "X", "errors-to-stdout"))
+ {
+ console.setErrorStream(&cout);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "lineend=windows"))
+ {
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_WINDOWS);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "lineend=linux"))
+ {
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_LINUX);
+ }
+ else if (isOption(arg, "lineend=macold"))
+ {
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_MACOLD);
+ }
+ else if (isParamOption(arg, "z"))
+ {
+ int lineendType = 0;
+ string lineendParam = getParam(arg, "z");
+ if (lineendParam.length() > 0)
+ lineendType = atoi(lineendParam.c_str());
+ if (lineendType < 1 || lineendType > 3)
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+ else if (lineendType == 1)
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_WINDOWS);
+ else if (lineendType == 2)
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_LINUX);
+ else if (lineendType == 3)
+ formatter.setLineEndFormat(LINEEND_MACOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ isOptionError(arg, errorInfo);
+#endif
+} // End of parseOption function
+
+// Parse options from the option file.
+void ASOptions::importOptions(stringstream& in, vector<string>& optionsVector)
+{
+ char ch;
+ bool isInQuote = false;
+ char quoteChar = ' ';
+ string currentToken;
+
+ while (in)
+ {
+ currentToken = "";
+ do
+ {
+ in.get(ch);
+ if (in.eof())
+ break;
+ // treat '#' as line comments
+ if (ch == '#')
+ while (in)
+ {
+ in.get(ch);
+ if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\r')
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // break options on new-lines, tabs, commas, or spaces
+ // remove quotes from output
+ if (in.eof() || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r' || ch == '\t' || ch == ',')
+ break;
+ if (ch == ' ' && !isInQuote)
+ break;
+ if (ch == quoteChar && isInQuote)
+ break;
+ if (ch == '"' || ch == '\'')
+ {
+ isInQuote = true;
+ quoteChar = ch;
+ continue;
+ }
+ currentToken.append(1, ch);
+ }
+ while (in);
+
+ if (currentToken.length() != 0)
+ optionsVector.emplace_back(currentToken);
+ isInQuote = false;
+ }
+}
+
+string ASOptions::getOptionErrors() const
+{
+ return optionErrors.str();
+}
+
+string ASOptions::getParam(const string& arg, const char* op)
+{
+ return arg.substr(strlen(op));
+}
+
+string ASOptions::getParam(const string& arg, const char* op1, const char* op2)
+{
+ return isParamOption(arg, op1) ? getParam(arg, op1) : getParam(arg, op2);
+}
+
+bool ASOptions::isOption(const string& arg, const char* op)
+{
+ return arg.compare(op) == 0;
+}
+
+bool ASOptions::isOption(const string& arg, const char* op1, const char* op2)
+{
+ return (isOption(arg, op1) || isOption(arg, op2));
+}
+
+void ASOptions::isOptionError(const string& arg, const string& errorInfo)
+{
+ if (optionErrors.str().length() == 0)
+ optionErrors << errorInfo << endl; // need main error message
+ optionErrors << "\t" << arg << endl;
+}
+
+bool ASOptions::isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option)
+{
+ bool retVal = arg.compare(0, strlen(option), option) == 0;
+ // if comparing for short option, 2nd char of arg must be numeric
+ if (retVal && strlen(option) == 1 && arg.length() > 1)
+ if (!isdigit((unsigned char) arg[1]))
+ retVal = false;
+ return retVal;
+}
+
+bool ASOptions::isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option1, const char* option2)
+{
+ return isParamOption(arg, option1) || isParamOption(arg, option2);
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASEncoding class
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Return true if an int is big endian.
+bool ASEncoding::getBigEndian() const
+{
+ char16_t word = 0x0001;
+ char* byte = (char*) &word;
+ return (byte[0] ? false : true);
+}
+
+// Swap the two low order bytes of a 16 bit integer value.
+int ASEncoding::swap16bit(int value) const
+{
+ return (((value & 0xff) << 8) | ((value & 0xff00) >> 8));
+}
+
+// Return the length of a utf-16 C string.
+// The length is in number of char16_t.
+size_t ASEncoding::utf16len(const utf16* utf16In) const
+{
+ size_t length = 0;
+ while (*utf16In++ != '\0')
+ length++;
+ return length;
+}
+
+// Adapted from SciTE UniConversion.cxx.
+// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson <neilh at scintilla.org>
+// Modified for Artistic Style by Jim Pattee.
+// Compute the length of an output utf-8 file given a utf-16 file.
+// Input inLen is the size in BYTES (not wchar_t).
+size_t ASEncoding::utf8LengthFromUtf16(const char* utf16In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian) const
+{
+ size_t len = 0;
+ size_t wcharLen = (inLen / 2) + (inLen % 2);
+ const char16_t* uptr = reinterpret_cast<const char16_t*>(utf16In);
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < wcharLen;)
+ {
+ size_t uch = isBigEndian ? swap16bit(uptr[i]) : uptr[i];
+ if (uch < 0x80)
+ len++;
+ else if (uch < 0x800)
+ len += 2;
+ else if ((uch >= SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST) && (uch <= SURROGATE_LEAD_LAST))
+ {
+ len += 4;
+ i++;
+ }
+ else
+ len += 3;
+ i++;
+ }
+ return len;
+}
+
+// Adapted from SciTE Utf8_16.cxx.
+// Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Kirkwood.
+// Modified for Artistic Style by Jim Pattee.
+// Convert a utf-8 file to utf-16.
+size_t ASEncoding::utf8ToUtf16(char* utf8In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian, char* utf16Out) const
+{
+ int nCur = 0;
+ ubyte* pRead = reinterpret_cast<ubyte*>(utf8In);
+ utf16* pCur = reinterpret_cast<utf16*>(utf16Out);
+ const ubyte* pEnd = pRead + inLen;
+ const utf16* pCurStart = pCur;
+ eState state = eStart;
+
+ // the BOM will automatically be converted to utf-16
+ while (pRead < pEnd)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case eStart:
+ if ((0xF0 & *pRead) == 0xF0)
+ {
+ nCur = (0x7 & *pRead) << 18;
+ state = eSecondOf4Bytes;
+ }
+ else if ((0xE0 & *pRead) == 0xE0)
+ {
+ nCur = (~0xE0 & *pRead) << 12;
+ state = ePenultimate;
+ }
+ else if ((0xC0 & *pRead) == 0xC0)
+ {
+ nCur = (~0xC0 & *pRead) << 6;
+ state = eFinal;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nCur = *pRead;
+ state = eStart;
+ }
+ break;
+ case eSecondOf4Bytes:
+ nCur |= (0x3F & *pRead) << 12;
+ state = ePenultimate;
+ break;
+ case ePenultimate:
+ nCur |= (0x3F & *pRead) << 6;
+ state = eFinal;
+ break;
+ case eFinal:
+ nCur |= (0x3F & *pRead);
+ state = eStart;
+ break;
+ // no default case is needed
+ }
+ ++pRead;
+
+ if (state == eStart)
+ {
+ int codePoint = nCur;
+ if (codePoint >= SURROGATE_FIRST_VALUE)
+ {
+ codePoint -= SURROGATE_FIRST_VALUE;
+ int lead = (codePoint >> 10) + SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST;
+ *pCur++ = static_cast<utf16>(isBigEndian ? swap16bit(lead) : lead);
+ int trail = (codePoint & 0x3ff) + SURROGATE_TRAIL_FIRST;
+ *pCur++ = static_cast<utf16>(isBigEndian ? swap16bit(trail) : trail);
+ }
+ else
+ *pCur++ = static_cast<utf16>(isBigEndian ? swap16bit(codePoint) : codePoint);
+ }
+ }
+ // return value is the output length in BYTES (not wchar_t)
+ return (pCur - pCurStart) * 2;
+}
+
+// Adapted from SciTE UniConversion.cxx.
+// Copyright 1998-2001 by Neil Hodgson <neilh at scintilla.org>
+// Modified for Artistic Style by Jim Pattee.
+// Compute the length of an output utf-16 file given a utf-8 file.
+// Return value is the size in BYTES (not wchar_t).
+size_t ASEncoding::utf16LengthFromUtf8(const char* utf8In, size_t len) const
+{
+ size_t ulen = 0;
+ size_t charLen;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < len;)
+ {
+ unsigned char ch = static_cast<unsigned char>(utf8In[i]);
+ if (ch < 0x80)
+ charLen = 1;
+ else if (ch < 0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20)
+ charLen = 2;
+ else if (ch < 0x80 + 0x40 + 0x20 + 0x10)
+ charLen = 3;
+ else
+ {
+ charLen = 4;
+ ulen++;
+ }
+ i += charLen;
+ ulen++;
+ }
+ // return value is the length in bytes (not wchar_t)
+ return ulen * 2;
+}
+
+// Adapted from SciTE Utf8_16.cxx.
+// Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Kirkwood.
+// Modified for Artistic Style by Jim Pattee.
+// Convert a utf-16 file to utf-8.
+size_t ASEncoding::utf16ToUtf8(char* utf16In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian,
+ bool firstBlock, char* utf8Out) const
+{
+ int nCur16 = 0;
+ int nCur = 0;
+ ubyte* pRead = reinterpret_cast<ubyte*>(utf16In);
+ ubyte* pCur = reinterpret_cast<ubyte*>(utf8Out);
+ const ubyte* pEnd = pRead + inLen;
+ const ubyte* pCurStart = pCur;
+ static eState state = eStart; // state is retained for subsequent blocks
+ if (firstBlock)
+ state = eStart;
+
+ // the BOM will automatically be converted to utf-8
+ while (pRead < pEnd)
+ {
+ switch (state)
+ {
+ case eStart:
+ if (pRead >= pEnd)
+ {
+ ++pRead;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (isBigEndian)
+ {
+ nCur16 = static_cast<utf16>(*pRead++ << 8);
+ nCur16 |= static_cast<utf16>(*pRead);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nCur16 = *pRead++;
+ nCur16 |= static_cast<utf16>(*pRead << 8);
+ }
+ if (nCur16 >= SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST && nCur16 <= SURROGATE_LEAD_LAST)
+ {
+ ++pRead;
+ int trail;
+ if (isBigEndian)
+ {
+ trail = static_cast<utf16>(*pRead++ << 8);
+ trail |= static_cast<utf16>(*pRead);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ trail = *pRead++;
+ trail |= static_cast<utf16>(*pRead << 8);
+ }
+ nCur16 = (((nCur16 & 0x3ff) << 10) | (trail & 0x3ff)) + SURROGATE_FIRST_VALUE;
+ }
+ ++pRead;
+
+ if (nCur16 < 0x80)
+ {
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(nCur16 & 0xFF);
+ state = eStart;
+ }
+ else if (nCur16 < 0x800)
+ {
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0xC0 | (nCur16 >> 6));
+ state = eFinal;
+ }
+ else if (nCur16 < SURROGATE_FIRST_VALUE)
+ {
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0xE0 | (nCur16 >> 12));
+ state = ePenultimate;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0xF0 | (nCur16 >> 18));
+ state = eSecondOf4Bytes;
+ }
+ break;
+ case eSecondOf4Bytes:
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0x80 | ((nCur16 >> 12) & 0x3F));
+ state = ePenultimate;
+ break;
+ case ePenultimate:
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0x80 | ((nCur16 >> 6) & 0x3F));
+ state = eFinal;
+ break;
+ case eFinal:
+ nCur = static_cast<ubyte>(0x80 | (nCur16 & 0x3F));
+ state = eStart;
+ break;
+ // no default case is needed
+ }
+ *pCur++ = static_cast<ubyte>(nCur);
+ }
+ return pCur - pCurStart;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+} // namespace astyle
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+using namespace astyle;
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASTYLE_JNI functions for Java library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef ASTYLE_JNI
+
+// called by a java program to get the version number
+// the function name is constructed from method names in the calling java program
+extern "C" EXPORT
+jstring STDCALL Java_AStyleInterface_AStyleGetVersion(JNIEnv* env, jclass)
+{
+ return env->NewStringUTF(g_version);
+}
+
+// called by a java program to format the source code
+// the function name is constructed from method names in the calling java program
+extern "C" EXPORT
+jstring STDCALL Java_AStyleInterface_AStyleMain(JNIEnv* env,
+ jobject obj,
+ jstring textInJava,
+ jstring optionsJava)
+{
+ g_env = env; // make object available globally
+ g_obj = obj; // make object available globally
+
+ jstring textErr = env->NewStringUTF(""); // zero length text returned if an error occurs
+
+ // get the method ID
+ jclass cls = env->GetObjectClass(obj);
+ g_mid = env->GetMethodID(cls, "ErrorHandler", "(ILjava/lang/String;)V");
+ if (g_mid == nullptr)
+ {
+ cout << "Cannot find java method ErrorHandler" << endl;
+ return textErr;
+ }
+
+ // convert jstring to char*
+ const char* textIn = env->GetStringUTFChars(textInJava, nullptr);
+ const char* options = env->GetStringUTFChars(optionsJava, nullptr);
+
+ // call the C++ formatting function
+ char* textOut = AStyleMain(textIn, options, javaErrorHandler, javaMemoryAlloc);
+ // if an error message occurred it was displayed by errorHandler
+ if (textOut == nullptr)
+ return textErr;
+
+ // release memory
+ jstring textOutJava = env->NewStringUTF(textOut);
+ delete[] textOut;
+ env->ReleaseStringUTFChars(textInJava, textIn);
+ env->ReleaseStringUTFChars(optionsJava, options);
+
+ return textOutJava;
+}
+
+// Call the Java error handler
+void STDCALL javaErrorHandler(int errorNumber, const char* errorMessage)
+{
+ jstring errorMessageJava = g_env->NewStringUTF(errorMessage);
+ g_env->CallVoidMethod(g_obj, g_mid, errorNumber, errorMessageJava);
+}
+
+// Allocate memory for the formatted text
+char* STDCALL javaMemoryAlloc(unsigned long memoryNeeded)
+{
+ // error condition is checked after return from AStyleMain
+ char* buffer = new (nothrow) char[memoryNeeded];
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_JNI
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASTYLE_LIB functions for library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASTYLE_LIB entry point for AStyleMainUtf16 library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*
+* IMPORTANT Visual C DLL linker for WIN32 must have the additional options:
+* /EXPORT:AStyleMain=_AStyleMain at 16
+* /EXPORT:AStyleMainUtf16=_AStyleMainUtf16 at 16
+* /EXPORT:AStyleGetVersion=_AStyleGetVersion at 0
+* No /EXPORT is required for x64
+*/
+extern "C" EXPORT char16_t* STDCALL AStyleMainUtf16(const char16_t* pSourceIn, // the source to be formatted
+ const char16_t* pOptions, // AStyle options
+ fpError fpErrorHandler, // error handler function
+ fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc) // memory allocation function
+{
+ if (fpErrorHandler == nullptr) // cannot display a message if no error handler
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (pSourceIn == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(101, "No pointer to source input.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (pOptions == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(102, "No pointer to AStyle options.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (fpMemoryAlloc == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(103, "No pointer to memory allocation function.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+#ifndef _WIN32
+ // check size of char16_t on Linux
+ int sizeCheck = 2;
+ if (sizeof(char16_t) != sizeCheck)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(104, "char16_t is not the correct size.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ ASLibrary library;
+ char16_t* utf16Out = library.formatUtf16(pSourceIn, pOptions, fpErrorHandler, fpMemoryAlloc);
+ return utf16Out;
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASTYLE_LIB entry point for library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*
+ * IMPORTANT Visual C DLL linker for WIN32 must have the additional options:
+ * /EXPORT:AStyleMain=_AStyleMain at 16
+ * /EXPORT:AStyleMainUtf16=_AStyleMainUtf16 at 16
+ * /EXPORT:AStyleGetVersion=_AStyleGetVersion at 0
+ * No /EXPORT is required for x64
+ */
+extern "C" EXPORT char* STDCALL AStyleMain(const char* pSourceIn, // the source to be formatted
+ const char* pOptions, // AStyle options
+ fpError fpErrorHandler, // error handler function
+ fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc) // memory allocation function
+{
+ if (fpErrorHandler == nullptr) // cannot display a message if no error handler
+ return nullptr;
+
+ if (pSourceIn == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(101, "No pointer to source input.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (pOptions == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(102, "No pointer to AStyle options.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+ if (fpMemoryAlloc == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(103, "No pointer to memory allocation function.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ASFormatter formatter;
+ ASOptions options(formatter);
+
+ vector<string> optionsVector;
+ stringstream opt(pOptions);
+
+ options.importOptions(opt, optionsVector);
+
+ bool ok = options.parseOptions(optionsVector, "Invalid Artistic Style options:");
+ if (!ok)
+ fpErrorHandler(130, options.getOptionErrors().c_str());
+
+ stringstream in(pSourceIn);
+ ASStreamIterator<stringstream> streamIterator(&in);
+ ostringstream out;
+ formatter.init(&streamIterator);
+
+ while (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ {
+ out << formatter.nextLine();
+ if (formatter.hasMoreLines())
+ out << streamIterator.getOutputEOL();
+ else
+ {
+ // this can happen if the file if missing a closing brace and break-blocks is requested
+ if (formatter.getIsLineReady())
+ {
+ out << streamIterator.getOutputEOL();
+ out << formatter.nextLine();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ size_t textSizeOut = out.str().length();
+ char* pTextOut = fpMemoryAlloc((long) textSizeOut + 1); // call memory allocation function
+ if (pTextOut == nullptr)
+ {
+ fpErrorHandler(120, "Allocation failure on output.");
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ strcpy(pTextOut, out.str().c_str());
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ // The checksum is an assert in the console build and ASFormatter.
+ // This error returns the incorrectly formatted file to the editor.
+ // This is done to allow the file to be saved for debugging purposes.
+ if (formatter.getChecksumDiff() != 0)
+ fpErrorHandler(220,
+ "Checksum error.\n"
+ "The incorrectly formatted file will be returned for debugging.");
+#endif
+ return pTextOut;
+}
+
+extern "C" EXPORT const char* STDCALL AStyleGetVersion(void)
+{
+ return g_version;
+}
+
+// ASTYLECON_LIB is defined to exclude "main" from the test programs
+#elif !defined(ASTYLECON_LIB)
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// main function for ASConsole build
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+ // create objects
+ ASFormatter formatter;
+ unique_ptr<ASConsole> console(new ASConsole(formatter));
+
+ // process command line and option files
+ // build the vectors fileNameVector, optionsVector, and fileOptionsVector
+ vector<string> argvOptions;
+ argvOptions = console->getArgvOptions(argc, argv);
+ console->processOptions(argvOptions);
+
+ // if no files have been given, use cin for input and cout for output
+ if (!console->fileNameVectorIsEmpty())
+ console->processFiles();
+ else
+ console->formatCinToCout();
+
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
diff --git a/tools/astyle/astyle_main.h b/tools/astyle/astyle_main.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..32b2be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/astyle/astyle_main.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+// astyle_main.h
+// Copyright (c) 2018 by Jim Pattee <jimp03 at email.com>.
+// This code is licensed under the MIT License.
+// License.md describes the conditions under which this software may be distributed.
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_MAIN_H
+#define ASTYLE_MAIN_H
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include "astyle.h"
+
+#include <sstream>
+#include <ctime>
+
+#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x0650
+ // Embarcadero needs this for the following utime.h
+ // otherwise "struct utimbuf" gets an error on time_t
+ // 0x0650 for C++Builder XE3
+ using std::time_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+ #include <sys/utime.h>
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+#else
+ #include <utime.h>
+ #include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif // end compiler checks
+
+#ifdef ASTYLE_JNI
+ #include <jni.h>
+ #ifndef ASTYLE_LIB // ASTYLE_LIB must be defined for ASTYLE_JNI
+ #define ASTYLE_LIB
+ #endif
+#endif // ASTYLE_JNI
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+ // for console build only
+ #include "ASLocalizer.h"
+ #define _(a) localizer.settext(a)
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// for G++ implementation of string.compare:
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3
+ #error - Use GNU C compiler release 3 or higher
+#endif
+
+// for getenv and localtime
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+ #pragma warning(disable: 4996) // secure version deprecation warnings
+#endif
+
+// for Visual Studio supported C++11 standard
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1600
+ #error Use Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 or higher
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // getenv, localtime
+ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-braces"
+#endif
+
+// for mingw BOM, UTF-16, and Unicode functions
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
+ #if (__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION > 3) || \
+ ((__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION == 3) && (__MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION < 16))
+ #error - Use MinGW compiler version 4 or higher
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+ // define STDCALL and EXPORT for Windows
+ // MINGW defines STDCALL in Windows.h (actually windef.h)
+ // EXPORT has no value if ASTYLE_NO_EXPORT is defined
+ #ifdef _WIN32
+ #ifndef STDCALL
+ #define STDCALL __stdcall
+ #endif
+ // define this to prevent compiler warning and error messages
+ #ifdef ASTYLE_NO_EXPORT
+ #define EXPORT
+ #else
+ #define EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+ #endif
+ // define STDCALL and EXPORT for non-Windows
+ // visibility attribute allows "-fvisibility=hidden" compiler option
+ #else
+ #define STDCALL
+ #if __GNUC__ >= 4
+ #define EXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
+ #else
+ #define EXPORT
+ #endif
+ #endif // #ifdef _WIN32
+
+ // define pointers to callback error handler and memory allocation
+ typedef void (STDCALL* fpError)(int errorNumber, const char* errorMessage);
+ typedef char* (STDCALL* fpAlloc)(unsigned long memoryNeeded);
+
+#endif // #ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// astyle namespace
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace astyle {
+//
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASStreamIterator class
+// typename will be stringstream for AStyle
+// it could be istream or wxChar for plug-ins
+// ASSourceIterator is an inherited abstract class defined in astyle.h
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+template<typename T>
+class ASStreamIterator : public ASSourceIterator
+{
+public:
+ bool checkForEmptyLine;
+
+ // function declarations
+ explicit ASStreamIterator(T* in);
+ virtual ~ASStreamIterator();
+ bool getLineEndChange(int lineEndFormat) const;
+ int getStreamLength() const;
+ string nextLine(bool emptyLineWasDeleted);
+ string peekNextLine();
+ void peekReset();
+ void saveLastInputLine();
+ streamoff tellg();
+
+private:
+ ASStreamIterator(const ASStreamIterator& copy); // copy constructor not to be implemented
+ ASStreamIterator& operator=(ASStreamIterator&); // assignment operator not to be implemented
+ T* inStream; // pointer to the input stream
+ string buffer; // current input line
+ string prevBuffer; // previous input line
+ string outputEOL; // next output end of line char
+ int eolWindows; // number of Windows line endings, CRLF
+ int eolLinux; // number of Linux line endings, LF
+ int eolMacOld; // number of old Mac line endings. CR
+ streamoff streamLength; // length of the input file stream
+ streamoff peekStart; // starting position for peekNextLine
+ bool prevLineDeleted; // the previous input line was deleted
+
+public: // inline functions
+ bool compareToInputBuffer(const string& nextLine_) const
+ { return (nextLine_ == prevBuffer); }
+ const string& getOutputEOL() const { return outputEOL; }
+ streamoff getPeekStart() const { return peekStart; }
+ bool hasMoreLines() const { return !inStream->eof(); }
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASEncoding class for utf8/16 conversions
+// used by both console and library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASEncoding
+{
+private:
+ typedef char16_t utf16; // 16 bits unsigned
+ typedef unsigned char utf8; // 8 bits
+ typedef unsigned char ubyte; // 8 bits
+ enum { SURROGATE_LEAD_FIRST = 0xD800 };
+ enum { SURROGATE_LEAD_LAST = 0xDBFF };
+ enum { SURROGATE_TRAIL_FIRST = 0xDC00 };
+ enum { SURROGATE_TRAIL_LAST = 0xDFFF };
+ enum { SURROGATE_FIRST_VALUE = 0x10000 };
+ enum eState { eStart, eSecondOf4Bytes, ePenultimate, eFinal };
+
+public:
+ bool getBigEndian() const;
+ int swap16bit(int value) const;
+ size_t utf16len(const utf16* utf16In) const;
+ size_t utf8LengthFromUtf16(const char* utf16In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian) const;
+ size_t utf8ToUtf16(char* utf8In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian, char* utf16Out) const;
+ size_t utf16LengthFromUtf8(const char* utf8In, size_t len) const;
+ size_t utf16ToUtf8(char* utf16In, size_t inLen, bool isBigEndian,
+ bool firstBlock, char* utf8Out) const;
+};
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASOptions class for options processing
+// used by both console and library builds
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class ASConsole;
+
+class ASOptions
+{
+public:
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+ ASOptions(ASFormatter& formatterArg);
+#else
+ ASOptions(ASFormatter& formatterArg, ASConsole& consoleArg);
+#endif
+ string getOptionErrors() const;
+ void importOptions(stringstream& in, vector<string>& optionsVector);
+ bool parseOptions(vector<string>& optionsVector, const string& errorInfo);
+
+private:
+ // variables
+ ASFormatter& formatter;
+ stringstream optionErrors; // option error messages
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+ ASConsole& console; // DO NOT USE for ASTYLE_LIB
+#endif
+
+ // functions
+ ASOptions(const ASOptions&); // copy constructor not to be implemented
+ ASOptions& operator=(ASOptions&); // assignment operator not to be implemented
+ string getParam(const string& arg, const char* op);
+ string getParam(const string& arg, const char* op1, const char* op2);
+ bool isOption(const string& arg, const char* op);
+ bool isOption(const string& arg, const char* op1, const char* op2);
+ void isOptionError(const string& arg, const string& errorInfo);
+ bool isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option);
+ bool isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option1, const char* option2);
+ void parseOption(const string& arg, const string& errorInfo);
+};
+
+#ifndef ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASConsole class for console build
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASConsole
+{
+private: // variables
+ ASFormatter& formatter; // reference to the ASFormatter object
+ ASEncoding encode; // file encoding conversion
+ ASLocalizer localizer; // language translation
+ ostream* errorStream; // direct error messages to cerr or cout
+ // command line options
+ bool isRecursive; // recursive option
+ bool isDryRun; // dry-run option
+ bool noBackup; // suffix=none option
+ bool preserveDate; // preserve-date option
+ bool isVerbose; // verbose option
+ bool isQuiet; // quiet option
+ bool isFormattedOnly; // formatted lines only option
+ bool ignoreExcludeErrors; // don't abort on unmatched excludes
+ bool ignoreExcludeErrorsDisplay; // don't display unmatched excludes
+ bool useAscii; // ascii option
+ // other variables
+ bool bypassBrowserOpen; // don't open the browser on html options
+ bool hasWildcard; // file name includes a wildcard
+ size_t mainDirectoryLength; // directory length to be excluded in displays
+ bool filesAreIdentical; // input and output files are identical
+ int filesFormatted; // number of files formatted
+ int filesUnchanged; // number of files unchanged
+ bool lineEndsMixed; // output has mixed line ends
+ int linesOut; // number of output lines
+
+ string outputEOL; // current line end
+ string prevEOL; // previous line end
+ string optionFileName; // file path and name of the options file
+ string origSuffix; // suffix= option
+ string projectOptionFileName; // file path and name of the project options file
+ string stdPathIn; // path to input from stdin=
+ string stdPathOut; // path to output from stdout=
+ string targetDirectory; // path to the directory being processed
+ string targetFilename; // file name being processed
+
+ vector<string> excludeVector; // exclude from wildcard hits
+ vector<bool> excludeHitsVector; // exclude flags for error reporting
+ vector<string> fileNameVector; // file paths and names from the command line
+ vector<string> optionsVector; // options from the command line
+ vector<string> projectOptionsVector;// project options from the project options file
+ vector<string> fileOptionsVector; // options from the options file
+ vector<string> fileName; // files to be processed including path
+
+public: // functions
+ explicit ASConsole(ASFormatter& formatterArg);
+ ~ASConsole();
+ void convertLineEnds(ostringstream& out, int lineEnd);
+ FileEncoding detectEncoding(const char* data, size_t dataSize) const;
+ void error() const;
+ void error(const char* why, const char* what) const;
+ void formatCinToCout();
+ vector<string> getArgvOptions(int argc, char** argv) const;
+ bool fileExists(const char* file) const;
+ bool fileNameVectorIsEmpty() const;
+ ostream* getErrorStream() const;
+ bool getFilesAreIdentical() const;
+ int getFilesFormatted() const;
+ bool getIgnoreExcludeErrors() const;
+ bool getIgnoreExcludeErrorsDisplay() const;
+ bool getIsDryRun() const;
+ bool getIsFormattedOnly() const;
+ bool getIsQuiet() const;
+ bool getIsRecursive() const;
+ bool getIsVerbose() const;
+ bool getLineEndsMixed() const;
+ bool getNoBackup() const;
+ bool getPreserveDate() const;
+ string getLanguageID() const;
+ string getNumberFormat(int num, size_t lcid = 0) const;
+ string getNumberFormat(int num, const char* groupingArg, const char* separator) const;
+ string getOptionFileName() const;
+ string getOrigSuffix() const;
+ string getProjectOptionFileName() const;
+ string getStdPathIn() const;
+ string getStdPathOut() const;
+ void getTargetFilenames(string& targetFilename_, vector<string>& targetFilenameVector) const;
+ void processFiles();
+ void processOptions(const vector<string>& argvOptions);
+ void setBypassBrowserOpen(bool state);
+ void setErrorStream(ostream* errStreamPtr);
+ void setIgnoreExcludeErrors(bool state);
+ void setIgnoreExcludeErrorsAndDisplay(bool state);
+ void setIsDryRun(bool state);
+ void setIsFormattedOnly(bool state);
+ void setIsQuiet(bool state);
+ void setIsRecursive(bool state);
+ void setIsVerbose(bool state);
+ void setNoBackup(bool state);
+ void setOptionFileName(const string& name);
+ void setOrigSuffix(const string& suffix);
+ void setPreserveDate(bool state);
+ void setProjectOptionFileName(const string& optfilepath);
+ void setStdPathIn(const string& path);
+ void setStdPathOut(const string& path);
+ void standardizePath(string& path, bool removeBeginningSeparator = false) const;
+ bool stringEndsWith(const string& str, const string& suffix) const;
+ void updateExcludeVector(const string& suffixParam);
+ vector<string> getExcludeVector() const;
+ vector<bool> getExcludeHitsVector() const;
+ vector<string> getFileNameVector() const;
+ vector<string> getOptionsVector() const;
+ vector<string> getProjectOptionsVector() const;
+ vector<string> getFileOptionsVector() const;
+ vector<string> getFileName() const;
+
+private: // functions
+ ASConsole(const ASConsole&); // copy constructor not to be implemented
+ ASConsole& operator=(ASConsole&); // assignment operator not to be implemented
+ void correctMixedLineEnds(ostringstream& out);
+ void formatFile(const string& fileName_);
+ string getParentDirectory(const string& absPath) const;
+ string findProjectOptionFilePath(const string& fileName_) const;
+ string getCurrentDirectory(const string& fileName_) const;
+ void getFileNames(const string& directory, const vector<string>& wildcards);
+ void getFilePaths(const string& filePath);
+ string getFullPathName(const string& relativePath) const;
+ string getParam(const string& arg, const char* op);
+ bool isHomeOrInvalidAbsPath(const string& absPath) const;
+ void initializeOutputEOL(LineEndFormat lineEndFormat);
+ bool isOption(const string& arg, const char* op);
+ bool isOption(const string& arg, const char* a, const char* b);
+ bool isParamOption(const string& arg, const char* option);
+ bool isPathExclued(const string& subPath);
+ void launchDefaultBrowser(const char* filePathIn = nullptr) const;
+ void printHelp() const;
+ void printMsg(const char* msg, const string& data) const;
+ void printSeparatingLine() const;
+ void printVerboseHeader() const;
+ void printVerboseStats(clock_t startTime) const;
+ FileEncoding readFile(const string& fileName_, stringstream& in) const;
+ void removeFile(const char* fileName_, const char* errMsg) const;
+ void renameFile(const char* oldFileName, const char* newFileName, const char* errMsg) const;
+ void setOutputEOL(LineEndFormat lineEndFormat, const string& currentEOL);
+ void sleep(int seconds) const;
+ int waitForRemove(const char* newFileName) const;
+ int wildcmp(const char* wild, const char* data) const;
+ void writeFile(const string& fileName_, FileEncoding encoding, ostringstream& out) const;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+ void displayLastError();
+#endif
+};
+#else // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ASLibrary class for library build
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class ASLibrary
+{
+public:
+ ASLibrary() {}
+ virtual ~ASLibrary() {}
+ // virtual functions are mocked in testing
+ char16_t* formatUtf16(const char16_t*, const char16_t*, fpError, fpAlloc) const;
+ virtual char16_t* convertUtf8ToUtf16(const char* utf8In, fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc) const;
+ virtual char* convertUtf16ToUtf8(const char16_t* utf16In) const;
+
+private:
+ static char* STDCALL tempMemoryAllocation(unsigned long memoryNeeded);
+
+private:
+ ASEncoding encode; // file encoding conversion
+};
+
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+} // end of namespace astyle
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations for java native interface (JNI) build
+// they are called externally and are NOT part of the namespace
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifdef ASTYLE_JNI
+void STDCALL javaErrorHandler(int errorNumber, const char* errorMessage);
+char* STDCALL javaMemoryAlloc(unsigned long memoryNeeded);
+// the following function names are constructed from method names in the calling java program
+extern "C" EXPORT
+jstring STDCALL Java_AStyleInterface_AStyleGetVersion(JNIEnv* env, jclass);
+extern "C" EXPORT
+jstring STDCALL Java_AStyleInterface_AStyleMain(JNIEnv* env,
+ jobject obj,
+ jstring textInJava,
+ jstring optionsJava);
+#endif // ASTYLE_JNI
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations for UTF-16 interface
+// they are called externally and are NOT part of the namespace
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+extern "C" EXPORT
+char16_t* STDCALL AStyleMainUtf16(const char16_t* pSourceIn,
+ const char16_t* pOptions,
+ fpError fpErrorHandler,
+ fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc);
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// declarations for standard DLL interface
+// they are called externally and are NOT part of the namespace
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifdef ASTYLE_LIB
+extern "C" EXPORT char* STDCALL AStyleMain(const char* pSourceIn,
+ const char* pOptions,
+ fpError fpErrorHandler,
+ fpAlloc fpMemoryAlloc);
+extern "C" EXPORT const char* STDCALL AStyleGetVersion(void);
+#endif // ASTYLE_LIB
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#endif // closes ASTYLE_MAIN_H
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
configure.ac | 1 +
tools/CMakeLists.txt | 7 +-
tools/Makefile.am | 2 +
tools/astyle/ASBeautifier.cpp | 3744 +++++++++++++++++++
tools/astyle/ASEnhancer.cpp | 796 ++++
tools/astyle/ASFormatter.cpp | 8245 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.cpp | 1166 ++++++
tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.h | 167 +
tools/astyle/ASResource.cpp | 837 +++++
tools/astyle/CMakeLists.txt | 20 +
tools/astyle/Makefile.am | 31 +
tools/astyle/astyle.h | 1083 ++++++
tools/astyle/astyle_main.cpp | 4312 +++++++++++++++++++++
tools/astyle/astyle_main.h | 452 +++
14 files changed, 20860 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASBeautifier.cpp
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASEnhancer.cpp
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASFormatter.cpp
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.cpp
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASLocalizer.h
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/ASResource.cpp
create mode 100644 tools/astyle/CMakeLists.txt
create mode 100644 tools/astyle/Makefile.am
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/astyle.h
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/astyle_main.cpp
create mode 100755 tools/astyle/astyle_main.h
hooks/post-receive
--
GEOS
More information about the geos-commits
mailing list